Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Phase 3 Bid Packages Project Manual Book 2
~ MASTER Copy 1 1 1 1 1 BUETOW AND ASSOCIATES INC AM ARCHRECTURAL SERVICES COAAPANY 2346 R•ics 8trsat Suite 210 8t. Paul, Ylnnasota 55113 Phase Three -Bid Packages Project Manual -Book 2 THE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER 825 41st Avenue NE Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 OWNER City of Columbia Heights -City Hall 590 40th Avenue Northeast Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 ARCHITECT Buetow and Associates, Inc. 2345 Rice Street, Suite 210 St. Paul, Minnesota 55113 Telephone 651 483-6701 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER EDS Builders, Inc. 404 A Saint Croix Trail North Lakeland, Minnesota 55043 Telephone 651 436-2426 BID TIME 10:00 AM CDT BID DATE Tuesday December 2, 2008 BID PLACE Council Chambers Columbia Heights City Hall ISSUED FOR BID October 30, 2008 Buetow Project Number 0806 tel 851 483-8701 fax 851 483-2574 www.buetowarchitecta.com ~ 34 ' ;~1VISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREN1LNi S .:~: ~ -` ~ ~~"~t 00045 -TABLE OF CONTENTS -BID PACKAGE 3 ' i::1"LEiMBIA HEIGHTS PUBLIC SAFETY CENTER -~s'r_~'~.~~ ONE CONTENTS I~:"I'12tJ-DUCTORY PAGES DIiTrS'ION 0 -BIDDINGAND CONTR4CTREOUlREM~1~TS 00002 PROJECT DIR~TORY ~' 00003 CERTIFICATION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS : 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' 00110 SUPPLEMENTAL/SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 PROPOSAL SECTI.Ol~ 00210 00220 MILESTONE SCHEDULE GEOTECHI`TICAL REPORT 00300 BID DIVISION INDEX AND DESCRIPTIONS c10400 SAMPLE PROPOSAL FORM :' 00500 CONSTRUCTION CO~iTIT - 00600 PRE-CONTRACT P$RF©I~AN~ ~~iBMTTTA~.S 00700 G~R~t• CONDITIONS OF THE COI~TTRACT~~FQR CONSTRUCTION • :10810 SUPPLEMENTAL/SFECIAL.CONDITIONS T4~TIi~;:C,rRAL CONDITIONS . , ~:~0820 ADDITIONAL ARTICLBS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS ' ;10830 PREVAILING WAGE DIRECTIVE 00850 INDEX OF DRAWINGS -SEE PLANS ', 00900 CODE REVIEW SPECIFICATIONS ' DIVISION 1-GENERAL REDUIREMENTS ::: ~:~~ SUMIvIARY OF WORK ' ;:~ 1025 01030 CONSTRUCTION AND CHANGE DOCUMENTS ALTERNATES ; 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01050 LAYOUT AND MEASUREMENTS ~, 01060 PERMITS, INSPECTION, AND LICENSING FEES 01061 OFF-SITE DISPOSAL 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01300 SUBMITTALS Ol 500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01513 DEWATERING . 01520 SAFETY 01545 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK .[J JJ '~~'~'~~~ TRAFFIC, ENVIRONIVIENTAL AND SAFETY PROTECTION 01580 PROJECT SIGNS - . 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT z 01610 ACCESS, DELIVERY AND STORAGE 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 DUMPSTERS, CLEAN-UP, CLEANING AND FINAL CLEAN-UP Ol 720 RECORD DOCUMENTS DIVISION 04 -MASONRY 042000 UNIT MASONRY ,~,~ 047200 CAST STONE MASONRY 00005-1 t~ a DIVISION OS -METALS 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 055100 METAL STAIRS 055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055300 METAL GRATINGS DIVISION 06 - WODD. PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 SHEATHING 064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WQOAWORK 066116 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTD88 PROTECTION 071113 BITUMTI+TOUS DAMPPROOFING 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 074113 METAL ROOF FANI;LS 075113 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 075423 TH1~RM0 FLA$TIC PQLXOLEFIN ~tOOFING 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM SHEET METAL WARRANTY 078413 PENETRATION F~l2ESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPEMNGS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08l 416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083436 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083613 SECTIONAL DOORS 084113 ALUMIENUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 085113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 085619 PASS WINDOWS 086200 UNIT SKYLIGHTS 086223 TUBULAR SKYLIGHTS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 087113 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPENERS 087163 DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE 088100 GLASS GLAZING DIVISION 09 - FIMSHES 092119 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092400 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 093000 TILING 095100 ACOUSTIC CEILINGS 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096566 RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 096700 FLUID APPLIED FLOORING 096813 TILE CARPETING 096816 SHEET CARPETING 099000 PAINTING AND COATINGS 00005-2 URETHANE FLOORING 131~Y1511IN !0 -SPECIALTIES +~ ! 13 TOILET COMPARTMENTS ' ~'.: ~ '~ WIRE MESH PARTITIONS ' ::: ~'_.~r6 t~Lb 13 OPERABLE PARTITIONS CORNER GUARDS 02813 TOILET ACCESSORIES 102815 DETENTION TOILET ACCESSORIES 104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 105113 METAL LOCKERS 105116 WOOD LOCKERS :' 105700 WARDROBE AND CLOSET SPECIALTIES 107500 FLAGPOLES ' DIVISION 11- EOUIPMENT - 1 C :~ J 1 l 1900 DETENTION EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS l 22113 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND$ 124813 ENTRANCE MATS AND FR.A,MES ~3IVISION 14 -CONVEYING ELEVATOR 142400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS BOOK TWO CONTENTS DIYIS`ION 1 S -PLUMBING. MECHA1VICfIL 15 010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS l 5050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ?00 NOISE, VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL . _. ~SC~ INSULATION i 5310 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM 15350 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM 15401 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 15405 SOIL AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEM l 5406 RAINWATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 15501 FIRE PROTECTION 15601 HOT WATER HEATIATG SYSTEM 15702 CHILLED WATER SYSTEM 15766 INFRARED HEATERS 15801 AIR HANDLING SYSTEM ! 5825 WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS i 58'l~ GEOTHERMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15830 AIR HANDLING UNITS 15840 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 15901 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15920 GAS MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM 15950 ELECTRICAL WIRING 15975 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 00005-3 Division 16 -Electrical 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ~ ; 70 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16425 SWITCHBOARDS 16452 ~ GROUNDING 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (1000 V AND LESS) 1 b470 PANELBOARDS 16475 FUSES 16476 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16478 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16495 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16500 LIGHTING 16621 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16740 VOICE AND DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 16800 SYSTEMS 16915 LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT Division l7 -Secr~rily. Voice and Date. Tel 17050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 17721 FIRB ALARM SYSTEMS 1?724 SEC[JRITY 17741 VOICE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEMS 17770 PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17780 CABLE TELEVLSION SYSTEMS :7781 , TELEVISION SYSTEMS END OF SECTION 00005-4 1 1 1 r t 1 1 1 1 city ~ colnmbia~Heigbts Pabiic s~cy Centet Columbia Hdgbts, MN NI 8t E E~ngineehng, Ina. Lion #07308 OctQbe~ 30, 2008 TABL$ OF CONTENTS DIVISION 15 15010 M1IQ~ipNICAi. cL PROVtsioi~s • 13D50 BASIC MATRR7AL5 AND I+l~'1'I3ppS • 15200 NORSEy ViBRATiON AND SEISMIC CdNTROL • ]5230 INSTJI.ATiQN' • 15310 COMPRESSED Ant.SY3TB1~+1 • 15350 NATtJItAL (iA3.PiFII1TG SYSTI3NI • 15401 DOMBSTiC'94~AT~'S3E3TRi41 • 15405 SO1L AND WASTE P1P1AKi SYSTEM • 154015 RAINWAI~R DI~/1Th~AGE SYSTEM • 15450 pI,C3>l~~r~[r~tac ~D~~~ • 15501 PIRB PZtOT>IOI~C • 15601 HOT WAT~~HBATING SYSTI~-1 • 15702 ~ WATER SYSTEM • 1570 II~ HBATIiE,S •~ 15801 A1R AANDLING SYSTBNI • 15B25 WATER SOURG'E HEAT PUML'S • 1582b GEOT'HERMAi. GROUI+~D LOOP DI3SiGN~UII..D SPEC3piC~1TiON ~ 1583D AIlt HANDLING UNITS !5840 AIIt DISTlt18U'I'lON SYSTFIV! m 15901 7BMPBItATURE CONTRQL SYSTBM {DDC) • 15920 C3A5 MONTPORINtf AND CflNTRpI,. SYSTEM • ]5950 F'Ts Fr'~TCAI. WjRIN{'r • 15975 TES~'1N4, ADJUSTlNQ AND BAI.~AN~TCi I HEREBY CIsRTIFY THAT DTi-ISION 15 OF THIS SPEQfiICATION WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT 5UP8RVISION AND THAW I AM A DULY LICF1+T51~ PROFP.~SIONAL ~TGINBFR UNDER THB LAWS OF TH'B STATE OF MA'NESOTA. D. DUNLBVY TABLE OF CONT$NTS RF,GISTRATION NIJ1v113~F.R to ~ ~~ DATE i6 t ~~ ~~ r~.l`d J1CI I;J~,~1 ~ ~! ~ ~ t in : ~, ~ i~~i !ui ~ ..~.f ~~, ~, X11 ~?,t i~l u~i l~ i ~~~~.~ nt~ Ali: i:.r.,t~ i u ?,~~. ~Il nr.l i ~, ~u~`~. ~; Iii i ~_!~ini ~1 t~_ nu~,' i i ~-_~~ ~1 ~ i c:~~nn ~t~~i~l ~~ui ,;f~~~~ ..(1 i'f i L f"i i A~ 1 ~:~~_i, .u, ~~, i l r ~. ~ i ..~~~ti n ti.,u~ n ~ ~~r~~l(1 i~ ' - ' f ih.. ~i,i~. ~_~;u _ ~_ _ _~'~ iL~. iii ~C(~V I ~~, i~ it ~, i _ ~~ 'III f~ 'I t ~~ 1 '1(~Ji II ~illll. _' I'I ~ •1 ~, ~ _ ~ ICI Yi ~.~~ I If. ~~ {~~i1F i liliii'(~ fl Yti ~~~ I'~,il~ ~~1~~ I ~t~ f IIl ~~ ~, i l~ I ?it I ~ i ~ ~fCl~l "III . i~ I;['1~[ti ': .~ --.ii~.;ni i ut~,i'~ i„r~.~ ; ~ i ~~~~~; , n~. h. i .i'uYi it ~~.r i:rinuiaciui~~ ~s r~ ~~~ii~it}~:.n~i;lti~~~u< ~nicl j,~ ~~~ae: ; ~, ,~ ui,cr ~i_~~iJ~, i~ );~~~iF I I " ~,1 tii; . w ~,rrutn~~~f'i~; m_uuil,~, InFCT i r~ii.l n..-i'~~I n:J; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~- I tl.i.l ~~ ~ lip i~i!:~~~. , fl ~~~iiii ~ :, t~l~ ~ ti~i- i ~u-;; i i ~~,~~I~ i.uu~l ` ~ ~~~ .;,.': _i i ~u~~~~i 1~ tl~~~~~hni~ lin-~,_~ r ui~~ f~~f n,~' iili ~~.~._ i, i I I~ :~ 1~~~ ! I~ ii~n~ ,ill.I , ~~ ~ 'i%n~ infli: l~_iilJiti ~ ~,~,~ilh 1 ,i~ ~ i~i~ ul itiui, 17 t+~l ~, I I yin ii.l _~ ,i~~i ~ ~,~ ,~ .~~ L~ ' ~,;s~l., Idn~ .r . ~~.1 il. , i~~~ ~~r, ~t~_~u ~ _~~,i}I. i 'i~' ~~i i t, ~n~ I ~ , ~~ l.it~ I: I'r~~~nle~t uts+r~t"' t ;itn i[~Si~laU~~i~ ~~u.E,~ t virh ~ I ' ~ r ur ~~, ilt~h@~7. t.,,.r~~?i~tri~k~ib~ ifte ~:~~r~ac.i~s li~xn,~ri~<<., t,iEia~~utilt~:~+~,~~~. i ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Bngineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~.i::f~~'ION 15010 MECHANICAL [;i~NRR AT . PROVISIONS ' PART 1-GENERAL - ' 1.01 (;TttyRR AT . A. This section of the specifications includes tbe administrative and general requirements which are applicable to, and become a part of, all of the following sections in .this division. B. The scope of work shall consist of the furnishing. of all labor, equipment and.material for the complete instaliatiomof.the mechanical system as indicated on drawings and igcluded ' in this specification. ~~ 02 REI ATED woRK . _ A. The conditions of .the Contract -General, Supplemen .and other conditio~ps and the ~Y General Requirements within Division 1 are hereby ~cle a dart of this division. In instances where the terms of this division of the specifications conflict with the terms of the conditions or General Requirements, this division of the specifications shall govern. :' 1.03 CODBS . ,. The installation shall comply with the latest code, ordinance or regulation applicable to the work involved. Any charges for inspections of the installation ar review of plans and ' specifications by the inspecting agencies shall be paid for by this contractor. 1.04 STANDARDS ^ A. Materials and equipment shall conform with and/or be installed in accordance with Industry Recognized Standards as developed by the applicable organizations. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT SUBSTTfU ITON `, A. The Contractor ma substitute ui mart y eq p providing the substituted item is equal in quality and meets the approval of the Engineer. Any cost change to other trades as a result of the substitution shall be considered and paid for by this Contractor. B. Contractar to verify equipment will fit space requirements prior to submitting prior approval. C. Equipment that is specified for this project and does not have the designation of: "or equal," is intended to be of listed equipment manufacturers only. f. : ~ :~~'?. ~ =°;~:AL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Engineeaing, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.02 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPNIBNT A. The apparent low bidder shall submit a schedule of materials, equipment and subcontractors within 14 days after the Owner's intern to pn~ceed or within 14 days after notification by the Engineer. The' items shall be listed~tff correspond' with the numbeFing system used in the specifications. B. If the schedule is aot submitted within the required tip period, or is submitted incomplete, it will be assumed that the materials and equipment not listed will be furnished exactly as speafied. - 2.03 EXAMINATION OF DOCIJMErTI'S A. The contractor shall carefully read the Plans and Spermcations before submitting bids on the worrk to be done. Tf any Contractor contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed Cornract is in doubt as to•the true•maaning of aujr part of the Specifications-or other proposed Contract Documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery.' B. Any imerpretation of the proposed•documents will b~ made only in writing dully issued, a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each bidderreceiving-arnpy of the Plans and Specifcations and to such Other prospective bidders-as hitve requested that they be furnished with a copy of each. C. These Specifications and the corresponding Drawings form a complete set of Plans for the work of this project and neither shall be considered complete without the other. Where an item is mentioned in one and not in the other, it shall be considered as binding to this Contract as though mentioned in both. D. lx is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to form a guide for a complete installation. Everything necessary for the completion and successful operation of the installation, whether or not herein definitely specified or indicated on the Drawings, shall be furnished and installed as well as faithfully as if so specified or indicated without additional cost to the Owner. These Drawings shall not be scaled to obtain exact dimensions. Reference shall be made to the Architectural Drawings where dimensions are noted. E. Should the Drawings disagree in themselves, or with the Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work or materials shall be provided. l'f any errors, discrepancies or omissions appear in the Drawings, Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such aurora or omissions. In the event of the Contractor failing to give such notice before construction and/or fabrication of the work, he will be held responsible for the results of amr such errors, discrepancies or omissions and the cost of rectifying same. MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ... - ~t~C3D1FICATIONS TO PLANS AND SPBCIFiCATIONS H.. Throughout the course of the work, minor changes and adjustments to the Plans'and Specifications may be requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make such •' adjustments without additional cost to the Owner, where such adjustments are necessary so that specified item or system will be complete and operational in every respect. 2.05 DEFJlvl"TIONS OP TERMS USED 1N •DIVLSION 1 S SPECII~ICATIONS AND DRAWII~TGS A. Provide: Under this contract, Contractor shall fianish and install item or items specified. .' Contractor shall perform all labor and famish all materials and egnipmem necessary so that specified item or system wiH be complete'and operational in every respect. _ ~ B. Famish: Under this contract, Contractor shell deliver to the site item(s) specified, as well ' as additional specialized materials and/or accessories necessary for the use and•operation of item or items specified. ' ~ . Install: Under this contract, Contractor shall set im position, connect (including sub- assemblies famished), and adjust for use. Contractor shall~furaish miscellaneous . specialty items such as hangers, valves, unions, piping, sheet metal, etc., as obviously `~ necessary for a complete and operating installation. 2.05 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete bases shall be provided by the General Contractor, unless indicated otherwise. ~7'his Contractor shall coordinate size, location, and special requirements. .~ B. If required, construct bases of 3000 PSI, 28 day strength concrete. Bases shall be attached to the building floor with expansion bolts on 3 foot centers, minimum of 2 bolts per base. Expansion bolts shall be set prior to pouring so that bolt heads will be ' concealed within poured base. Bxercise care in placing bolts in membraned floors so as not to impair integrity of waterproof membrane. Bases shall be plumb, smooth, and shall be 4" high unless otherwise indicated. Bases shall set a minimum of seven days prior to mounting equipment. Set expansion bolts in bases of attachment of equipment and/or isolators. 2.07 VALVE AND EQUIPMENT 1NDENTIFICATION A. Identify all valves except valves on radiators, convectors, cabinet unit heaters, and plumbing fixture stops, with valve identification tags. _~ B. Tags shall be made of 18 gauge polished brass, 1'A" diameter, with each tag designated appropriate service, appropriate valve number, room number where valve is located (a "X" shall precede room number if valve is in corridor outside room). Letters and numbers shall be minimum of 3/16" high stamped into surface. C. Obtain valve number sequence from Owner. ,.tier-T?ATVICAL GENERAL. PROVISIONS 15010-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. Provide a chart of all valves to include the following items: Valve Identification Number Location Purppse Chart to be bound in each maintenance .portfolio. E. Identify all key equipment, pumps, fans, controls, relays, dampers, compressors, c>tillers, etc., using 2" high letters stenciled in a contrasting color paint on equipment. 2.08 SUBSTANI'!AL COMPL,EITON OBSERVATION A. Upon completion of all work, the Contractor shall submit for approval the following data as applicable: 1. Balance Feports 2. Maintenance Manuals 3. Boiler startup cert~cation 4. Chiller startup certification 5. Temperature control system startup and checkout certification 6. Sprinkler test and acceptance certification 7. Certifications of any Contractor - prov~icl~i equipment B. After receiving approval of the above, the Contractor shall contact the Owner and/or Engineer and make arrangements for a final observation. C. At the time of final observatiot, the Contractor shall present the following as applicable: 1. List the items requiring completion or correction. 2. Confirmation of Owner instruction. 3. Sill cock and plumbing fixture keys. 4. Special tools required for cabinet unit heaters, thermostaffi, sprinkler heads, etc. 5. Extra set of pump seats for each pump. 6. Extra set of air filters for each unit and for all VAV boxes. D. After the final observation is made, the Contractor shall review the list of items r~uiring adjustment, correction, replacement, or completion, with Owner and Engineer/Architect. An additional list may be issued. E. The Contractor shall comply with all the listed requirements within thirty (30) days of final observation. 2.09 PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Pipe identification shall be provided using stencils and black paint. Identify pipe service and direction of flow on piping insulation. For piping (including insulation) 2 ~" and smaller outside diameter use 1" high letters and 3"outside diameter pipe (including insulation), use 2" letters. Flow arrows shall be approximately 1 1/8" x 4 2/3". MECHANICAL G~FRAi. PROVISIONS 15010-4 r Cite of~ Columbia Hei~~ht~ Public S,ifety C'~:i~ier Columbia H~i~~hts, ?~~1i~ ~1 ~L I_s F~a~pineerint;. jI]C. Conunis si~~n t~ C173(1S Ckt~~hcr ~(L 'C)ll err-lctor ~h~ill paint iclentit}in~~ m,~rkers cm :al pips can both sides of pariiri~~ns ~In~i -.;i~~s, ai ta',;e-~~trs, rah~~s, ronneetions to equi~~mcnt and at uppropnat~. intel~~als, not :~.~ceedin;~ ~~~~'- f':!int tl~:_,e ; rr~~~:s to ~~i?~~~~~ t7c~«~ ~lir~~etic~i; with ,irl~~<<°,, immediatel~~ adjacent tip all pipe i~_=entif~ic;iri~>n. ') P'pc ]C~el]Cltlcatli?!1 Shall IIla1Ch n<~mc']l~latlllC v1 tI1C ~V'1Il1~(_~ls L1tiCd C~11 the Cii~l«']Il"ti. i_>l~, ai :~~~nlf~:!etOI S 01>tl0n, ]C1C~Ihly all i?]~)117~' )Ti ~'X[?l`tic°d IOi(1t1C`I?~ Utilll~' S~COTi r1j~C ~hlarkels m~rdc ~~fperm~lnent_ duiahle ~~ia}~1 plastic ~.~ith pressures s~nsiti~~e hlrkin~~,. :~pp1}~ 1_icquer under ,ins ~:n~cr marker t~~r rirnl ~~.~Ihrsi,m. )?ands shall b~ applied near ~~perational :l :ices, ~In~l ,paced in such .t «'ay that they can c~isi l}' he. ub~erved from :inv tocatinn in ih~~ rc~~~m. Sands shall identit~~ 1~c~th srr~~icc and direction ri llo~ti~. i i i r r i ~nptra~loi h_r plOVld~ the ~OIIQ\~.'II7~[ CCU b~' i]~ti~~j ;L,ti ~j1C~CiL'Cj Ci01LIl!~ COiISTCliCt70(1, 1h1S in~Iudes inst~ilLition ~~f the ~~:~m~~. 1 t ~) ` i" ball t}'pe shut-ol (~ ca]~~cs. (~) l" ball type shut ~ ~t[ ~ ah~e ~. (~ i 2~1 r ~+Tvt ~ '~ (`~' n~cki dil ~'u~ers <<~ith ~;'-0~- ~~C l~lr'~ duct. ~I. (~1 ~_l >:'-+"f~~~pr C I:uirns ~t~itl-i plenum :?-1 :~: 10 plenum ~t~iih I clb~~«~ and ; ft. c~l~ ~1uct. (?) sCilsors Ltil' ~'iA~;' bC~'tics. i ~ i balan~in:~ d~unpcr.~ - ~-I ~ 1 ~ oI smaller. 1i"li"1 1~t. ~~t 3/1" itt.ulated ~<~pprr~~ip~~. `,. I ~lU 1~t. cat 1" insulated ~c h~-~cr pips:. ~~. i '1 _;., Ii) «~ith I ~ I~t. ~~r ~~~ sanitary pi;~in~~ Cr~r each. rl. ~~~) l~ir~:!tinlol:~~ f~ampe rs -- ~-1 t: l ' or snrill~r. I I. ]i)il ft. ~ f 1"black steel t,e pil.in;~,_ I~. ~-II ([. ~~L ~l ti 1_' duci~~.olk «~Iaphcd. I _;. ~;iJ i~t. of ?~~ ~ L? duct~~,~or~: rn~t ~s~rtpped. 1 ~';-. iii I~t. ~~f -1" ~anit~u~v under i1~,~~r. ~ ~. ,il ft. ~~i~-I" <anit~,n' ah~~~c ilc~~~r. <<ii"i (i. ~~F 7 I!~" insulated cc~pp~r pipe [ur hr,i ~c;itrr he~~tinF~. I?. li? f[_ rt ~„ ~,~'(' sty>rm I>ipinu <ib~~:t~ ~~r,ulc in~ula[ed. I,; ~_~~ 1~~'~alancin~~ val~,~~> ~. ~ _ ~ 1 l /~ bal I ~~~11~~es. > r _ 1 nr)%ft.~°~~f-ri~~ hT tc,b'~,tLel ~ipe:'insul,,itetl with ! 1 ?"`~i}~~ ~nti-uhitic,ii. ~!!. i?~ti .~. ball ~~al~~es. ~~ ~~.~li)Ll~tt. ul._~" I~l i~.b, :,teei~i~~; ^~sul~te~l with~(I '"P~I~~ ,_insiilatlo~i ~, i ~~ '~' f ill ty~~~ h~rtuik ~l~.c:; ~~.~~ ~ 1, ~''.l .u t~~p~ h~~t~tt ~.,i~~~_ ~ il~,a~ ~.(i! l~l;lhllN:y~fl(>N Ul~ SI'I'[~; ~~.. ~~ nn~~V~A~' bow- c>n~'CFM, liut~.vat~ r ct~iha~iii ill ~untiuls 1. f ~~ fore ~ubniittin~~ his bid, phis Cc~ .~.._ _ ~ shall Visit the huilain~ r~r site and lk~ronte 1',~rniliar ~tiith all ~:~,istin~,, cnn~liti~~n~ th;~t a(t~~ct his «~nrk. ti,_>n~c material yr «~or1. n~~t~' he rryuirrd to r~~nlplrtr tl-i~~ prhj~~c1 that can only hr dr~elminec3 I~~~ ~~isitin~~ ihc~ site . `, f. (~; ~:`~' gin, AI 1'I~(~~'TS [(>Nti 1 ~~l (~-~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 3.02 PREPARATION A. Refer to the conditions of the contract -General, Supplemernary and Other Conditions and the General Requirements within Division 1. 3.03 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Refer to the conditions of thecontract -General, Supplementary and Other Conditions, and the General Requirements within Division 1. 3.04 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Thia Contractor shall closely coordinate his wank with that of other Contractors in order to avoid interference, delays and errors during construction. Any conflicts noted shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for clarification priar to installation. B. This Contractor shall verify all dimensions and field conditions before starting work. 3.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. This Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, 6 copies of shop drawings on all equipment to be furnished for this project. The shop drawings shall be checked and ceXtified approved by this Contractar prior to submittal. Amy deviation froth the contract documents shall be clearly noted. B. The shop drawings shall be submitted with a transmittal indications job identification and listing all drawings by specification article number. C. Shop drawings to be submitted: 1. Plumbing fixtures 2. Roof drains 3. Water heaters 4. Wall hydrants 5. AHU's 6. Fans 7. V.A.V. boxes 8. Controls 9. Sprinkler layout, heads, and valves 10. Heat pumps 11. Pumps 12. Hose bibs 13. Hose reels 14. Expansion tank, chemical feeder, etc. far heating system 15. Unit heaters and cabinet unit heaters MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 SO10-6 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30 2008 , .. 1'I:ST RESULTS ' : A. Where required, test results for soil compaction for mechanical work and under equipment foundations shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. .' B. Two copies of the preliminary and final test and balance reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. ' 3.07 OPERATING AND MAIIVTBI\TANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. This Contractor shall supervise the initial operation of all equipment and shall instruct the •~ Owner's representative in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. l3. This Contracror shall furnish two copies of maintenance instructions and parts lists for ~~ each piece of equipment. This information shall be bound into hard covered manuals and submitted to the Engineer as soon as all equipment shop drawings have been reviewed. '; C. Information not applying to the equipnnern furnished shall be.crossed out cu deleted. A listing of all the equipment showing the name of the local supplier, address, and telephone number shall be included. A detailed step by step:prooedure for start-up, shut down, and change-over shall be included for each major piece of equiprl~aent. •' :~ `:f8 RECORD DRAWINGS A. This Contractor shall maintain at the job site a set of drawings to be used specifically for recording changes from the contract documents. The information on outside •: ,.aetground work and utilities shall be dimensioned from easily recognizable reference points indicating both horizontal and vertical distances. 3.09 PERMTPS, LICENSES & FEES A. All permits, licenses, fees and service charges required in connection with the mechanical system installation shall be secured and paid for by this Contractor. } B. Should the Local Building Department require a single building permit fee, each • ~ Contractor shall pay his proportionate share of such fee. Y . 3.10 GUARANTEE A. This Contractor shall guarantee all work and materials installed under this contract for a period of one year from date of substantial completion. B S . hould difficulties in the erformance of an ortion of the p y p system occur, the guarantee period for that portion shall begin at the time of final acceptance of that work by the Owner. • "" ~~"~'~.~+'ICALGENEP.ALPROVLSIONS 15010-7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. Defects due to faulty work, materials or equipment during the guarantee period shall be immediately corrected by the Contractor at no additional expense ~ the Owner. END OF SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-8 7 ~' ::I;I.'FION 15050 ,~ J .t i' ~' i City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 BASIC MATERIALS. AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL A. This section of the specification includes the basic materials and methods which are applicable to, and become a part of, all of the following sections in this division. 1.01 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. i .02 CODES A. STATE PLUMBING CpDE `? . NFPA CODES C. LIPB SAFETY CODE I~. ASME PRESSURE VESSEL CODES 1.03 STANDARDS ~. lS.merican Water Works Association (AWWA) B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) D. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) E. Copper Development Association, INC. F. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute C. National Clay Pipe Institute 1.04 PIPE MATERIALS A. Pipe and fittings shall be new and shall conform to the current edition of the Minnesota Codes. ~' : ~: " ~ : : `.1TERIAI.S AND METHODS lsoso-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t S Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE ~ HANDLING A. Protect plumbing fixtures and other equipment firm damage by covering and/or coating as recommended in bulletin "Handling and Care of Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures", issued by Plumbing Mannfacturers'Association. B. Protect equipment, pipe, duct and conduit openings with temporary plugs or caps. C. Receive and properly protect all equipment and material required for this contract. 2.02 PIPE AND F11"1'INGS A. Type K Soft Temper Copper Pipe 1. Type K Soft temper Copper pipe shall conform tD the latest revision of ASTM B88. 2. Fitdngs shall be of the Heavy Duty Brass 125 PSIG Long Collar Place Type or Cast Copper Alloy fittings and shall conform to the latest revision of ANSI B.16.26. 3. Installation shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the Copper Tube Product Handbook for plumbing, heading, air conditioning and refrigeration. 4. Piping through floors or walls shall be sleeved or protected by resilient material. B. Type L, M and ACR Hard Temper Copper Pipe 1. Shall conform to the latest revision of ASTM B88 and ASTM B280. ACR Pipe shall be cleaned, capped, color coded and marked "ACR". 2. Fittings shall be cast bronze or wrought copper and bronze solder joint pressure type and shall conform to the latest Revision of ANSI B 16.18 and B 16.22. 3. Mechanically foamed tee connections shall be extracted, notched, dimpled and brazed in accordance with manufacturers recommendado~ns. 4. Drainage fittings shall be cast copper alloy or wrought copper and wrought copper- alloy solder drainage fittings and shall conform to the latest Revision of ANSI 16.23, 1b.24 and 16.29. 5. Solder shall be 95-5 Tin-Silver, Silfos, or Silver Solder and shall conform to the latest Revision of ASTM B32 and AWS A5.8-81. 6. Installation shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the Copper Tube Product Handbook for plumbing, heating, air conditioning and refrigeration. 7. Type M copper pipe shall not be installed underground or embedded in Masonry or Concrete. Piping through concrete floors shall be sleeved or protected by resilient material. C. Service weight centrifugally cast hub and spigot pipe 1. Hub and spigot service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be coated on the inside and out and shall conform to the latest revision of ASTM A-74. 2. Piping shall be joined with Neoprene Gaskets which shall conform to the latest Revision of ASTM C564. BASIC MATBRIAI.S AND METHODS 15050-2 1 .~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~. Installation shall co~orm to the latest Revision of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook. D. Hubless Cast Iron l:~ipe i 1. Shall be coated on the inside and outside and shall conform to the latest Revision of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301. When installed aboveground, pipe and fittings may be uncoated. ' 2. Joipt assemblies shall be of a sealing sleeve, shield and clap assembly type.s>ad shall conform to the latest Revision of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301. ' 3. Installation shall conform to the latest Revision of the Cast.Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook. E. Black Steel Pipe :, 1. Shall be schedule 40 or 80 and conform to the latest Revision of the ASTM A120. 2. Fittings size 1/2" to 3" shall be Malleable Iron, threaded, suitable for 150 pound steam, 300 pound wog, or cast iron, threaded, suitable for 125 pound wog, depending ' on service conditions. 3. Fittings size 4" and up shall be weld fittings, Schedule 40 or 80, long radius, carbon . r F steel grade a, conforming to the latest Bdition of ASTM A234. l . Ga vanized Steel Pipe 1. Galvanized steel pipe, Schedule 40 or 80 shall conform to the latest Revision of . 1 ASTM A120. Fittings size 1/2" to 3" shall be galvanized malleable iron, threaded and suitable for 150 pound steam, 300.pound wog, of galvanized cast iron threaded suitable for 125 pound steam or 175 pound wog, depending on service conditions. `~ 3. Fittings 4" and up shall be galvanized cast iron, flanged, suitable for 125 pound steam or 175 wog and shall conform to the latest Revision of ASTM A126 Class B. ' 4. Black coated cast iron drainage fittings shall have pitched threads so that the horizontal line will pitch at 1/4" per foot and shall comply with the latest Revision to ANSI B16.12. _.' G. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) ~~ 1. PVC Pipe Schedule 40 OR 80 shall be Type 1, Grade 1 conforming to ASTM Standards D-1784 (Material) and D-1785 (Pipe). Maximum service temperature shall ` be limited to 140 degrees F. 2. Fittings shall be socket type, adhesive bonded conforming to ASTM Standard D- 1466 for Schedule 40 and ASTM D-2467 for Schedule 80. 3. Solvent cement for joints shall conform to ASTM Standani D-2564. 4. PVC Fipe shall be installed with cominuous support. Joints shall be cleaned with an approved cleaner before applying cement. 5. PVC-DWV Pipe shall be Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM Standards D-1785 (Material) and D-2665 (Pipe). 6. Only pipe marked "PVC DWV" is acceptable. '~ '.s '+ ~ ?~:'. ' IATERI.4LS i~ND METHODS 15050.3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 7. Fittings shall be socket type, adhesive bonded, conforming to PVC-DWV Standards and marked "PVC DWV" only and bearing the NSF Seal of Approval. 8. Solvent cement far bonding t'VGDWB joints shall conform to the nrquirements of the latest Revision of ASTM 1}2564. 8. PVC-DWB Pipe and fittings shall be stored in shade ouE of direct-sunlight. 9. Spacing of pipe supports shall be as per code. 2.03 PIPING SPBCIALTLES A. Wall and Ceiling Plates 1. Furnish and install on all pipes passing through ceilings, walls, ar partitions in exposed areas, Crane No. 13 BC wall ar ceiling plates with set screw to fasten to pipe. All plates shall be chrome plated. B. Pressure Gauges 1. Furnish and install Trerice Series 600 ar Ashcroft Industrial quality Ganges, where indicated. Pressure gauges shalt have a range-equat~to 1-1/2 times the highest operating pressure. Gauges shall have 41/2" dial face and indicate the units of measurement. Aocuracy shall be 1 percent over the middte half of the scale range, and 1-1/2 percent over balance. C. Flow Indicators 1. Shall be Gerard Engineering Co., KG Flow Indicators and Venturis. Flow Indicators shall be used for flows to 7 gpm, Venturis for flows above 7 GPM. Maximum pressure drop through flow indicator shall be 0.8 feet. Bach flow indicator and Venturi shall be tagged indicating unit, size, GPM and pressure drop. 2. Provide in the following locations: a. Pumps b. AIiU coils c. V.A.V. boxes d. Fan coils e. Additional as shown on plan D. Thermometers 1. Shall be Trerioe, or equal and approved, Industrial Quality Thermometers with aluminum case, red-reading mercury, separable socket, 9" scale and adjustable angle. a. Scale Ranges: 1. Heating Water - 30 to 230 2. Domestic H W - 80 to 180 3. Domestic C W - 0 to 100 4. Chilled Water - 0 to 100 BASIC MATERIALS AND MBTHODS 15050 J ,~' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN •, M 8i E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~= . Jnions r, 1. Black Screwed Pipe 3-I/2" and smaller -Bronze to Iron ground joint type. 2. Welded Pipe 4" and larger -125 W.S.P. Cast Iran Flange union with gasket. '~ 3. Copper Pipe 2-1/2" and smaller -Standard Solder type. 4. Copper Pipe 3" and larger - Flanged type with gasket. F. Pipe Sleeves 1. Sleeves shall be provided in place for all pipes passing through brick, concrete or masonry floors, walls and roofs and shall be 1" greater in inside diameter than the ' external diameter of the pipe and insulation (if required) passing throngh. 2. All sleeves shall be fabricated of schedale 40 steel pipe, cut squaxe and reamed. Sleeves shall be set and maintained in place by this Contractor during the progress of the work ami during the pouring.of the floor slabs or walls. • 3. Pack the space between sIl sleeves.and pipes with heat resistant Backing and install 1" depth of plastic caulking compound flush with the pqp of the sleeve. • ~.'~• 4 UPPORTS, ANCHORS & SEALS A. This Contractor shall furnish and install pipe hangers and support required for his work, together with all inserts, beam clamps, sockets, bolts, clips, or rods to complete all hangers and supports. Hangers of Grinnell Manufacture, Fee and Mason, Elsen, Michigan, Hanger, or Crawford, will be accepted. All hangers to be secured with double nuts. .. •` ~; cups of pipes at the same elevation may be supported on Trapeze hangers. C. All hangers for pipes 1/2" and smaller shall be Grinnell split ring hanger figure 104, complete with sockets, tuna-buckle and rod. D. Hangers for pipes 3/4" up through 4" shall be Grinnell Wrought Clevis Hanger figure 260 or 65 complete with rod and nuts. E. Hangers on cold piping shall be large enough to encompass piping and insulation. Vapor barriers shall be continuous thru hangers and without penetrations. Use wood inserts under the vapor barrier to transfer bearing loads from gips to hanger. F. Hangers for copper piping shall be copper plated. No direct contact will be allowed between copper piping and dissimilar metals on hangers, brackets, supports, other piping etc. I G. On straight runs of piping exceeding 100 degrees P. and 150 linear feet, support piping from Grinnell figure 181,174, or 171 roller hangers. H. Install pipe saddles where necessary to keep from crushing insulation between pipe and hangers. _ ~~. ~~ .ti:::•.'~1TP.RIALS AND .METHODS 15050-5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 I. Saddles for 4" and larger piping shall be fabricated of 14 gauge galvanized iron and far smaller piping shall be fabricated of 16 gauge galvanized iron. Saddles shall encompass the lowerone-half of the covering. 2.05 FIRS BARI~t SEAIr~NTS A. Fire Barrier Sealants shall be 3M, Hilo, or approved equal, Series 7902!1904 sealing systems, CP25 caulk, OR 303 gutty. Application of the sealants shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and the completed installation shall meet Uniform Building Code Requu~eme~nts. B. Fire Barrier Sealants shall be used at all pope and duct penetrations in fire and smoke walls. 2.06 VALVES, COCIi;S dt FAUCETS A. Valves shall be Hammond, Stockham, Crane, Nthco, Apollo, Milwaukee, Kitz, Mueller/Mnessco, Powell, McDonald, Watts, or approved equal Each valve shall be installed so that it is easily accessible for operation and maintenance. Model mzmbers are Hannmond, and rated for at least 125 PSI W.S.P., 200 W.O:G. Large valves shall be iron body with bronze trim, flamged, fac.~d and drilled. B. Gate Valves 1. 3" and smaller -threaded -Hammond No.1B640,125 PST working steam pressure, Solid Wedge Disc, Screwed Bonnet, Rising Stem. 2. 3" and smaller -Soldered - Hamnnond No. IB635,125 PSI working steam pressure, Solid Wedge Disc, Screwed Bonnet, Rising Stem. 3. 3" and larger -Flanged -Hammond No. IR1140,125 PSI worlang steam pressure, Solid Wedge Disc, Rising Stem, Iron Body, Bronze Trim. C. Ball Valves 1. Apollo Series No. 70 with Bronze Body, Chrome Plated Ball, Teflon seats, and Large Port size. D. Balancing Valves 1. Apollo Series. No. 70 with Bronze Body, Chrome Plated Ball, Teflon seats, Balancing Stops, and Large Port size. S. Check Valves , 1. 2" and smaller -threaded -Hammond No. 903, 125 PSI working steam pressure, non-shock, swing check, bronze disc. 2. 2" and smaller -soldered -Hammond No. 915,125 PSI working steam pressure, Non-Shock, Swing Check, Bronze disc. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-6 !, City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ~; M tit E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~~. ~3rain Valves ~, 1. 1/2" and 3/4" SIZES -threaded - Hatntmond No. 710 or 712 soldered -Hammond No. 710 OR 711. All valves to have stuffing box and hose thread. G. Butteafly Valves 1. Stockman series LG-712 DS3-B lug type with cast iron body, nickel plated ductile iron disc, SS shaft, and resilient seats suitable for the temperature and application. H. Gas Cocks =' 1. 1-1/2" and smaller -McDonald B9702, ground key type. 2. 2" and larger -Powell 2200, lubricated plug type. ., I. Globe Valves ,~' 1. 3" and smaller -threaded - Hammond type NO. IB440,125 PSI working steam Pressure, Re-grinding type, Inserted Bonnet. 2. 3" and larger -flanged - Hauup4ond No. IR116,125 PSI working steam pressure, Irtnn body, Bronze trim. ~' ' ^" PIPING AND BQUIP1VlENI' INSTALLATION :,' A Piping and equipment shall be installed substantially as shown on the drawimgS. The exact location of every pipe and piece of equipment cannot be given by scaling the ;ravings, but shall be placed to avoid interferences with other work. Shquld it be accessary to make minor changes in location of any pipe or piece of equipment for proper ..' installation and operation, or to avoid conflict with other trades, it shall be done by the Contractor without extra cost. B. Where connections are made to equipment furnished by others, this Contractar shall r' obtain the exact location of connections from persons furnishing said equipment. C. Piping shaII be run with proper grade to provide far easy draining. Piping must be thoroughly reamed and cleaned before installation. Consult and cooperate fully with the other contracts to obtain the proper grouping of piping and to avoid interference. Piping run overhead shall be placed as close to the ceiling structure as possible to maintain proper headroom and to present a neat appearance. 2.08 PIPING INSTALLATION €' A. This Contractor shall coordinate his work with the other Contractors to obtain proper grouping of pipes and to avoid interference. s ~~ : E : ~ ~. 15050-7 ' ~ `"' ~ `~. ` :' TERIAirS AND METHODS City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B. Maximum spacing of pipe supports, unless otherwise indicated or as required by code, shall be as follows: Pipe Size: 1rL 1 1-1/Z 2 2-1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 Span(Fl~ 5 7 9 10 11 12 14 16 17 19 22 24 C. Piping below grade shall be laid on stabilized trench bottom and shall be supported to its full length. Protect bottom of excavation from frost and.do not place structures ar pipe on frozen ground. 2.09 Wffi.DING A. Welded construction shall be used for all piping as indicated. B. All changes in direction and insertions of branch lines, shall be made with welded fittings. Mitering of pipe to form elbows ar notchiag straight runs to form tees, will not be permitted. C. All welding shall be dope by a proven procedure with certified and tested ope~atars and, in general, be in accordance with the latest Ldition of The ASME Boiler Code and American Standard Code far Pressure Piping, Section B 31.1. 2.10 C[TITING AND PATCHING A. In new construction, each prime Contractor as applicable, will be required under his contract to leave all chases and openings is walls, floors, ceilings, partitions, etc. This Contractor shall furnish each prime Contractor as applicable, full information as to locations, dimensions, etc., of such chases and openings. B. This ContracWr shall perform all cutting and patching, fill openings resulting when existing equipment is removed, and restore all surfaces disturbed by him to their original conditions. C. Should any cutting of walls, floors, ceilings, partitions, etc., be required due to the failure of this Contractor to give each prime Contractor as applicable, proper information at the time required, such cutting shall be done at this Contractors expense, restoring the work to its original condition. ~ ~- D. All cutting and patching done by this Contractor shall be subject to the direction and approval of the Engineer and shall not endanger the stability of the structure. 2.11 EXCAVATION AND BACKFiLLING A. All excavation and bacl~ill for the mechanical work shall be provided by this Contractor. B. Provide sheeting and shoring as may be necessary for the protection of the work and safety of personnel. ;3 ASlI: MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-8 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ~' M d: B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~.'. bVhere existing conduits, sewers, drains, pipes, manholes, catch basips and other ' structures are encountered, they shall be carefully supported and prcmtect~l from injury. In case of damage because of negligence, they shall be restored to original condition without cost to the Owner. ..^i D. Piping below grade shall be laid on stabilized trench bottom and shad be supported to its full length. Protect bottom of excavation from frost and do not place strncriues or pipe on ' frozen ground. 2.12 BASES AND SUPPORTS ' A. Conaute bases required for mechanical equipment will be provided by this Contractor, unless otherwise indicated. ', B. All steel sugports for tanks, fan units and other mechanical equi~ent shall, be provided by this Contractor. .' ~~". This Contractor will furnish all roof supports for roof mounted units and curbs for roof units, unless otherwise indicated. This Contractor is responsible for giving the General Contractor the proper lgcations. and sizes. This Contractor shall counter'flash around his equipment as required. Curbs to be insulated and installed by the G.C. is . , i3. Piping rising vertically through roof shall pass through pipe portals, as manufactured by hoof Products 8t Systems Corporation. Units shall be complete with curb, curb cover, :~ rubber cap and clamps. - frizlVES AND GUARDS A. Vari-Pitch pulleys shall be furnished on all motors and shall be of such size that the speed given shall be obtained when the pulley adjustment is half-way between the smallest and _ largest diameter. ~' ;.: B. Except when famished with packaged equipment, provide guards for all belt drives, drive shafts and couplings. Guards shall be constructed of N0.20 Gauge Galvanized Steel, ~.~ provided with N0.16 Gauge 3/4 inch Diamond Mesh Screen over large areas, Angle Iron Braced, and provided with supporting legs anchored to the floor. C. Provide access holes for tachometer readings in all belt guards. 2.14 PAIlVTING A. Painting of mechanical equipment and materials in finished rooms (rooms with finish on walls and/or ceiling) will be performed by the General Contractor. B. No painting is required on piping, ductwork, and equipment, above ceilings or in chases. no painting is required, except touch-up of damaged areas on equipment furnished with a factory enameled finish, except as is here-in-after specified. . C. All painting shall be performed by this Contractor as follows: 4 .: ~ :~ 4•~'A'I'F_.RIALS AND METHOns isoso-9 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 1. Pipe hangers, anchors, supports, and other iron surfaces shall be cleaned, given one coat of rust proofing and one finished coat of Battleship gray lead and oil paint. 2. Paint the insulated refrigerant piping installed outside the building above grade as recommended by the insulation contractor. D. Paint shall be of the best grade made by the following commies: Pratt and La~mbf+rt Co., Benjamin Moore and Co., Martin Senour Co., Sherwin Williams Co. 2.15 ~CALLY FORMF~ TEE A. Mechanically extracted collars shall be formed in a continuous operation eonsisting of drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to form a collar having a height of not less than three times the thickness of the tube wall. The collaring device shall be folly adjustable as to insure proper tolerance and complete uniformity of the joint. B. The branch shall be notched to conform with the inner curse of the ran Wb~ and diimpled to insure penetratio~l of the branch tube into the collar is of sufficient depth for brazing and that the branch tube does not obstruct the flow in the main line tube. C. All joints shall be brazed in accordance with the Copper Development Association Copper Tube Handbook using B-(~p Series filler metal. 1. Note: Soft soldered joints will not be permitted. D. All mechanically formed branch collars shall be listed by the National Standard Plumbing Code, B.O.C.A., I.A.M.P.O., S.B.C.C., HUD, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and Underwriters Laboratory. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PRESSURE TESTS A. All work shall be inspected, tested and approved•as required by Governing Codes. Tests shall be made in the presence of the proper inspector. B. Test pressures shall remain constant for the required period without addition to the testing medium, except where indicated. 3.02 CLEANING EQUIPMENT A. All plumbing fixtures shall be thoaoughly cleaned of all plaster, stickers, rust stains, and other foreign matter or discoloration, leaving them ready for use. B. The surfaces of all pumps, motors, floor drains, cleanouts and other equipment shall be cleaned as required. C. All surfaces of coils, fan housing, wheels, motors, air unit plenums and dampers, shall be wiped clean or washed as required. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-10 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 1 1 1 y 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M St S Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 .~ 'I'haa~oughly clean all radiation element and cover, traps, strainers, etc. as required. 3.03. C~,EANING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Thoroughly clean out the piping systems and all connected equipment after testing has been completed. 3.04 ~ RARiNG $~ A. This Contractor shall clear away all debris, surplus materials, etc., resulting from his work, leaving the job and the equipment in a clean condition. F1~1D OF SECTION 15050 T- ; `."' ° `• %~~'''ERIALS AND METHODS 15050-1 l *' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN • M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 ' SECTION 15200 . NOISE, VIBRATION AND S13ISMIC CONTR!DL +' PART 1-GENERAL •' A. This section of the Specification includes the basic materials and methods relating to vibration and noise control and shall become a part of all of the other sections in this division. ' B. Unless otherwise noted, all equipment shall be mounted on vibration isolators to prevent ' the transmission of vibratiugn and mechanically tzansmitted sound grad vibration to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected~in accordance with the weight ~; distribution of the equipment to produce uniform deflection. Reflections and type.of isolators shad be as specified with equipment or as indicated on the drawings. -~' :.c~~ RELATED wbRK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. .' B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. 1.02 suBMITTaLs A. Shop drawings for equipment provided under this section shall be marked to indicate the .nit to which it belongs. .' PART 2 -PRODUCTS , 2.01 MOUNTIlVGS ~ A. TYPE ND (RAII, TYPB DNR) -Double deflection neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.35". On equipment such as small vent sets and close ~' coupled pumps, steel rails shall be used above the mountings to compensate for the ; overhang. B. TYPE SLF -Spring type isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable, without any housing and complete with 1/4" neoprene acoustical friction pads between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be ri8idly bolted to the equipment. .~ ~~ ~~ ' ~~~~~ ~~~~:: ~~ r ~I~cATONAND SEISMIC CONTROL .15200-1 ~~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. TYPE SLR (WITH LIMIT STOPS) -Equipment with operating weight different from the installed weight, such as chillers, boilers, etc. and equipment exposed to the wind such as cooling towers, shall be mounted on spring mountings as described under type SIB, but a housing shall be used that includes vertical resilient lingit steps to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall•serve as blocking during erection. A minimum clearance of 1/2" shall be maintained aFOUnd restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring operations. Mountings used outside shall be hot dipped galvanized. 2.02 HANGERS A. TYPE 30N -Vibration hangers shall contain a steel spring and 0.3" deflection neoprene element in series. The neoprene element shall be melded with a rod isolation bushing that passes through the hanger box. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 5(?'~ of the rated deflection. B. TYPE PC30N - Vibration hangers shall be as described under type 30N, but they shall be pre-compressed to the noted deflection so as to keep the piping or equipment at a Tixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. C. TYPB W30 -Vibration hangers shall contain a steel spring located in a neoprene cup manufactured with a grommet to prevent short circuiting of the hanger rod. ~e cug shall contain a steel washer designed to properly distribute the load on the neoprene and prevent its extrusion. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 °Xo of the rated deflection. Hangers shall be provided with an eye bolt on the spring end and provisions to attach the housing to the flat iron duct straps. 2.03 BASES A. TYPE WF -Bases shall be rectangular in shape for the equipment other than centrifugal refrigeration machines and pump bases which maybe "T" or "L" shaped. Pump gases for split case pumps shall include supports for suction and discharge base ells. All perimeter members shall be beams with a minimum depth equal to 1/10 of the longest dimension of the base. Beam depth need not exceed 14", provided that the deflection and misalignment is laept within acceptable limits as determined by the manufacturer. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance of one inch. B. TYPE ICS (HEIGHT SAVING TYPE) -Vibration isolator manufacturer shall provide steel members welded to height savings brackets to cradle machines having legs or bases that do not require a complete supplementary base. NOISE, VIBRATON AND SEISMIC CONTROL 15200-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M dt E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 !.. ~ i'1'PS K ("FLOATING" CONCRSTB FOUNDATIONS) -Vibration isolator ' manufacturer shall furnish rectangular structural beam or channel concrete forms for floating foundations. Bases for split base pumps shall be large enough to provide support for suction and discharge bay ells. The base depth need not exceed 12" unless ' specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. In general, bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base, but not less than 6". Forms shall include minimum concrete reinfarcennent consisting of half-ineh bars or ' angles welded in place on 6" centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2" above the bottom, or additional steel as is required by the structural conditions. Forms shall be • furnished with drilled steel members with sleeves welded below the holes to receive equipment anchor bolts where the anchor bolts fall in concrete locations. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1" clearance below the base. Minor fan equipment located at slab-on--guide shall be furnished with type DNR rails and ND neoprene mounts. Motors shall be provided with slide rails. 2.04 PIPS SUPPORTS NEAR $QUIl'MF.N'f .~~.. The first three pipe hangers, near equipment which is mounted on rbration isolators, shall be as described under type PC30N. B. Minimum static deflection shall be equal to that required for the equipment mountings. .' •'... All supports for refrigerant suction and hot gas piping shall be as described under type PC30N. :' ._ .. • ~.~.. ~~ ' ~ ~ ~~"TION 15200 i ~~ ' ' :" •• `~ "•' ~• • :a RA'''O'~I ANL` SEISMIC: CONTROL 15200-3 1 ' SECTION 15250 1 1 1 1 t INSULATION City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 PART 1- GffivF.RAL A. Furnish all labor and material necessary foX the insulation of the phimbing, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems. B. See specific sections below fox insulation thickness required. ! .OZ RBLATED WORK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. '... Refer to Section 15401-Domestic Water System. D. Refer to Section 15406 -Rainwater Drainage System. F,. Refer to Section 15601-Hot Water Heating System. F. Refer to Section 15650 -Refrigeration System. ".~fer to Section 15702 -Chilled Water System. H. Refer to Section 15840 -Air Distribution System. 1.02 CODES A. State Building Codes. 1.03 STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). Td. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). C. Underwriters Laboratories, INC. (LTL). D. Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards (MICA) .;.,~ , ,; a ?,-7r~ 15250-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M dt E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE A. All insulation shall have a minimum thermal resistance of R = 4.0 per inch of thickness at a mean temperature of 75 degrees. B. All insulation shall have a composite fire and smoke hard rating as tested by procedure ASTM Br84, NFPA 255, and UL 723 not exceeding a flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 50. All accessories such as adhesives, mastics, cements, tapes, cloth for fittings, etc., shall have the same component rating as listed above. 2.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. All materials shall be stored indoors in their unopened shipping containers, protected from moisture damage. 2.03 PIPE AND FITTING INSULATION A. Insulation shall be Manville, or equal, Flame Safe fiberglass pipe insulation having a factory applied type AP vapor barrier jacket. B. Fittings and valves shall be insulated with fiberglass insulation equal in thickness to the adjoining piping and covered with Zeston Pre-Molded PVC Insulating Covers. In air plenum spaces the type of Zeston covers and accessories used shall meet the flame spread and smoke developed ratings noted above. ;:..~~~ REFRIGERATION PIPE AND FTI"TING INSULATION A. Insulation for pipe and fittings shall be Manville, or equal, Aerotube foam plastic insulation. B. In air plenums, insulation shall be Manville, or equal, Flame Safe fiberglass pipe insulation with AP vapor barrier jacket and fittings insulated with fiberglass and covered with Zeston fittings. The type of Zeston covers and accessories used shall meet the flame spread and smoke developed ratings noted above. 2.05 ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING A. Shall be flexible glass fiber duct liner, Manville, or equal, Lina-Coustic with black mat facing and an average density of 1-1/21bs. Linen must have sound absorption coefficient of .63 at 500 cps frequency, based on No. 6 mounting. B. Thermal conductance shall be 0.26 fora 1" thickness at 75 degree mean temperature. 2.06 PLENUM LINER BOARD A. Shall be rigid board liner, Manville, or equal, Lina-Coustic with flat black facing and an average density of 31bs. INSULATION 15250-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 20(18 ~~ . "'~ -hernial conductance shall be 0.26 fora 1" thickness at 75 degree mean temperature. ' 2.07 BLANKET DUCT INSULATION '' A. Shall be Manville, ar equal, R-6 Microlite, 3/4 pound density, foil faced and reinforced fiberglass duct wrap with 2 inch tabs. ' 2.08 RIGID DUCT INSULATION - A. Shall be Manville, ar equal, 800 Series spun~glass 31b. Density fiberglass board with FSK vapor barrier jacket. FART 3 - EKECUTION ' ~.Ol INSTALLATION OF PIKE INSULATION A. Fiberglass pipe insulation shall be installed co~ptinuously with all joints tigbitly bn~d. All lap and butt joint strips shall be securely sealed. ~' Fs. Fittings and valves shall be wrapped with pre-cut-hi-lo temp. Insulation i~pserts, fully insulating the fitting equal in thickness to the adjacent stxaight pipe insulation and ~ covered with the Zeston cover. C. Where factory preformed covers are not available, layers of insulating cement can be :' built up to the thiclmess of the adjoining insulation and finished with a layer of reinfarcing wire mesh ar glass fabric embedded in the cement. A 4 ounce canvas jacket ` 'gall be adhered to the cement using two layers of Vapor Ban[ier Mastic. ;, D. Insulation on all cold surfaces where Vapor Bawler jackets are used shall be applied with a continuous, unbroken vapor seal Lap and butt joints and fitting seam edges shall be sealed with Vapar Barrier Mastic as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Hangers, supports, anchors, etc., that are secured directly to cold surfaces must be adequately insulated and vapor-sealed to prevent condensation. Provide blocks or sheet ~' metal saddles at hangers to avoid crushing the insulation. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERATION PIPING INSULATION ~' A. Insulate all suction and hot gas lines for their entire length. Slip insulation over piping 3 and butt all joints. Seal all joints and mitered fittings with No. 3-M 57 adhesive to maintain the integrity of the vapor barrier on the cold pipe. B. Provide sheet metal saddles at hangers to avoid crushing the insulation. s' C. Paint the pipe insulation installed outside the building with weatherproof paint as recommended by the manufacturer. r _. ~ r :.~ ' ' "..:':TION 15250-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c B Bngineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCT LINER AND RIGID PLENUM BOARD A. All duct liner shall be held in place by applying fire resistant 3M adhesive aver the entire metal surface, then pressing insulation firmly in place. The matte faced surface shall face the air stream. B. Ducts 18 inches wide and larger shall have the duct liner additionally secured by welded pins and clips on not greater than 12 inch centers on bop and side surfaces of the duct. C. All butt edges shall be coated with adhesive and pressed together. Sxpesed edges, the leading edge of all cross joints, and any damaged areas shall be~heavily coated with fire resistant 3M adhesive. All leading edges shall be covered with metal nosing strips. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DUCT BT •ANKFT INSULATION A. Blanket duct insulation shall be cut slightly longer that the duct cincumferen~ce to minimize compaction and insure full thiclmess at the corners. Bilges and joints shall•be tightly butted together. Joints shall be stapled and taped using a fire resistive adhesive, Benjamin Foster 85-20, or equal B. For ducts larger than 18 inches in width, the iceulation shall be additionally. secured to the bottom by means of welding pins and speed clips, cut off flush and covered with vapor barrier mastic or tape where the pins have pierced through. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF RIGID DUCT INSULATION A. Rigid duct insulation shall be installed on welded pins, with pre-finished fastening caps and sealed with 3 inch wide matching joint tape. Provide roll-type aluminum corner beads at all corners and cover with 6 oz. drill canvas embedded in fosters 30-36 seal fast with a finish brush coat of seal fast over the canvas. B. Wire or band the insulation as required. Fuush with two layers of finishing cement reinforced with wire mesh or glass fabric and cover with 6 ounce canvas jacket adhered to the cement. END OF SECTION 15250 INSULATION 15250-4 i .' ~' City of Columbia Heights Pab~ic Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Coaunission #07308 October 30, 2008 ':rr'TTC~N 15310 COMPRESSED AIlt SYSTEM 1 1 1 1 1 y y i 1 PART 1- GAR AT 1.01 SCOPE A. Fluuish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the complete installation of new piping compressed air system. The existing compressor will be relocated sad a new storage tank added. B. Pressure test piping system r.02 RELATED VvORK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions 0 _ Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods 1.03 CODBS A. State Building Code. B. Plumbing Code. :..u4 STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). B. American National Standards Institute (ANSn. C. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). D. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). PART 2 -PRODUCTS `.01 PII'E AND FTI'TINGS A. 1-1/4" and smaller -- Type L copper with sweat copper fittings and 95-5 solder. B. 1-1/2" and larger -Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with galvanized threaded fittings. ;'O'~:~T~TSSED AIR SYSTEM 15310 - 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 . October 30, 2008 2.02 COMPRESSOR A. Relocate compressor from existing fire station to new location. Provide new filter, flex connection and waffle pads on each leg. PART 3 -INSTALLATION 3.01 PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. S1Qpe piping in the direction of flow a minimum of 1/4" ~.n 10 feet. B. All branches shall be taken of the top of the main. Ends of mains and.all low points shall have line~ize moisture-dirt legs with 1/4" drains and blow-down valves extended down to accessible~locations. C. Pipe air intaloe from outside through filter assembly and birdscreen. 3.02 PRESSURE TEST A. Unless otherwise indicated by the authority having jurisdiction, the compressed air piping system shall be tested as follows: Piping shall be tested with air at 150 psig for a period of 24 hours with a pressure loss not to exceed 10 psig during this period. END OF SECTION 15310 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM 15310 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 SECI'It?N 15350 NATURAL GAS PIPIl~TG SYSTEM TART 1 - Gw - AT . A. Furnish aII labor, equipment and material for the complete installation of the. ga$ piping system. B. Provide new gas service, including meters and regulators. 1.01 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Mateaials and Methods. ~. Refer to Section 15401-Domestic Water System. D. Refer to Section 15801-Air Handling Systems. ~A2 CODES A. Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Code. ~-~ STANDARDS A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). B. American Gas Association (AGA). PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GAS SERVICE A. This Contractor shall make all arrangements with the local Gas Company for installation of the new service, including meters and regulators. This Contractor shall pay all costs in connection with the gas service, meters and regulators, and include these costs in his bid. 2.02 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordvoate installation of piping sleeves through masonry walls or floors with the General Contractors construction of those items. NATUR /~L, GAS PIPING SYSTEM 15350-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center ' Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' 2.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS ~ P L~TG : ~ P Sl,~'~{~`t~'~53~~-~Y~R~11~.~A~ :~ ~ i! ' ~ ~~~~ ~~~ ~ ~~ T2~ ~~?. V IJl x ~ , ~ ~ ~{ I-.:w2Y.'..({)y. '1',~~ O'i7)~., ~S hiF1:ET'T"T'li`1 ~C.3 ~ •- tT"F~. ~ r " . ~ .~3JV, L. 1 1j' ,13 "Y IJ t C l 1 3.], ( (1~ I'. l 'f 2:>Q3 P]P~, ANB p~'~'INr ~ ~ _ ' ~~ -~bav~ Grou~d:~ t/~" toy ~chect~~te ~~U h] ick steel pipe ti~liih thre~~ded rnaxleahle fittings atld9cn~s: '~ ~ ` ` 13_ ~. 2 1/2 ' ;~ttc~ ~p -rScheslul~ -iC1 Lijacl. stv~~t;j~ewit?~v~lcfect~t.~#zir~rs. ,. .. __. ~.r~ ~ - C. Below Ground: All pipe sizes -Schedule 40 blacl~ stein pi~~ with u±.eldal titdnga. Ail pipe and fittis-tgs shall be wrapped with 10 mil thickness of 3M No. 50 plastic tape prior ' to installation. D. Pressure reducing valve/ventlinternal relief valve piping, schedule 40 black steel piping ' with threaded malleable fittings. E. Pipe Casing: PVC-DWV plastic pipe and fittings with solvent welded joints, Schedule ' 40 steel pipe and fittings with threaded malleable fittings. Note: PVC plastic pipe may not be used in air plenum ceilings. 2.04 GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS A. Regulators shall be Maxitrol 325 Series, or equal, Rockwell 143-1rv Series, or equal. ' E. Regulators to reduce pounds inlet pressure to low outlet pressure shall have pressure rating not less than the protected metering pressure and be of the full lockup (shutoff) type. Where approved by the administrative authority, such regulators shall be equipped ' with vent limiting devices in lieu of outside vents. 2.05 NATURAL GAS FLUES , A. Flues shall be Metalbestos, Dura-Vent, or approved equal, model QC or RV, Underwriters approved Type 3 Gas Vent, complete with Drip Tee, Draft Diverter, Storm ' Collar and Roof Flashing. B. Provide fire stop, guides and stack support plate as required for proper installation. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A. Provide gas pressure regulators as required to reduce system pressure to the pressure ' required at the inlet to the gas fired equipment. B. Pipe all pressure regulator vents/internal relief valve vents separately to outside and ' terminate with screened elbow down at least 6 feet from any air intake. Regulator vent/internal relief valve piping, sizing and installation shall be in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. C. Flues shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Provide and install weathercap on vertical flue termination. NATURAL GAS PIl'ING SYSTEM 15350-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~ i). Gas fired equipment shall be installed with proper clearance to combnsables in ~ accordance to manufacturers' recommendations. Provide gas cocks, anion, pressure regulator, if required, and 6" deep dirt leg in the branch to each individual gas fired ;~ appliance. E. Far piping installed on the roof, support on 4" X 4" cedar blocks set on 1P2" thick styrofoam, or roofing mastic. Quick pipe block by Nelson-0lsen (612-557-0899) is also acceptable. 3.02 PRESSURE TEST , ~ A. Unless otherwise indicated by the authority having jurisdiction, gas piping systems shall be tested with air for a period of one hour as follows: ~ " . B. For meter outlet pressure 14 W.C. or less, the piping shall be tested at.a pressure of 10 PSIG miirimnm. C. For meter outlet pressures above 14" W.C., the piping shall tested at a pressure of 50 percent greater than the maximum, bat not less than 25 PSIG. r.1~iD OF SECTION 15350 .' ~IA'FURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM 15350-3 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~~. v"i'ION 15401 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL A. Furnish all labor, equipment ana material necessary for the complete installation of the domestic water supply system. B. Make connection to the city water service according to the requirements of the City water I?epartment. Provide & install the water meter. l.ol RELATED woRx A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Mateiial$ and Methods. C. Refer to Section 15250 -Insulation. ~,. 1.02 CODES A. State Plumbing Code. 1.03 STANDARDS ~. ~~rnerican Gas Association (ACA) B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) C. National Fire Protection Association (NF~A) D. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) E. Underwriters Laboratory (UL) PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate installation of water service with General Contractors constmction of foundations. B. Coordinate installation of piping sleeves through masonry walls and floors with the General Contractor's construction of those items. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 15401-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ~,,i. PIPE AND FITTINGS ~.. Below Grade: 1/2" through 2 1/2" - Type K soft temper copper tubing with heavy duty long collar flare type fittings and joints. 3" and up -Cement Lined ductile iron water pipe, class 52 or approved by The Local Water Department, with push-on joints and mechanical joint fittings. B. Above Grade: 1/2" thru 3" - Type L hard temper copper tubing with cast bronze or ' wrought capper and bronze solder joint fittings and 95-5 solder. C. At the Contractor's option, mechanically formed tee connection with brazed joints may be ' used. D. Relief valve discharge/drain pan piping shall be Type M hard copper tubing with cast bronze or wrought copper solder,tornt fitt~gs .~`~~a~.-~xade ~ ~'r~~~ I~~a~r~~e~s~t~„_ ~, x , 2.03 STRAINERS F ~t~crve`~d~ ~` ~ '~ ~~rn~~hti~,~`i~o~fi~-~<#~rn«~l~a~~s ' .?`" - ~ yam. ~ ~~f ~ 11~~r Ht ~ , _ ... ,~..._ ~ `~`~ tf~~''~~'~ ~ ~ ~ r ~- ~'`.~~' ' A. 1/2" to 3" -Watts 777 Series, threaded, -Bronze Y pattern, standard mesh stainless steel strainer. Mueller/IVluessco as equal. 2.04 DIELECTRIC UNIONS ' A. Dielectric Unions shall be EPCO or approved equal. ' 2.0~ WATER METER A, This Contractor shall provide the meter. Purchase meter from the city or verify type ' required to be installed at time of construction and obtain it from an approved supplier. Provide and install remote reader, if required, complete with interconnecting wiring, and locate it as required by the city. ' 2.06 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AND VACUUM BREAKERS A. Continuous pressure type shall be Watts No. 9D with inter-atmospheric vent and air gap fitting. ' B. Anti-Siphon continuous pressure type shall be Watts No. 800 with gate valve and test cocks. Provide shock absorber downstream as required by the Manufacturer. Unit shall be of the size and capacity as noted on the drawings. C. Atmospheric vacuum breakers for hose connections shall be Watts No. 8A, non- ' removable and drainable or Watts No. NF8-C for yard hydrants with non removable and drainable feature. , D. Reduced pressure backflow preventer shall be Watts No. 909 series of the size and capacity as noted on the drawings. Unit shall be of all bronze construction with stainless steel trim, complete with inlet strainer suitable for 175 PSIG pressure and water ' temperatures up to 140 degrees F. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 15401-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' '?.~i' HOSE BIBBS :-x. Shall be Chicago faucet No. 387, rough ehromaum plated, equipped with No. E27 Watts vacuum breaker and No. 293-6 mnnovable "T" handle. 2.08 WALL HYDRANTS A. Hydrants shall be Woodford Automatic Draining, 7osam, or Zurn as equal, fine~e proof, Mode167 with vacuum breakerfiacldlow preventer: F~'tsh siasll be chrome on brass ' castings. Provide wall clamp and loosexee~key for each hydrant. B. Length of hydrant shall be sui~ble for wall thickness. ' 2.09 WATER HANIlVIER ARRF,STORS A. Shall be Jam Absorbotraa, Chief or equal shock absorbers, sized in accorda~gice with ' the Plumbing 8t Drainage Institute Standards. 2.10 GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS -TANK TYPE A . Shall be A.O. Smith, State, Brock White, Lochinvar, or equal. Heaters shall be glass lined, complete with controls, drain valve, pressure and.temperatunereltef valve, anodic ' protection, AGA Certification, draft hood, and all other standard features. _ ,i-leater shall meet the energy requirements of the most recent ASHRAE efficiency standards. ' ?.l ~ TANKLE.SS WATER HEATERS ' A. Water heater shall be internally mounted, instantaneous, multiple point-of-use, gas fired, direct vent, water heater(s) design certti' xed to the ANSI 221.10.3 standard for gas-fined water heaters. B. Unit shall have a minimum recovery efficiency rating of 8296, a minimum hot water outlet capacity of 7.4 gallon per minute (with a 45° F temperature rise), and a minimum ' operating flow rate of 0.66 gallon per minute (with a 45° F temperature rise). Water heater(s) shall be microprocessor controlled and utilize a direct electronic ignition system (with no standing pilot), fully modulating gas control valve, turbine water flow meter, ' automatic electro-mechanical water flow control valve, and water temperature thermistors to maintain outlet water temperature between plus or minus 2° F of setpoint temperature. Unit(s) shall incorporate the following internal safety devices. incomplete combustion of sensing burner technology, film-type thermal overheat protection covering entire heat exchanger, flame failure lockout, internal freeze protection of ambient temperatures as low as -30° F, and lockout protection in the event of blocked flue. D(~1V!ESTIC WATER SYSTBIVI 15401-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 C. Water heater(s) shall be provided with a remote temperature thermostat with an adjustable setpoint range of 100° F to 180° F. Unit(s) shall also be capable of storing and displaying up to 8 diagnostic maintenance codes; via the display on the remote temperature thermostat controller(s). Water heater(s) shall have a copper heat exchanger warranted against material defects or workmanship for a period of 10 years from of purchase, or 3 year from date of purchase when used as a circulating water heater within a hot water circulation loop or when used in a commercial applica#~on. Unit(s) shall have stainless steel burners, cast aluminum gas control valve/gas connection, and solid brass inlet and outlet water connections. Unit(s) shall also be provided with a 120 volt/b0 Hz AC power cord. These and all other parts shall be warranted against material defects or workmanship for a period of 3 years from the date of purchase. D. Water heater(s) shall be suitable for use in multiple unit electronic manifold installations. Units shall have the ability to be manifolded electronically. Temperature control and diagnostic functions for all water heaters in manifold installations shall be controlled via a single remote temperature thermostat. Manifold installations utilizing 3 water heaters shall utilize an external electronic manifold controller (MICS-180) which, in addition to the remote temperature thermostat, has diagnostic functions and capabilities for all water heaters. E. Manufacturer to be Rheem or approved equal. 2.12 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS A. Pumps shall be Beil and Gossett Company, Taco, or equal, all bronze in-line booster pumps of type and capacity indicated on the drawings. n 2.13 CONTROL OF HOT WATER CIlZCULATING PUMPS A. Provide a strap on aquastat to cycle the pump when return water temperatures drop below its setting. The aquastat shall be installed by the Mechanical Contractor and wired by the ' Electrical Contractor. ~.1~_ _ xos~ ~~.~s~lriz ~~~ ~?~ ~~~~~~ PART 3 -EXECUTION A. , ~ Hose waster shad tie E: T3ar}ey ~piWN 137 sfai°tess steel hose wash°~ #'or up to 5" hose: Coriflect 1' l r~" water tin~'to hgse washer with adaptor as needec~_ Se~ci~re uflit to ~floox. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Horizontal piping shall be installed level. B. Insulate the cold, hot and re-circulation hot water piping. ' C. Install line size strainers ahead of all automatic control valves, backflow preventers, water pressure reducing valves and meters in the water system. ' D. Install dielectric unions at all connections between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. E. Floor mounted water heaters and softeners shall be installed on 4" concrete pad to keep ' them above the level of draining water. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 15401-4 ' Cit of Columbia Hei is Public Safe Center Y ~ tY Columbia Heights, MN ;' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~~r. Temperature/pressure relief valves shall be installed in exposed locations convenient for inspection and shall be piped down at full size of the discharge port to 6" above floor or ~o floor drain if piping can be kept out of wallcways. .1 _.. On fire sprinkler or combination domestic and 5re sprinkler water service piping, install concrete thrust blocks and rods and clamps at all changes of direction in accordanoe with -~ NFPA requirements. H. All underground cast iron water piping shall be provided with electrical conductivity straps or wedges. The service line conductivity shall be verified prior to backfill of the ' line. 3.02 PRESSURE TEST =, A. Unless otherwise indicated by the authority having jurisdiction the piping shall be tested with water at 100 PSIG for a period of two hours. ., 3.03 CLEANII~TG PIPING SYSTEMS :, ~.. Domestic water systems and water service shall be thoroughly flushed and disinfected complying with the requirements of the State Departrnent of Health. The minimum requirement shall be as follows: ~, 1. Flush with potable water until no ditty water appears. d'. Drain system: fill with water -chlorine solution 8t let stand 24 hours with 50 parts per million of chlorine, or 3 hours with 200 parts per million of chlorine. Bleed all .' outlets to assure filling all the system. ~. Flush with potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from the system `, B. Sprinkler piping below grade shall be flushed in accordance with NFPA standards. 3.04 INSULATION A. Insulate the hot and cold water piping and fittings as follows: 1. (1) Cold water - 1 "thick -all sizes. . 2. (2) Hot and circulating hot water -1" thick -1" and smaller -1-1/2" thick -1-1/2" and larger sizes. 3. Recirculating hot water - 1" thick .u5 WATER SERVICE A. This contractor shall extend into the building and above the floor the 6" and 4" water service. Provide a 6"flanged tee for connection by the fire protection contractor. END OF SECTION 15401 [i I)(?MF.STIC WATER SYSTEM 15401-5 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' S E; :~TK?N 15405 SOIL AND WASTE PIl'ING SYSTEM PART 1- CiENSRAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, equipment and. material necessary for the complete installation of the ' soil and waste system. B. Make connections to the city sanitary sewer system according to the requirements of the ' city sanitary department. 1.02 RELATED WORK ' A R f i 15010 l P i i G . er to sect on enera rov ons. e - s ' B. Refer to section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. C. Refer to section 15450 -Plumbing Fixtures and Trim. 1.03 CODES A. STATE PLUMBING CODE ' ' .~ f. STANDARDS ' A. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate installation of sanitary services with General Contractors' construction of foundations. B. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate installation of the flammable waste trap with ' foundation construction so as to avoid undermining footings already constructed. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS ' A. Exterior and interior underground soil, waste and vent: PVC-DWV or ABS-DMV plastic pipe with adhesive bonded socket type fittings and joints, or at the contractors' option, service weight hub and spigot cast iron pipe and fittings may be used. ' B. Interior underground soil, waste and vent: Service weight hub and spigot cast iron pipe and fittings. ' C. Interior above ground soil, waste and vent: PVC-DWV or ABS DWV plastic pipe with adhesive bonded socket type fittings and joints. At the contractors option, or where . plastic pipe is prohibited by code, hubless cast iron pipe and fittings maybe used. Sr?Il_. AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEM 15405-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 ~;`- October 30, 2008 ~' ' NOTE: Plastic pipe is not permitted by code in air plenum ceilings. ~. , .~ ~ 4 P D. Vent of developed length exceeding 35 feet -schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with ~; ~, ; threaded drainage fittings. ~ j "~ K. 2.02 INDIltECT/CONDENSATE DRAIIVS :,,° ~ , - ,~ ~..~r - G" ~? ^' - A. 1/2" THRU 1-114" PIPE SIZE: Schedule 40 PVC pipe with socket type, adhesive bonded ~ ~ -~. fittings and joints. Horizontal pipe sha1I be installed with continuous support. °'~~'~~ ~" E. 1-1/2" THRU 6" PIPE SIZE: PVC-DWV or ABS-DWV plastic pipe with adhesive bonded socket type fittings and joints. NOTE: Plastic pipe is not permitted by code in air plenum ceilings. 2.03 ROOF JACKETS A. Roof jackets shall be frost-proof type, Fig. No. 1, as manufactured by F.J. Moore Sheet Metal Works, or approved equal. 2.04 DRAINS A. Drains shall be Josam, J.R. Smith, Wade, Zorn, or approved equal. B. Josam 30000-A with separate trap, flashing collar, and round satin nikaloy strainer. Provide 6" X 3-1/4" cast iron oval funnel when noted on the drawings. C, ~~a drains in G o be Josam 31600 - . nth he~y~ ucttle irAn tractor with no trap. ~p101.e~ ~~: ~ \'~~e~ ~~}~ G. ~}~ ? bench T 1 ~~r~?y'} ort l48 ~. ~~ LJ ~(~•~ ----- ~ ~n~ ~i Pc i rna- h~`E ncl~, Z=.88f:, 6".wid~,•presietl strticttiral eorxat3os~te ~liaglyd~ns~ty 2.05 CLEANOUTS ~~ ~~= ~~,1>>et1i~~[euc iv~th _075°lasto '~ • t ) pe, r~rnovabTe l~el~ down- bars and heavy'duty aura coated, cast` iron gate. t'royjrde mrimurn concrete around frenc}~ per mai~rfact~are~s reeanrnendations. A. Cleanouts shall be Josam, J.R.~Smith, Wade, Zum, or approved equal, as specitieci r'se-ow: 13. Concrete Floors - No. 56040-1 with satin scoriated nikaloy top. ' C. Tile -V.A.T. - No. 56000-12 with satin nikaloy top recessed for tile. 1?. Carpet - No. 56000-14 with carpet marker. 1J. Quarry the - No. 56040-1 with satin scoriated nikaloy top. , F. Walt - No. 5$600 with stainless steel access cover ' G. 'All cleaiioufs in Gara e Dx A~'"~'alus ga .s to be heat/ do fox Y,ehicle and ir~ck traffic:. , (•• 2.06 INSPEC'I'IOIV A. The Mechanical Contractor shall inspect the site prior to starting construction to confirm ' route of excavations and to identify trees, plants and existing equipment that is to be preserved. SOII, AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEM 15405-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 <:.~:~>~ PREPARATION ~~~e Mechanical Contractor shall review city records for location of city services and coordinate connection points and work schedules with city officials. ~a08 FLAMMABLE WASTE TRAPS A. Traps shall be constructed as detailed on the drawings and in accordance with the requirements of the State plumbing code. Unit shall have a minimum retention capacity of 35 cubic feet and be provided with corrosion resistant coating. B. Provide 3J8" thick steel reinforced cover capable of supporting heavy wheeled traffic. PART 3 -EXECUTION }.O1 IbISULATION A. Insulate all the indirectlcondensate drains and traps as follows: Horizontal piping with 0.5 inches thick -all sizes. s:fi~. fNSTALLATION A. Piping shall be laid at a minimum slope of 1/8" per foot unless noted otherwise. All vents through roof shall be extended a minimum of 12 inches and shall be provided with afrost-proof type of roof jacket. `lean-outs shall be furnished and installed at all points indicated and where required to allow rodding of the entire drainage system. D. Plastic pipe installed below grade shall be laid on a continuous granular bed. Protect pipe from damage during back-fill. E. Pipe all cooling coiUevaporator coil condensate drains to drains through deep seal traps. 3.03 PRESSURE TEST A. Unless otherwise indicated by the authority having jurisdiction the piping shall be tested with air for 15 minutes as follows: 1. Soil, waste and vent piping shall be tested at 5 psig. END OF SECTION 15405 SCE. AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEM 15405-3 Cit of Columbia Hei hts Public Safet Center Y g Y :' Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~ :~ ' ~;_~~ 15406 ' RAIlVWATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM PAf~T 1 -GENERAL } 01 ~7JORK TIVCLUDED . A. Furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the complete installation of the ' rainwater drainage system. ' 1.02 RELATED ~IORK ~~. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. ' I3. Refer to Section 15050- Basic Material and Methods. ~:. Refer to Section 15250 -Insulation. t ~e; 1 ~ ODES :~ ~ A. Plumbing Code. 3.~ SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING ' ~~ . The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate. installation of the drainage system with the a~:neral Contractors construction of the foundation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A E d l i d d 12" i f d i h R 4 i 5 . xter or un ergroun : an arger -re n orce concrete w - jo nts, class t . B. T_nside underground and above ground: Schedule 40 PVGDWV or ABS-DWV with adhesive bonded socket type fittings and joints or at the contractors option or where prohibited by code, service weight hub and spigot cast iron pipe and fittings may be used. :~ NOTE: Plastic pipe is not permitted by code in air plenum ceilings. ' 2.02 ROOF DRAINS A. Shall be Josam 21500 with aluminum dome, deck clamp, drain receiver, and extension to match insulation thickness. Clamp ring and gravel stop shall be suitable for use with ,~ roofing system used. B. Overflow roof drain to employ roof drain with 2" integral dam. ,_ ~` ~ .- `,~'1/R 1~R.~,T'.`~t.~ ;E SYSTEM 15406-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Comnnission # 07308 October 30, 2008 2.03 ROOF DRAIN FLASHING A. Furnish a 36" X 36" flashing for each roof drain, to be turned over to the General Contractor for installation. Flashing shall be Nobeleflex consisting of 151b. asphalt impregnated felt laminated to Chloraloy 240. Installation of roof drain by this Contractor. 2.04 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be 3osam, or approved equal, as specified below: 1. Concrete Floors: No. 56040-1 with satin scoriated Nikaloy top. 2. Tile: I.A.T. - No. 56000-12 with satin Nikaloy top recessed for tile. 3. Carpet: No. 56000-14 with carpet marker. 4. quarry Tile: No. 56040-1 with satin scoriated Nikaloy top. 5. Wall: No. 58600 with stainless steel access cover. 2.05 DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE A. Josam 25010 or equivalent cast bronze downspout nozzle with threaded inlet and flange to secure nozzle to wall and with rough bronze finish. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Mechanical Contractor shall inspect the site prior to starting construction to confirm route of excavations and to identify trees, plants and existing equipment that is to be preserved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Piping shall be installed at a minimum slope of 118" per foot unless noted otherwise. B. Cleanouts shall be furnished and installed as all points indicated and where required to allow rodding of the entire drainage system. C. Plastic pipe installed below grade shall be laid on a continuous granular bed. 3.03 PIPE INSULATION A. Insulate all the horizontal downspouts and rainwater leaders including elbows and drain bodies with 1" thick insulation. 3.04 PRESSURE TEST A. Unless otherwise indicated by the authority having jurisdiction the piping shall be tested with air at 5.0 PSIG for a period of 15 minutes. END OF SECTION 15406 RAINWATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM 15406-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ~' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' - ~ ~ ~ ' -~'i~ ?fir 15450 ' PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM P.`yP_ T 1 _ GENERAL A. Furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the complete installation of the plumbing fixtures and trim. 1.01 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B R f t S 15050 i l i B d M i . e er o ect on c Mater a - as s an ethods. ' ~:. Refer to Section 15401 -Domestic Water System. I~. Refer to Section 15405 -Soil and Waste Water Piping System. .07 CODES ' A. ' STATE PLUMBING CODE ~ ;.TANDARDS ' ~. NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION (NSF) DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Protection of fixtures: This contractor shall cover all fixtures furnished under this section of the specification, with wood or heavy building paper covers, to protect against ` damage. This contractor shall pay the cost of replacing or repairing fixtures which have ~ been damaged due to unsuitable protection. PAR T 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ~ ~~. Finish on all exposed fixture trim on fixtures, including waste piping, traps, flanges, v water supply piping with fittings, stops, supports, etc., shall be brass with polished chromium plated finish applied over nickel plating unless otherwise specified. 2 02 INS ECTION . P A. Inspect fixtures for damage at the time of shipment to the site so that repairs or replacements can be made before installation starts. '~ ''T_:?iivl?~ING FIXTURES AND TRIM 15450-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 B. Complete plumbing and waste systems tests for compliance with local codes before fixture installation is started. x.03 PREPARATION A. Verify that rough-in work has been correctly accomplished for fixtures to be installed before installation begins. B. This Contractor shall verify that counter-top sinks will fit counter-top supplied, before ordering sink. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. This Contractor shaIl furnish and set in place fixtures as indicated on drawings. B. Provide a P-trap in each drain connection where required and a loose key service stop at each water connection, Exposed traps, supplies and stops shall be chromed plated. C. Mechanical Contractor shall cut openings in counters for countertop lavatories. Verify counter width before ordering lavatories. D. Refer to the architectural plans and specifications for mounting heights of fixtures. E. Provide white, non-hardening silicon sealant around fixtures at floors and walls_ F. At least one lav in each toilet room to have premanufactured trap and stop wrap. 3A2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. This Contractor shall clean all fixtures of construction grime, protective coatings and adhesive labels just prior to substantial completion review. 3.03 PLUMBIIVG FIXTURE SCHEDULE A. Plumbing fixtures are selected from American Standard catalog on the basis of quality. Similar plumbing fixtures as manufactured by the following may be used subject to the Engineer's approval, in place of the specified fixtures. 1. China: Kohler, Crane, Mansfield, Eljer. 2. Stainless Steel: Just, Carlton, Dayton, Polar. 3. Janitor Sinks: (Floor Mounted) Fiat, Mustee, Floorstone. 4. Faucets and trim: Chicago (no substitute). 5. Drinking fountains and water coolers: Haws, Halsey, Taylor, Elkay, Oasis, Sunroc. 6. Flush Valves: Sloan (no substitute}. 7. Seats: Bemis, Beneke, American Standard. 8. Shower trim: Delta, Symmons, Powers. 9. Safety Equipment: Haw, Guarian, Speakman, Bradley. 1?LUMBING FIXTURES AND TR.IlVI 15450-2 1-1c~t1. 3 03. PLL~Mf~JIwI~FI~TLiR~ SCI3~PU~,I;; , .~:~ ~r~:,a AD as fo~Zo~~r~ ~ `~ ALA Rosa Ree} }t, i, ~~~ _°t.. ~~ l: `F~xture. Ser~es,4000 Hannay Reel X952;929 1,070), s~nglehandle wit~i'1' f.p Iow pressure hose with manual rewind Reels to operate to `I,000,'PSI ar~d Handle ~~ temperatures from 80~; to +1 &5° F Wall mounting bracket # 9906 0425; 1 QO ft, of _ ~ `• ~ ~ -.T hose: Reels[obe~prepa~nted-atfhe.factory'~_~ ~~ AB. Dislr~vasher 1: `connect 3l8 }vaster to sink trap ,. , , ' ,: 2 - ~ ~ ~ -Connect ~t~aterta sink supplies:: :~C. :t7lateY Filter 1. ~dvarced Water Pilt~x,"or equal. Tina stage, uridereot~nter, activated carbon #il€ec '~ :~ ~~ ~ yvit}t K.~~-55, 4000 gal:-fife: Provide PX~tra filter cartridges to a~ne~~. : , ~'~_ . I~is~ellaneous Plumbi;~tg Lquiprnent 1~~- ~ Garbage_Dls~osal: Ii55in>;eratai~ Evol~itlon ~sser~tial~~S.S. gri~iding cba~ber, 3;~4'' H.P. T~t=nsian 15 P?uml~ing Conh ac~oz #~ purchase and install: , ~ , 2'. ` ~ ~ Disnwashe~° See Division I 1 For spersiacation ~of this, dnit. f~itfision i~~5 Plurnbirg ~031tT3CtQr tO; lI3 Stall. ~-~' ~',?a h -~ ~nri DI'yeP , T'~~ls ca~u-artoz co move-.ex~.5-I~rig cemn~es -iaj ~~~ashe~~: anu c~ay~r ~t~ o~n ekfsti~~; ~~i+~ - ~ , ~~ta~rsi~ tp ~,P ~~ tq a€~~~?~in ro~r~i 1 g~_ , ~ 0 C i~ 1 ~S~s~ ~ L°an~inuec~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 COTE: See architectural details for height of fixtures. - ~~-1 and F-2 Water Closet -Wall Mounted, Flush Valve 1. Fixture: Afwal elongated 2257.103 vitreous china, wall hung, elongated siphon jet, 1.6 GPF, 1 ll2" top spud. 2. Valve: Sloan Royal 8111, 1.6 GPF, battery powered, override button, low battery flashing light. 3. Seat: Beneke 527, black, open front, Less cover, with self-sustaining check hinge. ~. Accessory: Bolt caps, Carrier. C. F-3 Water Closet -Floor Mount Handicapped, Flush Valve 1. Fixture: Madera, 16 1/8" Universal Height, 2305.100, vitreous china, floor mounted, floor outlet, siphon jet, elongated bowl, flush valve with stops and vacuum breaker, 1.6 GPF, i_ 1/2" tap spud. 2. Valve: Sloan Roya18I11, 1.6 GPF, battery powered, override button, low battery flashing light. 3. Seat: Beneke 527 SS, black, open front seat, less cover, with self: sustaining check hinge. ~. Accessory: Flat bolt caps. D. F-4 Urinal 1. Fixture: Washbrook 6501.10, vitreous china, wall hung, siphon jet, integral trap, wall hangers, 2" IPS outlet, 3/4" top spud. 2. Valve: Sloan Optima 8186, 1 GPF, battery operated, override button, lower battery flashing light. ~. Accessory: Carrier. E. F-5 Lavatory -Wall Hung 1. Fixture: Lucerne 0355.12, 20" x 18", vitreous china, lower back drilled for lag bolts and upper back cast iron wall bracket for wall hanger or concealed arms, 4" O.C. 2. Faucet: Sloan #EBF-85 Sensor activated battery powered lavatory faucet of chrome plated grass with integral sensor for hand operation. Faucets shall have a single water connection, electronics module with integral latching solenoid valve, clean out strainers, flow control spray head, and trim plate for 4" center set sinks. The tempered water shall be mixed through a below deck #Mix-60-A mechanical mixing valve below deck. 3. Supplies: 3/8" wall supplies, escutcheon plate, sweat angle stop supply valves with compression discharge fitting for extension to the mixing "T". The handles shall be KEE type for removal after adjusting the water temperature. 4. Waste: 1 '/a" tailpiece, adjustable P-Trap, 17 gauge tubing waste to wall, and escutcheon, offsets. Lavatory waste to be open-grid, non-removable. 1'~.-FITt~~?~?G FIXTURES AND TRIM 15450-3 r, City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 F. F-6 Lavatory -Countertop 1. American Standard Aqualyn 0476.02$. 20" X 17" oval white vitreous china, self- rimmed. 4" centers, C.P. cast brass high level rise faucet with C.P. drain and tailpiece. 2. Faucet: Sloan #EBF-85 Sensor activated battery powered lavatory faucet of chrome plated grass with integral sensor for hand operation. Faucets shall have a single water connection, electronics module with integral latching solenoid valve, clean out strainers, flow control spray head, and trim plate for 4" center set sinks. The tempered water shall be mixed through a below deck #Mix-60-A mechanical mixing valve below deck. 3. Supplies: 3/8" wall supplies, escutcheon plate, sweat angle stop supply valves with compression discharge fitting for extension to the mixing "T". The handles shall be IEEE type for removal after adjusting the water temperature. 4. Waste: 1 '/a" tailpiece, adjustable P-Trap, 17 gauge tubing waste to wall, and escutcheon, offsets. Lavatory waste to be open-grid, non-removable. G. F-7 Handicapped Shower i. Drain: 3" floor drain. 2. Hand/Spray/Valve: Powers P902H-S-7, stainless steel.plate, acrylic handle, pressure compensating, with adjacent temperature limit stops, set to maximum temperature of 100 degrees, integral stops, 2 GPM flow restrictor, 51" chrome combination .slide and grab bar, hand spray, 59" chrome plated line supply hose, elevated vacuum breaker with unions and wall flanges, tub spout diverter. 3. Provide 3" FD (vented). 1•-T_. F-8 Shower Valve Fixture: Powers P902H-S-7, stainless steel plate, acrylic handle, pressure compensating, with adjacent temperature limit stops, set to maximum temperature of 100 degrees, integral stops, 2 GPM flow restrictor. I. F-9 Sink -Double Compartment -Room 163, 132 1. Fixture: Sink, double compartment, counter mounted, self-rimming, 18 gauge 302 stainless steel, 11 1/a" x 16" x 7 %z" deep bowls, faucet ledge, undercoated for sound, 2 holes on 8 inch centers. Manufacturer. Elkay LR-2922. 2. Supply Fittings: Delta 710 - WFHDF, b" elbow handle, single handle faucet with 11" (6 1/8" above sink), swing type goose neck spout, laminar flow aerator, ADA compliant. 3. Drain: Stainless steel body, stainless conical strainer, removable lift up knob with neoprene stopper, 1 '/x" chrome plated brass tailpiece. 4. Accessory: In-Sink-Aerator, Model H-778 hot water dispenser. Halsey Taylor 96852-GA glass-filler faucet, gooseneck, push-button type, 10" height, 750 watt. Mount at side of sink. 5. Provide filter under sink mounted on side of cabinet. Connect water to filter and then to glass filler. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 15450-4 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 F-IO Mop Basin (Corner) ~. Fixture: Fiat MSB-2424, 24" x 10" high, molded stone. :~. Faucet: Chicago 897, vacuum breaker, pail hook, hose end spout, wall brace. 3. Strainer: Dome type with line basket of No. 302 stainless steel, compression gasket or lead caulk joint. 4. Trap: 3" deep seal cast iron. 5. Accessory: Vinyl bumper guards on exposed sides, No. 832AA hose and bracket, No. 889-CC mop hanger. F-11 Security Shower 1~-11 Wall Shower, 112 ANB', 2A~ valt power, ~b `~~l-~~~:~ tl~l :1,~% i~. L. 1. Fixture: Bradley No. 925-9571 or Acorn 1'741-4-RI3 front mounted front access security wall shower, 14 gauge, recessed soap dish, welded mounting frame, vandal resistant screws, stainless steel. 2. Valve: Single temperature Micro-Touch metering valve with timer, 2.5 GPM showerhead. Provide pushbutton wic~ng..to contrt>l ~ctx, F-12 Security Combination Bowl/L.av KTg~b#ime" can~i~ ~ ~P Vim" W and CW, 1 /2 AMP far flash v~l~. 1. Fixture: Bradley 920-5582, or Acorn 1418 series, floor. mounted, 3.04 stzless steel, 12 gauge cabinet, all other is 14 gauge, recess toilet tissue holder, self draining soap dish formed into countertop, integral seat, no towel hook. 2. Valve: Bradley Micro-Touch with electronically activated solenoid flush valve. ~~ `~ ~,~ M. F-13 Security Wall Mounted Toilet Bowl F-13 Wall ~dIaunted Watex Closet, "Touchtime", 112 AMP, 24 volt power. ~'~i~l~`~ ~~'l~' '~ . Fixture: Bradley ~2;~=72451,.x, wall mounted, 304 stainless st€ei, 14 gauge, integral seat, fully enclosed trap, 1.6 GPF. 2. Valve: Sloan 611-1.6 with electronically activated solenoid flush valve. N. F-14 Security Handicapped Lav 1. Fixture: Bradley 921-6175, wall mounted, 304 stainless steel, 14 gauge, 14 1/2" x 9 1/2" x 5" deep bowl, self draining soap dish formed into countertop. 2. Valve: Bradley 1020 self closing filler valve. ®. F-15 Security Handicapped Lav ; 1t-15 HDLI' Lav., infrared faucet, 24 volt, transformer specified previously. ~°~~ `~~,~~~ 1~7~% 1. Fixture: Bradley 921-6101, wall mounted, 304 stainless steel, 14 gauge, 14 1/2" x 9 1/2" x 5" deep bowl, self draining soap dish formed into countertop. 2. Valve: Bradley 900 Accu-Zone Infrared Sensor faucet. 3. Accessories: 24 volt transformer. P. F-16 Sink -Single Compartment -Room 178 .;:' 1. Fixture: Elkay Lustertone, LR1918, 18 gauge stainless steel, self rimming. For 3- hole installation. `~^~ 2. Faucet: Chicago #2302, deck mount, two hole, single handle faucet with 10" spout. Pl,t_T~.4-R??VG FIXTURES AND TRIM 15450-5 ~~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 Q. F-17 Stainless Steel Sink -Wall Mounted Single Compartment (Armory 014) 1. Fixture: Elkay EWS 2520 W6C, 25" x 19 I/2" outside dimension, 22" x 16" x 10 1/2" deep bowl, No. 304 stainless steel, 114 gauge, sound deadened. 2. Elkay 393A 13H6, dual 6" wrist handles faucet, 10" high spout. 3. Strainer: LK18B. 4. Laminar flow aerator. 5. Wall hanger and S.S. support brackets. 12. F-18 Counter Sink -Two Compartment - EOC 026 1. Fixture: Double compartment- Elkay Lustertone LR-3321, 33" x 21" x 7 ~/a" deep double compartment, 304-18 gauge stainless steel, self-rimmed, undercoated, 3 hole drilled, S.S. duo basket strainer, and tailpieces, C.P. 2. Faucet: Delta 710-WFHDF washerless, single handle deck faucet, 11" high swing spout, aerator. 3. Strainer: LK35 crumb cup, removable basket. 4. Accessory: In-Sink-Aerator, Model H=778 hot water dispenser, Halsey Taylor 96852-GA glass-filler faucet, gooseneck, push-button type, i0" height. S. F-19 SCBA Stainless Steel Countertop with (2) Double Sinks 1. Fixture/Countertop: Shall be made of #18-gauge, Type 304, 18-8 stainless steel. Underside reinforced with #14-gauge plate and 3/4" x 3/4" x 1/8" angle iron. 1 1/2" thick wood strips provided for fastening to cabinets, One-piece construction of drainboards, rims, back and return end/s with intersections of 1/4" radius. Drainboards with fan-shaped drain areas. Sink bowls with 1 3/4" radius for horizontal and vertical corners integrally and seamlessly welded into top. Overlapping or soldered edges not permitted. Underside sound-deadened. Exposed surfaces blended to an Elkay satin finish. Size to be 25" front to back including backsplash. Bowl sizes to be double 25 x 22 x 12" deep. Length to be 22'-6". 2. Supply Fittings: Chicago faucet #786-GNZFCXKCP, 4" wrist blade handles, swing type goose neck spout, laminar flow aerator. 3. Waste Fittings: Elkay LK-35 strainers with 1-1/2" tailpiece; slip joint continuous waste, 1-1/2" P-trap, and drain to wall with wall flange. T. F-20 Water Cooler -Handicapped Fixture: Oasis PSAMSL, split level, wall mounted wheelchair type, push button control, 1/a H.P. --120 Volt -- 1 Phase, capacity 8.0 GPH of 50 degree water at 90 degree ambient with inlet water at 80 degrees F. Vinyl-on-steel cabinet of color as selected by Architect. U. ~F-21 .Laundcjr__S~nk to=t5e revised as fesltows: tJ. F-21 Laundry Sink -Single Corilparfinent ~~~ '" i~~~~(,~~ 1:. Fixture: ,Fiat Model-FLTD, molded?stone, sung"lei compartment lauridty sink, 41egs; ~" with;floor anchgi~s.~ 2:. Faucet: Chicago faucet #526, 4'centers, 6",swing spout, deck mounted with #369;:. ~fiandles. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 15450-6 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 F--22 Lavatory -Wall Hung ~. Fixture: American Standard, Lucerne 0355.012. 20" x 18" white vitreous china, wall hung, 4" centers, concealed arms, floor mounted Gamier, C.P. brass drain and ' tailpiece. 2. Faucet: Delta 520 HDF, single lever faucet with pop up drain. ~~'. F-23 Sink -Evidence, 008, 049 1. Fixture: Elkay custom made stainless steel countertop with sink 18 gauge Type 3~, 18-8 stainless steel with three-hole punched back ledge and.sound dampened underside. Underside reinforced with #14-gauge plate and 3/4" x 3/4" x 1/8" angle iron. 1 1/2" thick wood strips provided for fastening to cabinets. One-piece construction of drainboards, rims, back and return ends with intersections of 1/4" ~ radius. Drainboards with fan-shaped drain areas. Sink bowls with 1 3/4" radius for .~ ;~ •:~ ~ l; ~. horizontal and vertical corners integrally and seamlessly welded into top. v ;,~ • Overlapping or soldered edges not permitted. Underside sound-deadened. Exposed ~ ~ ~ °~ ~ surfaces blended to an Elkay satin finish. (Outside dimensions of sink - 25" x 21" x ~„ ~ ~'' 10" deep). Size to be 25" front to back including backsplash and 9'-0" long in ItQOxn a ~,' .~~' ~, ' 009 and 11'-0" long in Room 008. Exact location of sink picked in shop drawings. " '~ ~ ~ ~ -.~,~, ~ °` 2. Supply Fittings: Chicago faucet #786-GNZFCXKCP, 4 wrist blade handles, swing '~ ~ :~ ` type goose neck spout, laminaz flow aerator. ~ ~ U ' 3. Waste Fittings: Elkay LK-35 strainers with 1-1/2" tailpiece; slip joint continuous waste, 1-112" P-trap, and drain to wall with wall flange. a ,~ ~ ~~, ~ o X. F-24 Eyewash ^ o f. o~~~~ a .. Fixture: Eyewash equal to Bradley S 19-220 TPT and "mixing valve to be equal to ~ ~ ~ ~ v Leonard TM800 with combination checkstops and strainer on inlets and outlet ~# thermometer, rough bronze finish:' 10" Stainless Steel Bowl, twin heads, complete ~ ~ °~ ,¢ with trap, tailpiece and mounting bracket, instant action stay open valve with push .~ a ©~ flag and foot petal. :~ -y ~ a Y. F-25 Dual Height Stand Alone Water Cooler S .~ 3 1. Fixture: Most Dependable Fountain, MDF #491°8~I chilled fountain (No ~'"F°l.• Substitute) 3/16" steel with red powder coat finish Provide internal lumbin ~y ~ ..~ .~ `~ ~ ^ `n , . p g ~ down through floor and belt to floor per manufacturer's recommendations. Provide ~ ~ ~ ~ Z louvered access door. ,~ ~ ,~, •~ °.~' tab ~ z7 ~, ,~ ~~~~o ~. F-2,6 Commercial Clothes Washer ,~ 1. Furnished by Owner. Installed by this Contractor. This contractor to relocate existing. 2. Provide valved (3/4" ball valve) hot and cold water connection with shock absorber ` on both lines. Extend waste to 4" trench drain. Final hot and cold water connectors e~ to nnit to be flexible steel hose, burst.Aroof. ~F=2'7 dng Filler to`fe h"ose bib a's specifi~ci~~n I S4Q:I. ~`~ 1 } ~aJ ~~g ~. EN] fo ds tom tee ~~_ y,~ PT ,r 1~~lI3ING FTXTT. TRES AND TRIM 15450-7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 E- " ` ~"~' `I~i ? 5501 FIRE PROTECTION ~fa~~l~T .. GENERAL 1.01 WORK IlVCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary and aIl spaces required to be protected therein for the complete installation of a fire protection system for the entire building in accordance with the requirements of Insurance Services Office of Minnesotz, State Building Code Division (STA:TE FIRE MARSHAL.), and City ofRamsey. Pt. This contractor shall furnish a completely designed system properly certified by a registered professional, licensed to perform such work in accordance with the requirements of the state of Minnesota. 1.,02 RELATED WORK r=~. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. ~::. ~ refer to Section 15401 -Domestic Water System. De Refer to Section 15902 -Electrical Wiring. ,Ss.° ~:ODES A. STATE BUILDING & FIRE MARSHAL'S CODES 1.04 STANDARDS A. NFPA 13 -SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART Z -PRODUCTS 2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Refer to Section 15010 for additional shop drawings information. B. Two of the submitted copies shall be stamped approved by each of the reviewing agencies listed in article 15501.01. Contractor shall not install any piping until shop drawings are reviewed and approved_ r~r~~ ~1T~!~TECTION 15501-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 1,~2. WATER SUPPLY A. Anew 6" water service shall be provided. See Section 15401 -Domestic Water Service. Coordinate with the domestic water system contractor. See schematic piping diagram of piping in the water room. ?.03 PIPING SYSTEM A. Piping within the building shall conform to standards listed in NFPA 13. Piping supports shall meet NFPA Requirements. Where required, valves shall be UL approved. 2.04 SPRINKLERS A. Exposed Areas -upright brass sprinklers, exposed piping in exposed construction areas. In finished areas, concealed, white cover and/or sidewall type sprinklers with 2 piece plates and concealed piping at suspended ceilings or up through the walls. 13. Sprinlders in Basement 031_ to be sidewall on the west side with steel guards. 2.05 SWITCH tea. Flow switch shall be adjustable 0 to 60 second retard element. Waring of switch to alarm bell will be performed by the Division 16, Electrical contractor. 2.06 MAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY A. Provide control valves as required by NFPA 13. r~,i<~"yIN DRAIIV A. Main drain shall be 2 inch, piped according tp requirements of local authorities. 2.08 SUPERVISORY SWITCHES FOR OS AND Y VALVES A. Furnish and install gate valve supervisory switches on all OS and Y valves of sprinkler system. Switches shall be mounted so as not to interfere with normal operation of valve and shall be adjusted to operate within two revolutions of the valve control or when the stem has moved no more than one-fifth of the distance from its normal position. The entire installed assembly shall be tamper-proof and arranged to cause switch operation if the housing cover is removed or if the unit is removed from its mounting. Switches shall be underwriters laboratories listed. Two contactors shall be furnished. Wiring will be provided by the Division 16, Electrical Contractor. Switch shall have low voltage, normally closed electrical contacts for trouble condition signal initiation. FIRE PROTECTION 15501-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN `' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 '' <..~pF FIlZE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS '= urnish and install 2 112 x 2 1/2 x 4 fire department connection. Fire department connections shall be cast brass with caps and chains and escutcheon plate. Lettering shall read -Automatic Sprinklers. Finish shall be polished brass. Threads shall conform to local municipal fire department specifications. ' x;.10 ALARM/LIGHT A. Provide a combined audio/visual signal device for outdoor installation on the building. The audible signal shall be a horn and the visual signal a strobe light, Kidde model AV- 32s or approved equivalent. ' 2, i 1 IDENTi~ICATION SIGNS A. Furnish and install standard signs in accordance with NFPA standard No. 13. ' 2.12 WALL, CEILING AND FLOOR PLATES y.. Install wall, ceiling and floor plates where required for sprinkler piping. :, i. ~ CONTROL VALVES 4. OS & Y valves shall be Clow F-5733 Kennedy No. 68, or equivalent. B. Butterfly valves shall be Milwaukee valve Co. BBSC-100, Kennedy No. 60-B. ' l l OlACSB s id h ll b CLA VAC N 136 EG o eno va ve s - o. - . a e %.14 CHECK VALVES A. Swing check valves shall be Clow Crop. F-5347-B, Kennedy valve No. 126 or ' equivalent. B. Wafer check valves shall be Firematic Model CV, Grinnell F512 or equivalent. ' C. Detector check shall be provided with a meter on the bypass or a rubber faced check v lve, as required by local authorities. <~r ~ ~c a.-s d.~ < ~~ ~ ~ ,' BAR`'' 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 TESTS ' A t 200 PSI f P id h d t ti t t f t ll i i h - . rov e y ros a c es o a ng a or wo ours. p p ~' B. Make flow tests required by the local authority. C. The fire protection contractor shall prepare, sign and submit reports of pressure, flow & =~ hydrostatic tests to the local building inspector and the engineer. ~1R~?. PI? OTErTION 15501-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 D. Tests shall be conducted by the fire protection contractor in the presence of the local building inspector and engineer in strict accordance with the Minnesota State Code and the requirements of the local building department. 3.02 APPROVALS A. Detailed working drawings of the entire installation shall be submitted to the Insurance services office and the building inspector for review before the work is started and the installation is subject to their final inspection and rating when the work is completed. Minor corrections pertaining to method of installing andlor workmanship are the responsibility of sprinkler contractor. 3.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers are those whose products are listed by Underwriters Laboratories for the service intended on this project, unless stated otherwise. 3.04 SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA A. Provide system with hazard to meet requirement required. 3.05 PREPARATION A. Water pressure & flow test. B. Provide water test at hydrant selected by the local authority. 3.06 ELECTRICAL. WIRIlVG A. The Fire Protection Contractor shall furnish and all wiring for fire protection equipment and devices. 3.07 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Furnish and install inspector's test connections in accordance with NFPA 13. 3.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting of holes through walls, ceilings, partitions and floors for passage of sprinkler piping and the patching of same where necessary, is part of this contract, FIRE PROTECTION 15501-4 ~I !J ~§.U~ EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 SPRINKLER CABINET: Furnish and install one approved enameled metal sprinkler cabinet with hinged door, lock, and two keys containing two {2) extra sprinklers of each type installed and one standard sprinkler switch as per NFPA requirements. ENl3 OF SECTION 1SSOI ~., t~~~Y`,t~~ ~ . ~ t~ ,~~1~ ~:C>t3t~~ tR?K'a~ .~~; I(~p3 lr,~CS~"j a ~~'*y_ r ~3} ~Y4 .Ad ~ _ A ~ B ~-;This cD~~a to~r,Yt ~~[~~ ;side extra~~p ''41~r~, or tTbti~ ~[s r~u[f~~r n[inor .~citushne iis~`~,ti~e" ` .field Thejflxsf$" 10' abavetHe cetliuz t genera}]v t~~ h~~ left for h~ hfs and SE~rinl;lcr pip[ct~;; "I'her~ are sane cafes ryhete ductvYOrk:ti [l1 prbtrucie [lutij n into Hits sp~i~c anii st~rtnkl~ pi~~ . must be~coarcli~~t~d_rvith this_due[~v4i'~• t ' ; ,,~; .. ., Add: -~ 2 15 , ~1z~~o1v1 ~ ~ [~. ~~' 3ar the.~erYer T2[u~n~ (115 {~[o~,~ider a.chr r~»aal su}xpr~~sr~,~ F. firs proE~~cti~»r 11ar~1. ~ f~71haC'tQr #o pr<?Z tde-t[Il otpt`~~~~~i ~}'~tent. i;luid to be68orle~s, eltch~ieall} tiuit=~ot~duct ;~: ~. ~~ il! he m place c~k wel~prinklet5 in tlii5 n oiri.~ This cuntr~3, wnn. clwnti pis r~tiuxred ,~` 3QI lZl,~ 1~}t)NS t)UK~hT~tN~.Ck[l~Zl(tN " request ~u~ ~-. ~ ~ ~ ~. ~dllC11V(ll~f r _ ~ :. -- ~~~_ regit~~ ~"= ~ °D ~4. ~~ RT12_F PROTECTION 1SS01-S City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 -~~F-`' F~~`tN 15601 HOT WATER HEATIlVG SYSTEM ;"t~RT 1 -GENERAL ~. Furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the installation of the hot water heating system. B. Insulate all hot water supply and return piping and equipment. Pressure test piping systems and balance system flows. :' .01 RELATED WORD A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. `. Refer to Section 15250 -Insulation. D. Refer to Section 15350 -Natural Gas Piping. f- Refer to Section 15840 -Air Distribution System. F. Refer to Section 15901 -Temperature Control System. ~.efer to Section 15975 -Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 1.02 CODES A. STATE BUII~DING CODE 1.03 STANDARDS A. American Boiler Manufacturers Association (ABMA). B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE). C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). D. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI). E. Hydraulic Institute (Hn. F. Hydronics Institute (HYD I}. G. Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers (IBR}. ~~~'?' W~,TF,R HEATLNG SYSTEM 15601-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). I. Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc. (TEMA). J. Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc. (UI,). PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. 2-1/2" and smaller: Type M hard temper copper tubing with wrought copper and bronze solder joint pressure fittings and 95-5 solder. B. 3" and larger: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, A53, with welded fittings. 2.02 DIAPHRAM -TYPE COMPRESSION TANK A. General: Provide diaphragm compression tanks of size and number as indicated. Construct tank of welded steel, constructed, tested, and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of ASME Bailer and Pressure Vessel Code for a working pressure of 125 PSI. Support vertical tanks with steel legs or base; support horizontal tanks with steel saddles. Provide specially compounded flexible diaphragm securely sealed into design expansion capacity. Provide pressure gauge and air -charging fitting, and drain fitting. B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diaphragm -type compression tanks of the following: Amtrol, Armstrong, State, Wessels, Wheatley. 2.03 AIR SEPARATOR A. Shall be Bell & Gossett Rolairtrol, TACO, Armstrong, ox John Wood with strainer, of size indicated on drawings. Insulate air separator as required for large pipe. 2.04 AIR VENTS A. Shall be Young Radiator Company Air Vent Chambers, located at all high points of the system. 2.05 STRAINERS A. Shall be Sarco Type "AT",Meta-Flex, Keckley, or equal, Cast iron strainers. 2.06 FLEXIBLE COUPLhi TGS A. Shall be Resist-O-Flex Fluoroflex-T Moulded Bellows, Model R6904. Provide couplings at all piping connections to base mounted pumps. HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM 15601-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Connmission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ~~'.~"~ HEATING PUMPS 'hall be Bell & Gossett, Taco, Thrush, Armstrong or approved equal, pumps of size and capacity scheduled on the drawings. Pumps shall be cast iron, bronze fitted with mechanical seals capable of 17S PSIG maximum working pressure. Provide matching suction diffuser for each pump. Mount pumps to eliminate noise transmission to floor below. %,08 CAEINET UNIT HEATERS ' A. Shall be Sterling, Dunham Bush, Trane, Rittling, Airtherm, Vulcan or approved equal. Type, size, and capacity as indicated on the.drawings. 13: Units shall be complete with all standard equipment plus the fallowing: permanent split capacitor motor; cleanable aluminum mesh filter; double deflection grilles; extended motor oilers; tamper-proof front panel and access door and baked-on enamel finish in one of the manufacturers' standard colors as selected by the Architect. 2.09 SYSTEM WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT ' _. The chemical treatment system shall be Mitco Inc., type PF-1205, or Dearborn 2-gallon pot-type chexrzical feeder complete with vent, drain, isolation valves and sample connection. Mount feeder on wall with easy access. Provide test kit for sampling. ~`: Corrosion inhibitor shall be borax nitrite type applied as directed by the manufacturer, Mitco, Dearborn or equivalent. Provide one years supply. Provide test kit for sampling. I). Provide consulting services of a water treatment engineer during initial start-up and for regularly scheduled visits during a one year period from project completion. 2.10 GLYCOL FILL A. Contractor shall provide polypropylene glycol in factory identified containers and in adequate volumes required to fill the system. Contractor shall perform the proper mixing, filling and venting of the system. Percentage of glycol = 50 percent. _ PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTALS A. Provide four complete sets of written instructions on recommended heating water sampling, testing and operating instructions for inclusion in a maintenance and operating manual. Ht'~~' V~A.TER HEATING SYSTEM 15601-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 3.02 CONTROL OF CABINET UNIT HEATERS A. Provide a wall mounted thermostat, unit mounted speed switch, and aquastat. When the thermostat calls for heat the valve shall open and when the aquastat is satisfied the fan shall start. When the thermostat is satisfied the fan shall stop. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install hat water heating mains level unless otherwise indicated. Branch takeoffs for up- feedrisers shall be taken of the top of the mains. Branch takeoffs for down-feed risers shall be off the bottom of the mains. 3.04 INSULATION A. Insulate the pipe and fittings as follows: 1. Heating water supply and return: 1" thick -- 1-1/2" and smaller sizes. 1-1/2" thick -- 2" and larger sizes. Air Separator: -- 2" thick fiberglass 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean piping systems before final fill. Cleaning agent shall be a closed system type cleaner applied as directed by the manufacturer, Dearborn or equivalent. Cleaning solution shall be circulated through the system, tested, then system drained and flushed with clean water. 3.06 BALANCING A. Balance the heating system pumps and piping system and all terminal units such as heating coils, radiation, unit heaters, etc. END OF SECTION 15601 HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM 15601-4 i 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ~- . -~:I~~T 15702 CHILLED WATER SYSTEM ~~_-~~`~T 1 -GENERAL A. Furnish all Iabor, equipment and material necessary for installing the chilled water system, as shown on the drawings and specified herein. B. Pressure test piping systems. C. Insulate supply and return piping and equipment, and balance system flows. 1.01 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. ~. Refer to Section 15250 -Mechanical Systems Insulation. D. Refer to Section 15801 -Air Handling System. '~.efer to Section 15840 -Air Distribution System. F. Refer to Section 15900 -Temperature Control System. `._~, refer to Section 15975 -Testing Adjusting and Balancing. 1.02 CODES A. STATE BUILDING CODE 1.03 STANDARDS A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. {ASHRAE}. ?. flydraunics Institute (HYDI) C. Underwriters' Laboratory (UL) D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) E. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) F. Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc. (TEMA). t`iTl7,i F.D WATER SYSTEM 1.5702-I City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 i.04 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish wiring diagrams and control diagrams with shop drawings for equipment. Provide written instructions on recommended water sampling, testing and operating instructions for inclusion in maintenance manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01_ PIPE AND FITTEVGS A. Distribution Piping: 1. 1/2" to 2" size -Black Steel AS3, Schedule 40 pipe. 1S0# screwed fittings, or welded fittings. 2. 2-1J2" and larger -Black Steel Aj3, Schedule 40 with welded fittings. 3. Underground - Pxeinsulated black steel, Schedule 40, 2" insul. with waterproof wrap. B. Condensate Drain Piping: 1. Type M Copper, hard temper, with cast or wrought solder fittings and 50-50 solder or schedule 40 PVC w/socket type solvent welded fittings. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. The circulating water system shall be provided with the following items, where required or shown on the drawings: 1. Air Vents -Shall be Young Radiator Company Air Vent Chambers, located at all high points of the system. 2. Expansion tank -- Shall be Bell & Gossett A.S.M.E. construction of size indicated on drawings, with gauge glass & guard, airtrol tank fittings, and drain-o-tank air charger. 3. Air Separator -- Shall be Bell & Gossett Rolairtrol with strainer, of size indicated on drawings. Insulate air separator as described in section 15250. 4. Flexible Couplings -- Shall be resist-o-flex fluoroflex-T molded bellows model R6904. Provide couplings at all piping connections to base mounted pumps. 5. Suction Diffusers -- Shali be Bell & Gossett type X on chilled water. Diffuser size shall match pump inlet size and shall have a flow capacity no less than the pump GPM indicated. 6. Strainers --Shall be Sarco Type "AT", cast vron strainers. 2.03 BASE MOUNTED PUMPS A. Pumps shall be Bell & Gossett, Taco, Thrush, Armstrong, or equal and approved, base mounted pumps of size and capacity indicated on the drawings. CHILLED WATER SYSTEM 15702-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 f~, :rumps shall be single stage, vertical split case design, in cast iron and bronze fitted ~:~r~ast~-uction. Pumps shall be capable of 175 psig maximum working pressure and ~~:ovided with mechanical seals suitable for continuous operation at 225 F. maximum ' temperature. C.. Mount pump and motor on a common, fabricated steel, fully enclosed base plate having a sufficient grout volume and adequately sized grout holes. Base shall be grouted and alignment of pump and motor checked. 2..04 IN-LINE PUMPS ' A. Fumps shall be Bell & Gossett as scheduled, Taco or approved equal, of cast iron, bronze fitted construction with mechanical seals. ' j..J? SYSTEM WATER TREATMENT E(,~UIl'MENT ~.. The chemical treatment system shall be Mitco Inc., type PF-1205, or Dearborn 2-gallon pot-type chemical feeder complete with vent, drain, isolation valves and sample connection. Mount feeder on wall with easy access. a~. Provide test kit far sampling. C. Corrosion inhibitor shall be borax nitrite type applied as directed by the manufacturer, Mitco, Dearborn or equivalent. Provide one years supply. Provide test kit for sampling. D. Provide consulting services of a water treatment engineer during initial start-up and for ' regularly scheduled visits during a one year period from project completion. ~..ri~3 GLYCOL FII.,L A. Contractor shall provide polypropylene glycol in factory identified containers and in adequate volumes required to fill the system. Contractor shall.perform the proper mixing, ~ filling and venting of the system. Percentage of glycol = 50 percent. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANAVG OF SYSTEM A. After piping has been tested, clean piping systems before initial fill. The entire system including chiller, pumps, piping, etc. shall be cleaned as follows: 1. Fill entire system with water. 2. Add proper amount of cleaning agent as recommended by water treatment company. 3. Circulate water through system at maximum rate for at least 24 continuous hours. 4. Drain and refill entire system as often as required to obtain approval of treatment consultant. 5. Completely drain and refill system with fresh water, adding chemical treatment and glycol as required and place system in service. 6. Contractor shall provide chemical for the final fill. <'tTrr.t.l?I~ WATER SYSTEM 15702-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install chilled water mains level unless otherwise indicated. Branch takeoffs for up-feed risers shall be taken off the top of the mains. Branch takeoffs for down-feed risers shall be off the bottom of the mains. B. Install pressure gauges and gauge cocks at all pumps to read suction and discharge, or differential pressure. On end suction pumps with suction diffusers, install trumpet valve pressure gauges. C. Install strainers or air separators with strainers on the suction of all pumps. and automatic control valves in the system. D. Pumps and other floor mounted equipment shall be set on 6" concrete pads. E. Maintain headroom and clearance around equipment to permit easy access and maintenance. 3.03 INSi7LATION A. Insulate chilled water supply and return systems, taking special care to maintain an unbroken vapor barrier seal throughout. B. Insulate the pipe and fittings as follows: 1" thick - 2" and smaller pipe 1-1/2" thick - 2-l/2 and larger pipe 3.04 BALANCING A. Balance the cooling system pumps, piping system, terminal units, coils, etc. See Section 15975. END OF SECTION 15702 CHIC,LED WATER SYSTEM 15702-4 ' Cit of Columbia Hei hts Public Safet Center Y g Y Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 :;-.,` :TON 15766 INFRARED HEATERS I'AIZT I -GENERAL 1,01 TYPES OF II~TFRA-RED HEATERS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION INCLUDE: ' A. Induced draft vacuum type, Modulating Negative Pressure infrared system. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS ' A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSUNFPA/AGA pertaining to installation of gas fired equipment. B. UL. Compliance: Provide electric components, which have been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories. t,1~3 SUBMITTALS A, Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications for equipment showing dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, motor electrical characteristics, gauges and finishes of materials and installation instructions. B. The engineer reserves the right to require the contractor to remove and replace any material or equipment which does not meet specifications or does not have prior approval as a substitute item. Work shall be completed immediately without cost or inconvenience to the owner. 1.04 MANUFACTURER: A. Provide a Negative Pressure infra-red heating product from: 1. Roberts Gordon, Inc. 2. Ambi-Rad 3. Detroit Radiant 4. Superior Radiant 1,0 3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new, and unopened packages and containers `~ bearing manufacturer's name, and label identifying contents. B. Store materials so as to protect from weather and construction work traffic. Where ;~ possible, store indoors; when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. ;~ ??`?F'F~~.RED HF,ATERS 15766-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 1.06 WAR]~ANTY: A. Provide written warranty, by manufacturer, agreeing to replace/repair, within warranty period, components of gas fired radiant systems furnished by manufacturer, which are defective in either material or workmanship, provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty periods for 3 years from date of Architects acceptance of final project, substantial completion, of entire radiant heating system with all other components including electrical. PART B -PRODUCTS 2A1 SYSTEM: A. Condensing System: Design gas fired radiant systems to operate such that water vapor present in products of combustion will be condensed, and this heat of condensation will be extracted by the system and will be added to the heated space. B. Vacuum Vented: environmental 1. To preclude the possibility of combustion gases escaping into the building, the entire system must be under a negative pressure at a1i times and vacuum vented to the outside atmosphere. 2.02 BURNER AND BURNER CONTROLS A. Burners shall be designed for firing in series without adverse effects from combustion gases from upstream burners. B. Each of the burners shall be supplied to fire at an input firing rate as scheduled on the drawings. ~ ~ o ~;i~(og 'fe~rer;Fiprners!t' lager cap$ciiy u*~1 riot tse accepted... ~1~~4~~ C. The design of the bumers-supplied shall provide for maintaining a constant proportion of fuel gas to combustion air. Vacuum on the downstream side of the flow metering orifices shall establish flow for bath fuel and combustion air, both introduced at zero (atmospheric) pressure. 2.6~ C iii Ef combustion air flaw is impeded,. gas.flow rate vyill decre~~_ rn:cot3stsr€proporfigt~to:a~n~~~Pfiot+trgaslas~.iui~cture,fQrcomi?lete~Qmbu~t~iori: ~~~'l iltt~~'i' If combustion air flow is impeded, gas-flow rate will decrease in constant proportion to maintain proper gas/air mixture for complete combustion. Burner firing rate modulation shall be controlled by varying both air and gas flow rates. D. Burner shall preclude main flow of gas if any or all of the following abnormal conditions occur in the non-firing mode. 1. Main valve fails in open position. 2. Vacuum pump motor fails to operate. 3. Power fails. 2 4~ E ,.add::`Fh~system wilkbe Lander negative p"ress~tre, 3" W.C during opera#i n to preclude the: poss~.Ciihty o~the t,~cape of combustion gases insade~the,buitdng. /-fit `~`~~ • ~ - INFRARED HEATERS 15766-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 a_.f.I3 SYSTEM CONTROLS - ~~ll combustion chambers and heat exchanger pipes connected to a vacuum pump shall be ' pre and postpurged. Vacuum shall be proved prior to initiation of firing sequence, prepurge, -and shall run following shutdown of the last burner being served by the vacuum pump, postpurge. ' i~, All vacuum pump motors shall be provided with automatic switches to prevent energization of gas valves until pump motor operation is proven. ' C. All burners shall be provided with direct ignition system and prevent flow of gas to main burner until flame is both proven initially and maintained throughout the firing cycle. 2.04 SYSTEM COMPONENTS e ~ Burner Assembly: 1. Each burner assembly shall consist of: hot rolled steel combustion chamber cast iron, pre-wired gas controls with direct spark ignition, controlled combustion and combustion air filters and shall have affixed nameplate.bearing the seal of the American Gas Association. A. 2. inch. 4 i x-unifa ~a nr acuum>n~ .`4 The~h '~ ~~+ac `" ~-~ ~ ~ ~~- ~~ 1~ se ~l 11~10t.~b~6 p- ~ ~~ z ~13a~~. 1tK~`~. ~~~~y . M-Dior: Vacuum puz~p shall be equipped with a 3/4 lwrsepower, 60 hertz, 23fl volts AC. 3450 RPM, three phase motor. This motor shall~liave`thermal overload protection, high temperature sealed ball bearings, and shall be constructed in accordance with electric motor industry standards. Housing: The scroll of this pump shall be cast iron with a minimum metal thickness of approximately 3/16 inch. The impeller wheel shall be pressure cast 319-alloy aluminum with a minimum metal.thickness of approximately 3/32 Pressure Switch: As an additional safety measure, there will be a low voltage (24 volts) interlock circuit from the pressure switch (located at the inlet to the vacuum pump) to the controller to prove pump operation. Rotation: Vacuum pump motor requires a grounded circuit 230 volts, single phase, up to 60 hertz for a maximum of 2.5 full load amps via a variable frequency drive. This motor must have the same rotation to match the direction of the arrow on the fan scroll. If the motor is not rotating in this direction, it must be reversible by rewiring as shown on the motor nameplate. Speed Control: Vacuum pump motor speed and power supply shall be from a 3/a HP (230V} variable frequency drive. Variable frequency drive power input shall be specified as or 230V, 1 ph, 60 Hz, 6.9A. Variable frequency drive output frequency shall control the speed of the vacuum pump motor. Heat Exchanger and Tail Pipe: C Heat Exchanger tubing to be 16 gauge, 4" O.D. hot rolled steel. MFR ~: ?? ED HEATERS 15766-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 2 2Q4 £~~,`lz~kpr~a~fo_ E~~~~PpeItugshal.~~i~I'~~~~'~~t)f~Ii~a3`tre,~ted~iu~ntzecl~steel ; A#1 Heat•)xelzdng~~r and T.rrl Fstp~:cop~rro~otia~ ell b~~~~~rt~ unttn~:~ ~~~ steel=cr~upl~nl~ ;,. ~sserR~l~ ear. l~~k,~~ ,;1141~~ Q8 3. The integral acid resistant porcelain coating shall be rated and tested to meet and exceed ASTM C 283-54 (Boiling Acid) with a.porcelain loss of .5 mg losslsq. inch maximum. 4. All Heat Exchanger connections shall be made with Lined stainless steel coupling assemblies and the Tail Pipe shall be connected with lined stainless steel coupling assemblies. D. Burner Control Modules: 1. All burners shall be pre-wired with a three conductor electrical cord and plug with the 3r° wire for ground circuit. E. Control Systems: 1. The control of the radiant heating system shall be via Roberts Gordon Ultra Vac Controls. The Controls shall provide modulation of the Co}2ayVac system firing rate based on outdoor air temperature. At external design temperature conditions, the system shall provide 100% input. At conditions milder than external design temperatures, the system shall modulate input continuously (not staged) between 60% and 100% input. The Roberts Gordon Ultra Vac Controls shall incorporate the following features: 2. General Specification a. Radiant heater controller shall provide zone temperature, outdoor temperature and system monitoring features viewed and altered via a PC (supplied by others), heater power supply output and speed signal output for variation of vacuum pump speed. Drive shall vary speed of vacuum pump based on speed signal from controller F. Codes and Standards: 1. Energy Management Equipment: Construct and certify energy management controller in accordance with the latest edition of the United States standard UL916 and Canadian Standard C22.2 No. 205-M1983 including all current supplements. 2. ASHRAE standard 90.1 Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings Except Low- Rise Residential Buildings: In accordance with 6.2.3.2, HVAC systems having a design heating capacity greater than 65,000 Btu/h and fan system power greater than 3/a hp shall have all the following off-hour controls: Automatic shutdown ~_ (6.2.3.2.1), Setback controls (6.2.3.2.2). }revise 2.04, E;, Control:System_`as follows E. Controa:Systerrts _ ~ • ~~ ~ ~~~~~~~`~ ~~~~ Mieroprocessor;based-controllerwith indicators for pump on vacuum prouir3g pre=purge.. and post-purge:functions Coriti•olier' shall be;capable of controtlurg (4) zones:` 'Controller shall-have'a eontracforrelay inter#ace between control panel and'Vacuum Pump. The Vacuum Pump motor shallutrlrze(3) phase power(versfy;and coodrriate voyages of. naineplate,ratiags arrdrefistributbn power) ,~ , T INFRARED HEA'T'ERS 15766-4 ' Ci of Columbia Hei is Public Safet Center h' ~ Y ' Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 _~ . Zone Time and Temperature Facilities: For each heated zone, the following automatic shutdown and set back control ' functions shall be provided: i. An individual time channel per zone Affering four occupied periods per ' day. 2. Manual timed override of heating from setback to occupied condition shall be provided on each zone sensor. Timed period shall be custozzuzed for each zone by PC user. 3. Manual setpoint temperature lower and upper offset adjustment shaIl be provided on each zone sensor. Adjustment range shall be specked by PC user. 4. Status display indicating the following: i. Current sensed Zone Temperature (C or F) ii. Setpoint Temperatures (C of F) iii. Setback Setpoint Temperature (C of F) iv. Current Setpoint adjustment value ' v. Heat power OnlOff indication (for each individual zone) vi. Safety Switch position vii. Pump power On/Off Indication viii. Pump speed ' ix. Outdoor Air Temperature H. Diagnostics: The control shall provide the ability to view the following information at the PC display. ~. Display of up to a 92-day history of hours run data for each individual heated zone. User shall be able to customize history period and data logging frequency (15 min, 30 min or 64 minute intervals). 2. Display up to a 92-day history of temperatures sensed data for each individual heated zone. User shall be able to customize history period and data logging frequency (15 min, 30 min or 60 minute intervals). 3. An input reserved for remote enable. The input is suitable for connection through normally open contacts provided by a remote switch, such that upon activation of the remote switch, the UltraVac controller will maintain the OCCUPIED temperature setting. Upon deactivation of the remote switch, the U1traVac controller will maintain the SETBACK temperature setting. Remote enable status shall be monitored from PC status screen. 4. Safety of the pressure switch proving circuit shall be maintained by the circuit being proved in the normally open position prior to the vacuum pump being energized. The pressure switch will then be proved in the normally closed position once the required system pressure has been established. Pressure switch position shall be monitored on PC status screen. 5. Software shall provide eight (8) user customized temperature alarms. Alarms shall allow pager dial out and text messaging when zone temperatures drop below or exceed user-defined requirements. t?~T~'r? ~~ I2F,D HEATERS 15766-5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 l: Air Temperature Sensors: 1. Multi-Feature Indoor Zone Temperature Sensors: Provide where indicated multi- function electronic air sensors, connected to control system (one pez zone). Sensors shall display air temperature, provide zone occupancy override feature and provide limited zone setpoint adjustability. Mount sensors 4'-6' above finish floor or otherwise as noted on the drawing. 2. Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor: Provide Outdoor au temperature sensor connected to control system (one per building). Sensor shall be housed in a NEMA Type 4X enclosure. Sensor shall be mounted on north wall of building. J. Reflector: In order to maximize radiant output and minimize convection losses, reflectors are to be of deep dish design with lower edge of reflector extending beyond the bottom of heat exchanger tube. Provide end caps as required. 1. Standard reflectors shall be installed on all radiant pipe and tail pipe as indicated on system layout furnished. 2. Provide reflectors at elbows, tees, crosses, end vents and pipe to pump inlet. PAtZT Il~I -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF GAS FIRED RADIANT SYSTEMS A. General: 1. Install gas fired radiant systems as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's most current `Installation and Operation Manual' instructions, and in compliance with applicable codes and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Suspend heat exchangers, burners, gas piping, vacuum pumps, conduit, and reflectors from building substrate as indicated, or if not indicated, in manner to provide durable and safe installation; and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Clearance to Combustibles: l7o not exceed clearance to combustibles outlined and printed on burner nameplate, and in manufacturer's product data. Measure clearance distance from surface of heat exchangers or as indicated by manufacture `Installation and Operation Manual' . C. Gas Piping: 1. Install gas piping as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide gas at maximum of 14 inches W.C. to each burner. Gas shutoff cock, as supplied with unit must not be subjected to more than 14 inches W.C. pressure. 2. Provide dirt legs at all gas risers. Il~'FR ~_R,ED HEATERS 15766-6 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 s~. Electrical Wiring; Install electrical wiring as indicated. Coordinate line voltage power wiring to ' burners and vacuum pumps (and verification of .....,control wiring between burners, vacuum pump, control panels, thermostats, timers, relays, and transformers, in accordance with manufacturer's wiring diagrams. ' Eo Electronic Air Sensors: Mount electronic air sensors 54" above finished floor, if not otherwise indicated. ' 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL -START-UP A. Adjust gas fired radiant heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and Utility Company's requirements. Check and calibrate controls, adjust burners if applicable according to manufacturer's instructions for maximum efficiency. ' x.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES - Tx'Z.AINING A, Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative to instruct operating ' personnel in operation and maintenance of gas fired radiant heaters. ~NND OF SECTION 15766 1~~ ~,;ti Pre~i ttr~rrr ~Exter ' Fal~rE h.= Vent Vent ~~ v~~~ ~ fiere~iriclieatecletect~om~au ~nsnr eturrie~iul t<~ cnnfrol systetrr hl~7ttz~, 54 ' .dove finished floor Usemsulal~d h~rckin~~ huar~l ~ n tlicrn~ost.~ts Irxat~~il c n ~?a11s ~ I;ocate-tlrermostat~awav from drr°ect exposure to rad~ant`appliance s. ~'ro~ i~i~ Gt, Vailiial icsistaI'i~ ]v~l.6,~~ ~;ii;iiii rrv:v~~1c' ln`t' s'itcri~lo~tai vti~tit ~t~'c}c~lrc t (35 85) settrngrange rrr uL~rl (:,~ 45) ~' the roof:"shall he-Stamless.Stee1 AL 29-4C'or.UNS 54.47.35, stainless steel; wi[tra is nstr f 01`6 or ~3'?_throug}'7" dra.'vents _~ ~ = - ~ _` ;~ ntsshall iriclude~a f~~tory-installed gasket in their female-end to redder " ~, r tight when-,the male/female: ends are pushed together as per ' . rctions: Vent sysferns requiring field installed sealants'or compounds le. ants shall; ifrclpde a~faeta~% i>stalled, .rnterttal mecfianical locking bald for.', rg all'vent e¢inportenis agairis# each'other. -~~ T?~ ~P :~ P ED J~EATERS 15766-7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~ ~ ~{" ~'i~~N 15801 AIR HANDLING SYSTEM o =/~~Z"1~' 1 -GENERAL. ' A. Furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the complete installation of the air handling system. ' B. Equipment included in this section are: 1. Fans 2. VAV boxes 3. Energy Recovery Unit 4. Unit heaters ' S. Fan coil units 1.01 RELATED ~dVORK .~~.. P.efer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. ;~ B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. Refer to Section 15250 -Insulation. ' D. Refer to Section 15840 -Air Distribution System. Refer to Section 15900 -Temperature Control System. F Refer to Se ti 15975 T ti d B Ad i l i . c on - es ng, just ng an a anc ng. G. Refer to Division 16 -Electrical Contractor shall connect power to each unit and, unless otherwise specified, shall provide disconnects. \~ 1.02 CODES A. STATE BUILDING CODE ' i ..03 STANDARDS A. AMCA ~' B ARI . ;~ C. ASHRAE D. AGA 4~ =3. sp 1-IArIDLIl~tG SYSTEM 15801-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 E. NEC PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER ROOF VENTILATORS A. Roof ventilators shall be ACME, Greenheck, Breidert, Cook, Twin City Fan, Penn or equal direct drive or belt drive units complete with safety disconnect switch, bird screen, and internal motor overload protection. Provide remote mounted solid state speed controllers for direct drive units. B. Provide motorized dampers at roof or wall. 2.02 IN-LINE FANS A. Shall be ACME, Greenheck, Breidert, Cook, Twin City Fan, Penn, or equal of Model, size and capacity indicated on the drawings. Units shall be complete with safety disconnect, vibration isolators, lined casing, and motors with thermal overload protection. Provide solid state speed switches where indicated. B. Provide motorized dampers at roof or wall. 2.03 FAN POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX7ES WITH HOT WATER HEATING COILS A. General: Provide factory-fabricated and tested air terminals as indicated, selected with performance characteristics which match or exceed those indicated on schedule. Manufacturers to be Titus, Price, Envirotec, Nailor, Knteger or Metal Aire. Terminals certified by ARI Standard 880. Units to be series type, constant volume, fan powered, digital control pressure independent. B. Casings: Construct of die-cast aluminum or sheet metal of the following minimum thickness': 22 gauge. 1. Provide hanger brackets for attachment of supports. 2. Linings: Line inside surfaces of casings with fibre-free lining material to provide acoustic performance, thermal insulation, and to prevent condensation on outside surfaces of casing. Provide minimum thicla-ess of 1/2 inch (13 mm). Secure lining to prevent delamination, sagging, or settling. 3. Access: Provide removable panels in casings to permit access to air dampers and other parts requiring service, adjusting, or maintenance. a. Provide airtight gasket and quarter-turn latches. AIlZ HANDLING SYSTEM 15801-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights,lVIN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ~. Leakage: Construct casings such that when subjected to 0.5 inch w.g. (12S Pa) pressure for low pressure units, and 3.0 inches w.g. (750 Pa) pressure for high pressure units, total leakage does not exceed 4% of specified air flow capacity with outlets sealed and inlets wide open. Construct air dampers such that when subjected to 6.0 inches w.g. (1.5 kPa} inlet pressure with damper closed, total leakage does not exceed 10% of specified air flow capacity. r C. Air Dampers: Construct of materials that cannot corrode, do not require lubrication, not require periodic servicing. Provide maximum volume dampers, both pressure dependent and pressure compensated, that are calibrated in cfm, factory-adjusted, and marked for nominal air capacities. Provide mechanism to vary air volume thru damper for minimum to maximum, in response from signal from thermostat. D, Controls: Provide controls accurate to 1.5 deg F (0.8 deg C) and adjustable from 55 deg F (18 deg C) to 85 deg F (29 deg C). 1. Install DDC powered controls, furnished as part of temperature control system specified in other Division 15 sections. 1_;.. Identification: Provide label on each unit indicating Plan Number and CF1V1 range, CFM factory-setting. F. Fan Powered Terminals: 1. Fan Section" Provide galvanized steel plenum, acoustically lined, housing forward curved fan with belt or direct driven permanent split capacitor motor. Provide air filter and backdraft damper. Series flow constant fan, low profile type with adjustable SCR fan speed control. .~ G. Hot water coils to be by VAV box manufacturer. H. 1" disposable air filter in slide out configuration. If box does not have slide out attachment contractor to add in the field. I. Internal and external sound attenuators. J. Provide Steri-Loc liner. 2.04 DUCT COILS -HOT WATER A. Shall be same manufacturer as the VAV box unit with side connections of size and capacity indicated on the drawings. 2.05 HORIZONTAL UNIT HEATERS -GAS FIItED A. Shall be Reznor, Modine, Sterling, Airtherm or equal. Units shall be complete as sized with all standard features plus vertical louvers and low temperature stat. ~tr~ tI,ANDLING SYSTEM 15801-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 B. The Electrical Contractor will provide power wiring to units. All other wiring shall be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. C. Provide through wall, or roof, intake and flue. Provide all piping, thimbles, cap, etc., as required by manufacturer. 2.06 FAN COII. UNITS A. Unit to be constructed of heavy 18 gauge steel properly reinforced with steel angle frame work. Provide removable panels and access doors to permit easy access to all internal parts. Units shall be intended for furred-in installation. I3. Provide knock outs for piping connections to coils. Provide drain connections in bottom of casing sections where required. C. Provide insulated one-piece welded drain pan under horizontal fan sections complete with drain connections. D. Provide fan or multiple fans in fan section of wheel diameter and class as scheduled. Fans to be centrifugal fans including all components and balancing; inlet screens are not required. E. Motors shall be standard, totally enclosed, three speed, with integral thermal overload protection and automatic reset. F. Provide insulated one-piece welded drain pan under the complete coil section with drain connections on both sides. G. Provide heating coils of size and capacities as scheduled. Coils to be the product of the unit manufacturer. H. Provide casing with removable panels to permit coil removal. I. Provide insulated casing around filters, including full size access doors on unit for easy access and replacement of filters. I. Provide filters of size and capacities as scheduled. I~. Furnish l"throwaway filters. Tn addition, a complete set of replacement filters shall be furnished and installed after all construction, air flow tests, and commissioning are performed. L. Provide all units with vibration mountings to isolate unit from the building structure. Isolators to be as specified in Section 15200. M. Control by EMSBAS -See Section ] 5901. N. Manufacturer: McQuay, Carrier, Trane or equal. AIR HANDLING SYSTEM 15801-4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' ' ~=rv3 1lEAT RECOVERY UNIT ~„ ~r r ~. system Description: Unit to be a stand-alone heat recovery ventilator as manufactured ' by Venmar, Renew-Aire, EZ-Vent, or approved equal. ~. Quality Assurance 1. Unit shall be constructed in accordance with CSA 022.2 and UL 1812 and carry the CETL and ETL labels of approval. 2. Insulation shall comply with NFPA 901A requirements for flame spread and smoke generation. 3. Energy (heating & cooling) recovery core shall comply with UL standard 94-Iii. 4. Airflow data shall comply with AMCA 210 method of testing. ~~`. Warranty ' 1. Unit shall have 2 year warranty on all parts not including energy recovery core. 2. Energy recovery core shall have a 10 year unconditional warranty. ~:. L7nit Cabinet i. Cabinet shall be constructed of 20 gauge mill G-90 galvanized steel with 12 gauge mill galvanized frame. 2. Cabinet shall be insulated throughout with foil faced fire retardant material. E. Energy Recovery Core ' 2 . Fixed-plate energy-exchange element. Energy-exchange module shall be of fixed-plate cross flow construction, with no moving parts. 2. Energy Transfer -Shall be capable of transferring both sensible and latent energy between air streams. Latent energy transfer shall be accomplished by direct water vapor transfer from one airstream to the other, without exposing transfer media in succeeding cycles directly to the exhaust air and then to the fresh air. 3. Passive Frost Control -Energy-transfer element shall perform without condensing or frosting under normal operating conditions (defined as outside temperatures above -10° F and inside relative humidity below 40%). Occasional extreme conditions shall not affect the usual function or perfozanance of the element. No condensate drains will be allowed. 4. Continuous Ventilation -Unit shall have the capacity to operate continuously without the need for bypass, recirculation, preheaters, or defrost cycles under normal operating conditions. 5. Positive Airstream Separation -Water vapor transfer shall be through molecular ' transport by hydroscopic resin and shall not be accomplished by "porous plate" mechanisms. Exhaust and fresh airstreams shall at all times travel in separate passages, and airstreams shall not mix. ' F. Drain Pans ' 1. Unit shall include sloped drain pans with recessed bottom drains. -~ ~€z l-IANDLING SYSTEM 15801-5 ,.~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 G. Fans 1. Double inlet fan wheels with forward curve blades shall be designed for continuous operation at all operating speeds. H. Mechanical Requirements 1. Unit shall have single point power connection only. 2. All controls shall be factory mounted and wired, requiring only field installation and remote sensing devices and wiring to unit mounted terminal strips. I, Filtration 1. Standard filtration is medium efficiency (30oIo DSE) filters. 3. Controls 1. Unit shaIl be provided with a factory mounted and factory wired microprocessor control operating 115 volt/1 phasel60 Hz current. Unit to be controlled by EMS. 2. All service connectors shall be quick disconnect type. ~. Optional Accessories 1. Defrost a) Recirculation defrost cycle of variable duration controlled via microprocessor control board. b) Defrost cycle duration varies depending on outdoor (ventilation air) ambient temperature. 2. Heating Modules: Unit shall include a supplemental electric heating module downstream of the unit. 3. Disconnect Switch: Unit shall include non fused disconnect switch for single point power connection. ,.. 2.08 RANGE HOOD A. Provide Broan, Nutone or equal similar to Broan 7600 intermediate quality hood with 200 CFM, 6.0 sone discharge 12 x 7 dishwasher safe aluminum grease filter, 30" width, rotary blower speed control, 75 watt cooktop lighting, duct connector with built-in ada ter and stainless steel finish. Extend exhaust to roof cap. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 FILTERS A. Air filters shall be 2" thick, Farr 30/30, or equal, medium efficiency, pleated, disposable type. Provide one set of filters to be installed in the units and one complete set to be stored for Owner's future use. AIR HANDLING SYSTEM 15801-6 u n Ci u iJ f] ~~.~~ INSTALLATION City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~i E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 20(?8 Provide vibration isolators and fle~cible connections on inlet and outlet of all fans, and heating-cooling units. I~. Provide necessary angle iron supports for installation of all fans. C, ~~ipe cooling condensate to dram though deep seats snap. 3.03 Syi®:~~~ ~E r: Cr'~ 1®t~ A., '~~~~is~^ and install sdnoko t"+etecfiop:s ?.ti all fan systems large;~ than x,000 ~ ~. i~eiet;tors shall stop the fans whoa activated. `~~.~• 13Ai"..~,I~TcLiI~TC ~. ~ala~c~. tx~e fans and re?atec~ duct s~~s°erns. See Seen 1 X975. .. ~ t71I~C1-~FftEU iu~.~L""-.~`3s`:yl~. ~a7T' _ ~ . _ _ ,~1._ Shat},be Rupp~afthe size and.capaclty as scheduted.on tkre drawtngs.~ (~ #`iveAire ~Rezuur,;~~ ; ~' Titan as equals. - ~ ~~-,~ ~ 1 ~2~5 ~~ ~~ _ . B_ . unit casings shall be a rninilnum of 1$ gauge galvanized steel,'urith:Itittged access do~otsand; `; furnished far outdoor (indoor) installation ~ -. - Blower shall lie belt driven forward curved vrith adjtt5~tab}e drives mounted oil vbration `'~` - isolators _ - _ D Gas d>rect firdd burner sha[} Ha=ve a rr"iinimuni turndown ratio<of X5.1,; manifold shallbe full?' ~; ' tested Viand pi~,ed complying vi~ith Sfate of Minnesota ;Requirements.'Gas train-an21 tegtz)ators ;'_ ,.: shall be suitable foi' caitnecf}ng to a Z I'SiG ti'stribii'tign syaterri Fused eTyectrical disconnect =° ands€arxers with auxi`liary` contacts sli-.alt be iioludod. ~- , , E `, The Efectnc~l~`Cantractor will connect X160 volt ~ phase power , ` = J ~` F Optional aeees~sories'shallmeludensotorized Dili}et,damper; eircuit~a'rialyzer, burner contra}s,~ '- fQr less titan:3"'water:columi, service light arid.GFt dtzple~;xeceptacle, filter;uritlt 3£1fa, ~ incl~~- thick lirci~va~vay tiberglassfrlters, painted-casing casing insul~t[ori & fused corttraTstap down'ttansfoiTne~. _ ~ ~ ~ ,~ ~' ~. ' , Factory comas shall be starzdard rtirect acting rztodulating gas~alve with temperature hula iz. tlae airstream ,aizd rerriote par}el ~~*ith summer-off winter selector svrtch end status incltca~ioi~ .; of bla.z,.r,. burnot and alarms, Controls steal} inc}tide au#oinatic tine-freezi; prate<.tioti a,ti ; sug~}y duct riiounted heat ~ieteafor v~red to stop unit upon being activatet3. '° The unit steal} be supplied ~Yith t}ie cgrttrol system i~idicated below' ;~ A Systeiri I4 ~3~tl:axitrol j EIectrt~nic Modulating Dissrharge Air Temperafwre crir3trols slt~li ~~ '- provded 'This systeri shall include a:`retnote t'eiriperature dial foradjttsting ~e set p~ir~t af, ~: the discharge-air terperature sensor:`The discharge air sensor shall rtoiiitor ttte discharge ai tentperatur~. and madiilate the firing rate of the maii3 burner to maintain the desired discltaz ~._. alt temperature. die temperature range of the rem©te temperature dial shall be 5~~9f?' degA;~es. ~'. This: system is also. to inclt~ele a discharge air sensor ruhich .serves as a hig} artd.law temperature Iiiiiit. The discharge airsensor will,prevent make-lip as from being delivered" to the space at temperatures ~vhieh ire below its' set point, -even if the room.fl3erm'astat t~ satisfied andwil7 prey~nt the'rooin therntostatfrom'o~r~x-~riag tlte;bunter when mild outdoor temperatures'exist T`Iie.maximum firing capacity of the burner is iiot required to achieve the,desired vizinter design discharge air lemperafirre., : { - fF : Provicfie setvices of factory authorizedpersoi~r~el~for Iiitiat ec}iiipmeiit`-startup ehe~fcout and instruction ofQwner`s Rep"resentativo - L j' The Ej$ctrical,Contractor will_providepower:wn•ing to unrt. A}l other.wirmg mcludiig . - temperature cgntrots,'shall he furnished and instai}ed"tiy the IvlechamcaF Cont"raetor .:Tile main control pane} sha~L include a numbered te'mal°stri~foi-al}factory wiring and lieid wirin~'copnections ;~Th~~ '`t`~ , , - , tranShlrmeC as iec}wire(} td temperature ~ontzol devid~ ~~-J- Nate S~€e supplet~ienta --- ,--,. _. ..., ..,__ ~ ~~~ 801-7 e a ci~mple[ely prewired titiit~with the exception of;~ee~5st~s eitiotc~ contYO`l Station _ ~wnz, Roo Qp ~A~ ui~,t~ru r it,~irrb, _ite~~aorn~: .' . s_.~.: ~xG~~I4 15z~25 DART 1 -GENERAL ~' 1.02 Scope City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS A. Comply with Section 15010 and applicable previsions of Div. 1 and 2. 1,02 RELATED WORK General Provisions -15010 Testing and Balancing - 15040 Duct Insulation - 15258 Electronic Control System - 15910 1.03 STANDARDS AMCA ARI ASHRAE NEC PART 2 -PRODUCTS ~ HEAT PUMPS (PACKAGE UNITS) '~' A. General -Contractor shall furnish and install Water Source Heat Pumps as manufactured by Econar as indicated on plans. Each unit shall be ARI rated and ETL and CSA listed. Each unit shall be fully run tested at the factory. Each unit shall be shipped on a wooden ,~, skid and covered with corrugated material. Units shall have all standard catalogued features plus options listed. 13. Casing and Cabinet -The cabinet, shall be fabricated from heavy-gauge galvanized steel. The interior shall be insulated with ~/z" thick, 1'/z lb. coated glass fiber. Panels shall provide access to the fan compartment and the compressor/control box compartment. _' Unit shall be supplied with heavy metal brackets, rubber isolators, fasteners and washers to suspend and isolate the unit from the building structure. C. Refrigerant Circuit -Each unit shall have a sealed refrigerant circuit including a hermetic ' compressor, capillary expansion tube(s), finned tube heat exchanger, reversing valve, water-to-refrigerant coaxial heat exchanger, access valves, and safety controls. :~ "~~` ^~.TrP SOURCE fIEA''' PUMPS 15825-1 T;~~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 13. Compressor shall be hermetic type with external vibration or spring mounts and thermal overload protection. The finned tube coil shall be constructed of aluminum fins bonded to copper tunes. The coaxial heat exchanger shall be constructed of a copper inner tube and as steel outer tube and be UL listed. The heat exchanger shall be rated for 400 psig on the water side and 450 psig on the refrigerant side. E. Safety controls shall include a low suction temperature (freezestat) switch to lock out compressor operation. Units four tons and above shall have a low refrigerant pressure switch for loss of charge protection. A low pressure switch shall not be permitted to replace a low suction temperature switch for freeze protection. Unit shall be capable of starting in an ambient of 40°F with entering water at 70°F with both air and water flow rates at the A.RI rating conditions. F. Electrical - A control box shall be located within the unit and shall contain contactors, controls for compressor, reversing valves and fan motor operation and shall have a 50 VA transformer, circuit breaker in the low voltage circuit and a terminal block for low voltage Meld wiring connections. The Electrical Contractor will connect power wiring to the panel and will provide a powex disconnect. All other wiring shall be by Mechanical Contractor. G, Unit shall come complete with all safety and operating control including any internal interlocks, time delays, etc. Wire output signals (alarms, etc.) to the thermal block for possible connection by temperature control. H. Extra-Quiet Construction -Unit shall have additional isolation under the compressor for reduced sound/vibration transmission. Field Installed Accessories: 1. Flexible Hoses -Each unit shall be supplied with two corrugated, stainless steel flexible hoses of appropriate size for connection to unit and field piping. Hose assembly shall berated at 300 psig. 2. Valves -Each unit shall be supplied with one shutoff valve and one combination balancing/shutoff valve with adjustable memory stop. 3. Two inch Filter Rack -Each unit shall be supplied with a return air duct collar/2" filter rack to accept a return air duct connection and a 2" thick filter (30%). The bottom bracket shall be capable of being relocated for bottom filter removal. PART 3 -EXECUTION A. Contractor shall provide an identification tag below each heat pump. Tag shall be heavy gauge white plastic, approximately 1" wide by l lh" long with the heat pump identification engraved in 3/8" high numbers and letters. This tag to be located on the ceiling grid. END OF SECTION 15825 ~a:,.~ Y,; = ''lR SOURCE HEAT PUMPS 15825-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' "~~~ ~ I~~1~7 15826 ' GEOTHERMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION ~~.e ~; a T I-IERMAL WELL PART 1 -GENERAL 1,01 SCOPE A. The Geothermal Ground Loop Contractor is responsible for the complete design and uastallation of the geothermal loop field. All design costs, materials, drilling, excavation, t hauling of backfill, pumping, soil compaction and labor required shall be included in the bid price. B. The design shall be prepared in accordance with the materials standards and accepted ' installation practices of the International Ground Source Heat Pump Association (IGSHPA). The Geothermal Ground Loop Contractor shall comply with these standards ' and practices along with all state and local regulations pertaining to the installation. ~;. The Geothermal Ground Loop Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a complete set of drawings for the system and shall provide all design data including but ' not limited to the heat transfer capacity of each field, flow requirements in GPM, pumping head requirements and other engineering data based on a 25% propylene glycol solution. ' - ":formation which has been shown on the Mechanical drawings is for reference only. The Geothermal Ground Loop Contractor is responsible for the final number of wells and ' performance (heat transfer) of the well loop system. E. This contractor shall be responsible for the final filling of the complete Ground Loop system including piping to the heat pumps with 25%o propylene glycol as noted below. Filling of the in floor heating system is by others. 1.02 RELATED WORK ' Mechanical, General Provisions - 15010 Testing and Balancing - 15040 ,, Water Source Heat Pumps - 15768 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Geothermal Ground Loop Contractor must have on this project a certified IGSHPA installer. The Contractor performing this work must have a minimum of five years experience in performing underground closed circuit, earth coupled, heat exchanger work of this project's size or larger. Fs~'.E~Ti~'RMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15826-1 i~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 B. Ground heat Exchanger Fabricators must be heat fusion certified by an authorized high density polyethylene (HOPE) pipe manufacturer's representative of the brand of pipe used. Certification must include: successful completion of a written heat fusion exam as well as demonstrating proper heat fusion techniques under the direct supervision of the authorized HOPE pipe manufacturer's representative. 1.04 SUBMITTAIJS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with the Conditions of Contract and Division 1 specification sections. B. Evidence of five (5) years experience in the successful installation and operation of a similar nature. C. Evidence of completion of a certified training program offered by the International Ground Source Heat Pump Association. D. Evidence that a certified heat fusion technician has attended retraining school within the past 12 months. E. Product data for piping and grout. F. Sample of well field piping with project record documents to record the following: 1. Surveyed location of the four corners of the well field. 2. Dimensioned drawing showing routing of pipes and marking devices. 3. Drawings showing identification number for each loop referenced to the dimensional drawings. 4. Submit 2 foot piece sample of pipe to be used for heat exchanger piping. G. Formation log indicating strata encountered or first well drilled and the well at each corner of the field. H. Must be certified well driller for the State of Minnesota. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instruction for ground heat exchanger piping material and products. Fusion Machine: Submit manufacturer's technical data on fusion machine to be used in fabricating the ground heat exchanger. K. Installer and Fabricator Qualifications: Submit names and certificates of successful completion of the required schools. L. Contractor Qualifications: Submit list of installation with year work was accomplished. C=EOTHERMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15826-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' t='~~.~'l' ~ ~ PRODUCTS ' t~.. The pipe shall be PE3408 HDPE with a minimum cell classification of 345434C per ASTM D3035-93 and a SDR11 (160 psi) ratting for u-bends.and header pipe two inches ' and smaller and a minimum of SDR15.5 (110 psi) for header pipe greater than two inch diameter. This pipe will carry a warranty of no less than 25 years. Approved pipe manufacturer shall be equal to Phillips 66 Driscopipe. ' B. Each pipe .shall be permanently indent marked with the manufacturer's name, mominal size, pressure rating, relevant ASTM standards, cell classification number and date of manufacture. ' ~~, All piping used for the U-bend heat exchanger {pipe located in bore hole) will have factory hot-stamped lengths impressed on the side of the piping indicating the length of the heat exchanger at that point. The length stamp shall read zero on one end and the actual heat exchanger total length on the other end. ' Da The vertical heat exchanger will have a factory fused U-bend with pipe lengths Long enough to reach grade from the bottom of the bare so no field fusions.are required below the header pit. ' ~'. Fittings: 1. Pipe fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2683 (for socket fusion ' fittings) or ASTM D3261(for butdsaddle fusion fittings). Each fitting shall be identified with the manufacturer's name, nominal size, pressure rating, relevant ASTM standazds and date of manufacturer. Approved fittings manufacturer shall ' be equal to Phillips 66 Driscopipe. F'. U-bend Pipe Separator: 1. The U-bend pipe separator shall come from factory with a preloaded spring mechanism allowing the U-bend pipes and tremie pipe to snap directly onto it. ' The U-bend pipe separator will be designed to hold all three pipes in a tight configuration during bore hole insertion. During the grouting procedure the tremie pipe is pulled releasing the spring mechanism of the U-bend sepazator pushing the U-bend pipes against the bore hole wall directly across from one ' another. The U-bend holding clips shall have a vertical length of no less than 1 1/8" and maintain contact around 60% of the U-bend pipe diameter. The U-bend pipe separators used shall have a minimum unloaded spring force of 5 pounds. ' The approved U-bend pipe separator shall be equal to GeoClip manufactured by GBT, Inc. CPn'~'?T~RMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15826-3 '' - City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 G. Bentonite Grout: The bentonite grout used to seal the vertical U-bend of the heat exchanger shall have a minimum manufacturer's recommended mixture of 44% solids. This grout will also have a permeability rate of less than 1 x 10'7 cmJsec. The thermal conductivity of the grout must be .57 Btu/hr-ft-°F or greater. Approved grout manufacturer is Black Hills Bentonite. H. Warning Tape: Warning tape used must be foil backed, two inches wide or greater with a continuous message printed every thirty six inches or less reading: "CAUTION GEOTHERMAL PIPELINE BURIED BELOW '. The tape shall be highly resistant to alkalis, acids and other destructive agents found in the ground. I. Propylene Glycol: 1. The circulating fluid shall consist of water and 25% by volume. propylene glycol with corrosion inhibitors, Approved product is Dow Frost HD manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, 2.02 IIEAT FUSION MACHINE A. Mutt Fusion 1. Guide rods shall be in a plane that passes through the centerline of the pipe thus canceling the bending forces in the machine caused by the fusion forces. 2. The pipe clamps shall have the strength to "round-up" the pipe close to the fusion joint. They must be adjustable for removal of high/low mismatch of pipe walls and clamp each piece on continuing straight centerline. 3. The pipe facing device shall be capable of rapid facing of the pipe ends to a perfectly flat surface, so when the ends are brought together, there is 100% plastic contact. 4. The facer may be hand or electric powered up to 2", and electrically powered for pipe sized up to 8". 5. The facer shall have precisely machined stops to lock the facer squarely between the clamping jaws at the end of the face off. 6. The heater plate shall be electrically heated and thermostatically controlled. The surface shall be smooth with a high quality non-stick coating. The heater shall be capable of quick heat-up and maintaining a constant surface temperature in the desired temperature range even in inclement conditions. The heater plate shall be equipped with thermometer to indicate drastic temperature change. A surface pyrometer should be used periodically to assure proper temperature. Use pipe manufacturer's recommended fusion temperature. 2.03 SOCKET FUSION A. The socket fusion machine used to make the joints shall encompass the following features: GEOTHERMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15826-4 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 An electric, thermostatically controlled heater plate. The surface shall be smooth and free of foreign material. The heating tool shall be capable of heating socket faces to the appropriate fusion temperatures as per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. A set of metal socket faces which are dimensionally accurate according to current industry practices. The surface of the socket face that shall be in direct contact with the pipe or fitting shall be smooth and coated with a high quality non-stick coat. 3. Temperatures indicating crayons or a surface pyrometer. One (1) temperature crayon shall be for the proper "low" end temperature indication and another crayon shall be for indicating the "high" end temperature. Use pipe manufacturer's recommended fission temperature range. 4. A depth gauge that is sized according to pipe diameter and corresponding fusion fitting socket depth. The depth gauge shall be used to locate the cold ring the proper distance from the pipe end. 5. A metal locking cold ring clamp which supplies support for the entire circumference of the piping material. Cold ring shall have the ability. to keep the pipe end round. The cold ring shall be used to limit the pipe depth entry into the socket face and fusion fitting socket. 6. A timing device that emits audible tone and timing.light on.one (1) second intervals. Timer shall be used to determine proper heat cycle for the pipe and fittings. Use pipe manufacturer's recommended heating times. 7. A number of clean, dry, 100% cotton rags used to clean the socket heater faces after each fusion application. Rags shall be free of any cleaning solvents, grease or dirt. PART 3 _ EXECUTION :.~~1 DRIL,LING A. The vertical bore holes will be drifted to a depth allowing complete insertion of the vertical heat exchanger to its specified depth. The maximum bore hole diameter will be six inches. If a larger diameter is required, it must be approved by the Design Engineer. 3.02 U-BEND HEAT EXCHANGER ASSEMBLY A. The U-bend heat exchanger pipe shall be filled with water and pressurized to 100 psi to check for leaks before insertion. If necessary, and iron (sinker) bar can be attached at the base of each vertical heat exchanger U-bend to overcome bouncy. This iron bar will have all sharp edges adequately taped to avoid scarring and/or cutting of the polyethylene pipe. No driving rod that is pulled out after U-bend insertion will be allowed. GeoClip U-bend pipe separators will be attached at ten feet intervals to the U-bend along with the grouting tremie as per manufacturer's recommendations. The entire assembly is inserted to the specified depth in the bore hole. :r't-)T~-£ERMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15826-5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 3.03 GROUTING PROCEDURES A. The U-bend heat exchanger is to be grouted from the bottom up in a continuous fashion using a one inch HDPE tremie pipe. The tremie pipe will be pulled out during the grouting procedure maintaining the pipe's end just below grout level within the bore hole. AlI state regulations will be met for bore hole grouting• of a vertical heat exchanger. 3.04 HEAT FUSION FIFE JOINING A. All underground pipe joining will be heat fused by socket, butt or saddle {sidewall) fusion in accordance to ASTM D2610, ASTM D26S3 and the manufacturer's heat fusion specifications. The operator shall be heat fusion certified and experienced in executing quality fusion joints. 3.05 EXCAVATION AND BACI~FILLIIVG FOR PING A. The Loopfield Contractor shall do all excavating, backfilling, shoring, bailing, and pumping for the installation of their work and perform necessary grading to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations. Sewer lines shall not be used for draining trenches and the end of all pipe and conduit shall be kept sealed and lines left clean and unobstructed during construction. Only material suitable for backfilling shall be pied a sufficientdistance from banl~s of trenches to avoid overloading. Unsuitable backfill material shall be removed as directed by the Design Engineer. I3. Sheathing and shoring shall be done as necessary for protection of work and personnel safety. Unless other wise indicated, excavation shall be open cut except for short sections. The Loopfield Contractor shall install geothermal marking (warning) tape 18 inches above all horizontal/header piping. C. Prior to drilling or trenching, the Loopfield Contactor shall be responsible for reviewing with the General Contractor the location of underground utilities. Existing utility lines uncovered during excavation shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling. D. The backfill material in alI header trenches shall be compacted. 3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION A. The U-bend ends will be sealed with fusion caps or tape prior to insertion into the borehole. Reasonable care shaII be taken to ensure that the geothermal loopfield pipe is not crushed, kinked, or cut. Should any pipe be damaged, the damaged section shall be cut out and the pipe reconnected by heat fusion. GEOTHERMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15826-6 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 B. The U-bend heat exchanger must be connected as indicated on the plans. The header design accounts for balanced flow as well as flushing and purging flow rates. No .variations can be made in the circuit hookup or the pipe sizes that are indicated without approval from the Design Engineer. The minimum bend radius for each pipe size shall be 25 times the nominal pipe diameter or the pipe manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is greater. The depth of all headers and supply and return.piping is indicated on the plans and must be maintained. ~ C. Circuits will be pressure tested before any backfilling of the header trenches is executed. The individual circuits will be pressure tested with water at 60 psi, hpwever, not to ' exceed SDR 11 pipe working pressure at bottom vertical U-bend heat exchanger. 3.07 TESTIlVG AND CLEANING ~ A. Cleanliness: During installation, all trash, soil and small animals shall be kept out of the pipe. Ends of the pipe shall be taped or capped until the pipe is joined to the circuit. B. Flushing and Ground Heat Exchanger: Before connection of the plastic ground heat exchanger loops to the header lines, each loop shall be flushed thoroughly and left filled with clean water. Should a freezing condition exist the loop shall be filled with a 25% propylene glycol solukion. If the loop is not going to be joined to the header at this time, it should be taped or capped. C. Pressurizing: Each U-fitting assembly (loop) shall be water filled pressure tested to 100 psi prior to insertion into well bore. The complete system shall be water filled and pressure tested to 100 psi prior to backfill of the trenches. Every weld shall be visually and physically examined. fi.. 1~ 11 tests will be validated and approved by the Engineer or his designated representative. Duration of each test will be a minimum of four (4) hours. E. All retesting, if required, replacement of material and extra work will be at the expense of this Contractor. 3.08 FLUSHING AND PURGING A. General: Before backfilling the trenches all systems shall be flushed and purged of air and flow tested to ensure all portions of the heat exchanger are properly flowing. B. Flush and purge each ground loop system until free air, dirt and debris. A density of two (2) ft/second is required in all pipe section to remove air. C. Utilizing the purging unit, conduct a pressure and flow test on the ground loop fields to ensure the system is free of blockage. If the flow test indicates blockage, locate the blockage using manufacturer's recommendation, remove the blockage, then repurge and conduct the pressure and flow test again until all portions of the system are flowing. The flow test must be observed and approved by the Engineer or his designate before the system can be bacld'illed. ~~1~.OTT~FRM 4L GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUII.,D SPECIFICATION 15826-7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 D E. Prior to backfilling of the system the system glycol/water fill shall be provided as follows: 1. During filling of the ground exchanger system, measure the gallon volume of the system with a regular water meter and record the data. 2. 25% of that volume shall be the amount of State of Minnesota Department of Health approved USP grade propylene glycol to be added to the system. Example: A system with 300 gallons metered needs 25% or 75 gallons of glycol. 3. Glycol shall not be introduced into the system in pure form. 4. The solution shall be mixed in a 55 gallon drum. 75% water and 2S% glycol. Mix with a paddle. S. Pump into the system 1 drum at a time. Provide a valve with a cap and leave in place for Owner's use. Attach a white or red engraved tag that reads: "CAUTION: PROPYLENE GLYCOL ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION. DO NOT DRAIN.,, 6. Purge the system of air as described above. 7. Test final solution with test materials available from manufacturer of glycol. 8. Provide a test report to Engineer including the test material. Upon completion of installation, make final adjustments of water system. These adjustments include: 1. Balancing of all loop circuits to required flow rates. 2. Submit test results. F. This Contractor shall coordinate start-up activity with the balancing contractor and the Mechanical Contractor responsible for installation of the heat pumps and related piping. Starting and testing of the heat pumps, making adjustments, etc., will be done during this period to assure complete and trouble-free operation for the total system. 3.09 INSTRUCTION MANUAI.S/TRAINING As part of the bid price the Geothermal Ground Loop Contractor shall supply the Owner with documents showing the loop field layout and shall assist (with the installing contractors of the heat pump system) in the training of site personnel on the operation of the loop field and heat pump system. This training shall be performed upon completion of the installation at a time mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. Sufficient training shall be provided to educate the owner on the operations of the systems. END OF SECTION 1 S 826 GEOTHERMAL GROUND LOOP DESIGN-BUILD SPECIFICATION 15826-8 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 0730$ October 30, 2008 ,._. __ _`, =i~ 1830 AIR IiANDLING UNITS 1~Al~T - GE'~TERAL .O l SCOPE A. Comply with Section 15010 and applicable provisions of Division 1 and 2. This section to cover APII3-1 and AHU-2. 1.02 SUBMITTALS ~'~. Submit shop drawings in a complete package including unit performance data vibration isolators, drives, electric motors. B,. Any shop drawing for AHU-1 and AHU-2 must be accompanied by a 1/4" scale drawing indicating unit will fit in the location required with all access and maintenance isles shown and dimensioned ~~ ~~~ .~-~i U ~[ {pro ~~ ~~ ~~Et7C~ ~5 ~" *31~11L~~~ ~ ~~}_ 1 PART 2 - PRODUC'PS c~tlicr 111(1 iir`atzt~~~#~~,~~-~?~~~~~S~n~ti~~s~~~it~,il o~,~rT~ ~~~t t~~~~ i1-eve. f~ .mil ~~~iatog ~ .. ~~~ %, ~' CASIlVG A.. Unit casing to be sectionalized and constructed of heavy gauge steel properly reinforced with steel angle frame work. Provide removable panels and access doors to permit easy zccess to all internal parts. B. Insulate entire casing internally with one inch coated glass fiber 3/4 pound density or sprayed-on foam insulation. C. Provide knock outs for piping connections to coils. Provide drain connections in bottom of casing sections where required. 1~. Casings to be cleaned, phosphatized and coated with baked enamel finish. x.,02 FAN SECTION A. Provide insulated one-piece welded drain pan under horizontal fan sections complete with drain connections. B. Provide fan or multiple fans in fan section of wheel diameter and class as scheduled. Fans to be as scheduled including all components and balancing; inlet screens are not required. Extend lubrication fittings to accessible location on exterior of casing. " ~ °?T~L7~?G UNITS 15 830-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 2.03 COOLING SECTION A. Provide insulated one-piece welded drain pan under the complete coil section with drain connections on both sides. B. Provide cooling coils of size and capacities as scheduled. Coils to be the product of the unit manufacturer and as scheduled. 2.04 HEATING COT~r ,SECTIONS A. Provide insulated casing with removable end panels to permit coil removal. B. Provide heating coils of size and capacities as scheduled. Coils to be the product of unit manufacturer and as scheduled. 2.05 ACCESS SECTIONS A. Provide insulated access sections between each unit component, unless otherwise provided within component section. Access section to have full size. hinged access doors with 1i4 tum locking handles. 2.06 FILTER SECTION A. Provide insulated casing around filters, including full size access doors on both sides of unit for easy access and replacement of filters. B. Provide filters of size and capacities as scheduled. Filters to meet requirements as scheduled. Unit manufacturer filters are acceptable. 2.07 MOUNTINGS A. Provide all units with vibration mountings to isolate unit from the building structure. Isolators to be as specified in Section 15200. 2.08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES A. AHU-1 and AHU-2 to come with factory mounted VFD of manufacturer's preference. 2.09 UNIT MANUFACTURERS A. Units to be all of one manufacturer, McQuay. A1R I-IANDLING UNITS 15830-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 1~~1~T 3 -- EXECUTION ~,tJ~ ~~STALLATION ~a. Install all package air handling units in workmanship like manner taking care not to damage coils, filters, dampers, insulation, motors, bearings, belts, and sheaves. h. Check belt tension to correspond to unit manufacturer's recommendation. Also check belt and pulley alignment and adjust as required. C. Straighten all bent coil fins. D. Seal all unit air leaks; and seal water leaks from drain pans with silicone sealer. :~.0? SHEAVE CHANGE A. Upon completion of air system, check that unit is delivering required capacity by operating each unit system. If different than required, determine whether the as-built conditions require increasing or decreasing fan rpm. Ascertain and install the sheave required to achieve the unit delivery capacity scheduled when system is in balance. 3.03 REBALANCE ~9Vhen units are noisy or cause vibration to ducts or other equipment, verify that unit is balanced within specified tolerances with an IRD analyzer. Take corrective action as required to eliminate problem. END OF SECTION 15830 '-`~ T = "_? "l~? II~TI = UN1TS 15830-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 _ _ -` ~'_ ~'~? 1584E AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ~':~RT 1 -GENERAL. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the complete installation of the air distribution system. 1.02 RELATED WORK ~~. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B. Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. C. Refer to Section 15250 -Mechanical systems insulation. _ Defer to Section 15601 -Hot Water Heating System. 11, Refer to Section 15801 -Air Handling System, _ _ Refer to Section 15830 -Air Handling Units. F. Refer to Section 15900 -Temperature Control System. ~. hoofer to Section 15975 -Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. i .03 CODES A. State Building Codes. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA) B. Air Diffusion Council (ADC) ~`. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) D. American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) E. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) F. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association I,SMACNA) iT, T?r~TRIBUTION SYSTEM 15840-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 G. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) H. Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc. (UL) PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK A. Any ductwork exposed in Room 031 (Storage Basement) must be stainless steel. 2.02 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Sheet metal ductwork shall be constructed of prime materials. All construction details shall be in accordance with the latest editions of the manuals prepared by "SMACNA". B. Systems of 3 inches total static pressure or less may be considered as low pressure systems. Ductwork subjected to greater than 3 inches total static pressure shall be constructed as medium pressure systems or high pressure systems. 2.03 IlVSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK A. Insulated flexible ductwork shall be Johns-Manville "Micro-Aire J/FLX SL", Thermaflex, or equal. Ductwork shall be 1-1/4" thick and rated for 50(10 FPM air velocity, 250 degrees, and 6.0" w.c. positive pressure. B. Ductwork shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratory as Class 1, complying with UL 181 standards and having a flame spread not over 25, and smoke developed not over 50. 2.04 BALANCIlVG AND SPLITTER DAMPERS A. Balancing or volume dampers shall be Tuttle and Bailey No. 75, or equal, steel construction with side operator and locking quadrant. Provide a volume damper at each supply, exhaust and return branch takeoff from main ducts, at other locations indicated on drawings and as necessary for ease of system balancing. 2.05 ADDITIONAL OFFSETS AND ELBOWS A. Additional offsets and elbows will be required to make ductwork fit and to cross ducts. No additional cost will be allowed if contractor does not anticipate additional offsets. 2.06 COMBINATION FIRE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPERS A. Combination fire damper smoke damper to be constructed of multiblade fire and smoke damper in a sleeve. Damper to be 16 gauge galvanized steel, conforming to UL 555, fire dampers, and bear UL label with 1-1/2 hour rating. Damper to be provided with external operating shaft to be used with electric operator. Entire assembly to be mounted in 16 gauge sleeve. Units to meet NFPA requirements and be approved by local codes. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 15840-2 I City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN I M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 I ? ~ ~ -' ...,,•, MOTORIZED DAMPERS . ~. l,hey shall be of the multi-blade type with blades pivoted and balanced to move freely. Provide a permanent means of indication of open or closed damper position. Motorized I dampers shall be Ruskin CD40, Nailor, or equal, for room air and CD501ow leakage type for outside air. I 2,08 GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. They shall be Cesco, Inc., Nailox, or equal extruded aluminum, with brass. beatings and I PVC foam blade .gaskets for. silent operation and low air leakage. 2.09 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS I !~. Connections between ductwork and air handling equipment shall be Ventglass, or approved equal, 1/16 inch thick fabric, if approved by local codes. Otherwise. provide fire ~ rated material that complies with codes. ;x,.10 DUCT ACCESS DOORS _I , .. Doors shall be Cesco Inc. model CAD-5 for all installations except outside air.ductwork whexe model CAD-10 doors shall be used. Nailor equal manufacturer. %.l < ADDITIONAL FII.,TERS A. This contractor shall furnish one additional complete set of duststop throwaway filters for I each ventilation unit requiring filters, to be used during the progress of the work. The filters specified with the unit shall be installed just prior to balancing of system. I B. The requirement for an additional set of filters does not apply to high efficiency (over 40 percent) filters, roll type or washable type filters. 2.12 ATR TURNING VANES AND AD3USTABLE EXTRACTORS A. Turning vanes: Tuttle and Bailey "ductturns", Krueger, Titus, or equal, double wall type. I B. Extractors: Tuttle and Bailey VLR vectrols, Titus, Krueger, or equal, with 1 inch blade spacing. 2.1~ GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. Equipment shall be Titus as specified on plan. Tuttle and Bailey, Krueger, Nailor, and I Price are approved manufacturers. 2.14 DUCT HEATING COILS A. Coils shall be Trane, or McQuay with same end connections, of size and capacity indicated on the drawings. ~'? ~`TS`1'RT_13UTION SYSTEM 15840-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Comrnission # 07308 October 30, 2008 2.15 EXPOSED ROUND DUCT A. All round ducts for exposed systems shall be spiral wound fabricated of galvanized sheet steel. Gauges of material shall be in accordance with the following table: Nominal Inside Diameter Inches 3" through 14" 15" through 26" Wall Thickness U.S. Gauge 26 24 E. Ducts shall be round, machine-formed, with continuous helical seam with finish suitable for painting. Dieformed or sectional type elbows will be acceptable. Duct shall be equal to that manufactured by Midwest Spiral Duct, United Sheet Metal, or Semco. C. Ali branch ducts shall enter main tnznk duct at the larger end of transition at an angle not to exceed 30 degrees. Branch ducts shall connect to sides of main trunk with no two branches entering diametrically opposite. Dead=end caps shall be installed within 6" from last branch of all mains and submains. D. Ducts shall be suspended from the building structure, maintaining 6" minimum clearance between ducts and building construction, and supporting members sufficiently placed so that no load shall occur on connecting equipment and to carry weight of the system if plu ged with material. ~.~~~ ~~. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Sheet metal ductwork shall be installed in accordance with the latest version of the SMACNA standards. B. Flexible ductwork shall be installed per manufacturers instructions. C. This contractor shall install ductwork as high as possible, and coordinate his work with other contractors to avoid interference's. D. Duct sizes shown on drawings are inside dimensions. Where acoustical insulation is specified, duct must be enlarged accordingly, to obtain these dimensions. 1;. All elbows shall be made with an inside radius the same dimension as duct width, where space permits. Otherwise, use square elbows with approved turning vanes. F. Fire/smoke dampers shall be installed in accordance with NFPA and UL requirements. G. Install access doors where fire/smoke dampers, balancing dampers, duct filters, or other duct accessories that require access and cannot be accessed through grilles, registers, etc. H. Ducts shall be carefully constructed and sealed to assure very low leakage. Maintain tight ' connections at diffusers, registers, etc. Systems may be subjected to a leak test to verify that leakage rate meets SMACNA standards. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 15840-4 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN 1 M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 I. Provide an air filter gauge at each bank of filters, and duct thermometers at all locations 3l~ecified or indicated on the drawings. Duct connections to plenums and trunk ducts shall be a minimum of 50 percent larger than the duct area to reduce pressure drop. No HIGH PRESSURE DROP connections will be tolerated. I~. Ductwork in equipment rooms shall be installed to facilitate easy access and maintenance. ' 3.02 DUCT I'i tSULATION A. Refer to section 15250 for insulation requirements. Ductwork shall be insulated as follows: Supply ductwork - 1 112" wrap Return ductwork - 1 1/2" wrap Exhaust ductwork - 1 1/2" wrap Relief ductwork - 1 1/2" wrap Transfer air ductwork - 1" liner (for any rooms served by AHU-1) Outside air ductwork - 2" rigid board. Combustion air ductwork - 1 1/2" wrap 3,03 BALANCING A. Balance the air handling systems, fans, diffusers, registers, VAV boxes, etc. See Section 15975. =-~ END OF SECTION 15840 ~~ r 2 l ~i 1/OLIy~RS ,: A ~ 5~iali be ~metie ui WaFrmng an~I b'~r€tIatin~~;~C esc:o, ~or equ~1, ~ alti~~u~i r•rf; d,tin;ible: St3tlvr721iy! ~OtiVGi~ ~}Tau ..~u~~]tc) j(7- RI3 t.tr$iiic, ~+Ilu~_.~ 1 g,g 2U ~uu~ ~ ~,l+des_~titfe,tt;,~+ufvtr[rn drawings.I'rovule'/z°niesfireino~ahlibtrd sere~~~;.provide'p'nrnEC~attinisti. B: Alu~ni~iurn loi~ti~ers ti+ Lip Etiruded with frame acid Blades of :OK } wal I thicknE;s and~rem~ivaLile~ ;'!z aIuT,ni~nnrinestibirdscreen.- Providew~tlrbakedP;+wdcr }~oly~cster Iii~i~h','t~nlrss~note~~ otherwise.. C. 'Make duct conneetionsto frame Fvith"'ductwork soldered waterti~tii~lur the lowr~r half, ;iud jomed<So that-wat Twill drain;out: ihrcn~ghtlte'fratne: Verily, size of lo+~vcr hcf~+rc fai~~,a, the,duet~ork.'. ~ ~ tj . _ ~_ ~~. ~ f~ ~' r'TcTRIBUTION SYSTEM 15840-5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ._ _ ..`C~f t~, TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) I~AR'f' 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the complete installation of the temperature control system. B. Provide all points and equipment, software, etc., to provide sequences as described in this section. DDC contractor to provide all controls as also described in other sections or on drawings. a ,02 RELATED WORK ~,. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. _ Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. C. Refer to Section 15601 -Hot Water Heating System ~. Refer to Section 15801 -Air Handling System L~. Refer to Section 15902 -Electrical Wiring. A~efer to Section 15975 -Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. i .03 CODES A. STATE BUILDING CODE 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The temperature control contractor shall prepare six (6) complete brochures containing engineering drawings of the system with complete sequence of operation. Controls on the diagrams shall be identified numerically as well as by model number with the number cross-referenced in the sequence of operation. Brochure shall contain specification data sheets on each control device utilized in the system. i.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The specification is for DDC electronic/electric control system and its job site installation. The following system is by American Automatrix, installed by Egan Companies, Tom Atabow, 763-732-7406, Alerton by Direct Digital Control, 763-428- 6336. The EMSBAS to control all new equipment as described and listed within. ~'~`14 ~~ERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 B. The system shall be installed by or under the full-time supervision of an authorized installation Engineer. During installation, Owner will have operating personnel accompany installers to observe procedure as well as be made awaze of location of all equipment. Installation time shall not serve as training periods as outlined elsewhere in this Specification. C. The systems shall be installed by competent mechanics and programmers regularly employed by the manufacturer of this representative office with full responsibility for proper operation of the system as specified, including start up, check out and proper calibration of each component in the entire system, including programming. D. The point list in this Specification identifies those points that are to be addressed by the digital controllers and incorporated into the electronic, stand-alone BAS system. All points listed in this section shall be incorporated into the new system and shall be the complete responsibility of this section. E. Provide a period of 24 hours for the purpose of gathering Owner information to setup the graphical web-based user interface per the Owner's to be defined parameters. 1.06 DEMONSTRATION OF THE SYSTEM A. Upon completion of installation and prior to occupancy, the contractor shall demonstrate the function and explain the use of each control device to the representative of the owner designated to operate and maintain the systems. See `"Training". ~B. This contractor shall perform afull-simulated demonstration of the described cycles. Provide sufficient forces to conduct this demonstration prior to the date of the final, in order to discover and repair any malfunctions and to insure proper operation for the final demonstration. C. This contractor shall incorporate into his unit programming a "User Program" which will display actual temperatures of all sensors, current set points, load position status, point names in English language, and adjustment of temperature set point and time schedules, etc. Access levels shall be protected as defined by the Owner. D. Graphics: Provide graphics for the following new systems: l . AHU-1, AHU-2 2. All fan powered V.A.V. units 3. Heat pumps 4. Exhaust fans 5. Slab heating system includvng valves, pumps, exchanger, etc. 6. Fan coils 7. All other equipment noted as controlled in the sequence of operations 1'.06 GRAPHICB #~~. t1~1~t~F A~lil Make-llp Air?Unif arcl Energy Recovery lJnits. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC} 15901-2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engiaaeering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' __ System Start-Up and Service Check Out: x . A complete system which includes all new equipment, operating test, which includes all new and existing components controlled as part of this system, shall be made for a ' period of one (1) week with controls set in their respective positions to ensure proper operating. All tests and final adjustments, including calibration of all:controllers, thermostats, and humddistats, and instruction of system operation to Owner's ' maintenance personnel shall be made. to the complete satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer prior to final inspection, Contractor shall coordinate test period daily with Owner's operating personnel schedule. During test period, Contractor shall be at site as required. 2. At the completion of the test, Contractor shall prepare a list showing temperature and pressure settings of all sensors, together with actual readings and all operations initialized during a one (1) week period. 3. The one (1) week period will serve as on-site instruction period if the system is aperating as designed and to the Owner's satisfaction. E. Instruction and Training: In addition to on-site instruction, Contractor shall provide the following instruction: ' : , One 8-hour classroom type session on-site, 30 days after project acceptance for up to three (3) operating personnel. ' 2. Three 4-hour classroom type sessions on-site or off, stacking three months after conclusion of the first four-hour training sessions for 3 operating personnel. This shall continue through the third session. O. Warranty: The system manufacturer shall guarantee equipment, devices, and system aeration for a period of two years from the date of acceptance of the system by the Uuilding's Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All equipment and materials shall be of the best quality available from the manufacturer for the application. 2.02 SYSTEM OVERVIEW h~~.. The Building Automation System (BAS) shall consist of microcomputer controllers of modular design providing distributed processing capability, and allowing for future expansion of both input/output points and processing/control functions. ~ B. Security: Operator security. Each operator shall be able to be assigned a unique user name and password. Users shall be assigned to view, view and edit or administrative capability. -~ . ?~~I'ER-ATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-3 l ~~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 C. There shall be two levels of controllers. Level 1 controllers shall be capable of sharing data among personal computer work stations. Level 1 controllers will also contain a communication bus to Leve12 controllers, referred to throughout the specification as the field bus. D. All core database and other programming files, graphics, software, licensee and software/hardware tools necessary to make programming adjustments at all levels shall be included. The Owner and Architect/Engineer shall be able to review and modify every aspect of the system without exception. 2.03 LEVEL 1 CONTROLLER DESCRIPTION A. Level 1 controllers: Modular, comprising of a processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random-access memory; local operator access and display panel; zntegral interface equipment; and backup power source. Monitor or control each input/output point; process information; execute commands from other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator station. Stand-alone mode control functions shall operate regardless of network status. Include the following functions: 1. Global communications. 2. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse input/output. 3. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. 4. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled environment. B. Provide a graphical local operator interface to access the entire network. Atouch-screen operator interface shall be provided at each Network Control Unit which will permit access to the local network. These units shall be password protected. Passwords shall be the same global passwords used at computer workstations and will change globally if altered at one of the operator workstations. C. BACNET Conformance: Reside on BACNET LAN in Ethernet IEEE 802.3, Class 3, minimum, with routers between LAN and other panels, with at least one communication port, and have minimum capabilities defined in PICSBIBBS for the following areas: 1. Network. 2. .Functional groups. 2.04 LEVEL 2 CONTROLLER DESCRIPTION A. Level 2 controllers, also referred to as local control units, shall provide intelligent and stand alone control of HVAC. Each unit shall have its own internal RAM memory and will continue to operate all local control functions in the event of a failure to any Level 1 controller. In addition, it shall be able to share information with and from the entire network for full global control. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-4 ' ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 _~;~~ YJ~jORK STATION DESCRIPTION <perator Station: Microcomputer station with printer. ' ~.. ~+Iorkstation: IBM-compatible microcomputer with minimum configuration as follows: °' Processor: Intel Pentium N. Random-Access Memory: 266 MB. Cache Memory: 512 kB. Graphics: Super video graphic adapter (SVGA), minimum 600 X 800 pixels, 2.0-MB EDO video memory. Monitor: 17 inches, noninterlaced, color, with maximum 0.28~mm dot pitch. Keyboard: QWERTY, 105 keys. ' Floppy-Disk Drives: 3.5 inch Hard-Disk Drive: 10.0 GB. CD-ROM Drive. Mouse: Two button. Modem: Autodial, internal, minimum 56kBaud. Operating System: Microsoft Windows 2000 or later. Surge Protection ' BACNET Conformance: Workstation shall support BACNET devices and have ~runimum capabilities defined in BIBBS for the following areas: a. Network. b. Functional groups. ~". Printer: Color, ink jet type as follows: t'rint Head: 1440 x 1440 dpi photo quality color resolution. ' Internal Memory Buffer: 32kB. Paper Handling: Minimum of 100 sheets. Print Speed: Minimum of 8 ppm in black and 4ppm in color. D. Application Software: Include the following: InpudOutput capability from operator station. Operator system access levels via software password. Database creation and support. Dynamic color graphic displays. Alarm processing and dial out. Event processing. Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power. Data collection. Graphic development on workstation. Initial graphic development is the responsibility of the Contractor. Maintenance management. Other software as required to integrate to other devices as specified. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 2.06 SENSORS A. B. Electronic Sensor: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required. Thermistor temperature sensors as follows: 1. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.36 deg F (0.2 deg C) at calibration point. 2. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. 3. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 18 inches (46 cm) long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft. (1 sq. m). 4. Averaging Elements in Ducts: Flexible; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq. ft. (1 sq. m); length as required. ~. Lnsertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of 2- 1/2 inches (64 mm). 6. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight. 7. Accessories include the following: a) Insulating Bases; For thermostats or sensors located on exterior walls. ~, Resistance Temperature Detectors: Platinum. 1. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.2 percent calibration point. 2. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. 3. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 18 inches (46 cm) long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft. (1 sq. m). 4. Averaging Elements in Ducts: Flexible; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq. ft. (1 sq. m); length as required. 5. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of 2- 112 inches (64 mm). 6. Electric solid-state, microcomputer-based room sensors. a} Automatic switching from heating to cooling. b) Utilize slide temperature adjustment without a number scale on the face plate. c} Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. d) Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days. e) Battery replacement without program loss. D. 7. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight. 8. Accessories include the following: a) Insulating Bases: For thermostats or sensors located on exterior walls. Humidity Sensors: Bulk polymer sensor element. 1. Accuracy: 5 percent full range with linear output. 2. Room Sensors: Span of 25 to 90 percent relative humidity. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-6 , ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 3. Duct and Outside-Air Sensors: With element guard and mounting plate, range of 0 i:o 100 percent relative humidity. E;. Static-Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with-suitable range for expected input, and temperature compensated. 1. Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent. 2. Output: 4 to 20 mA. Or 0-10 VDC 3. Building Static-Pressure Range: 0 to 0.25 inch wg (0 to 62 Pa). ' 4. Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0 to 5 inches wg (0 to 1243 Pa). F. Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service;_range suitable for system; proportional output .4 to 20 mA. E i C i qu pment operat . on sensors as follows: 1. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: DigitaVAnalog current-.sensing relay with current transformers, adjustable and set to 175 percent of rated motor current. 2. Electronic Valve/Damper Position indication: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2-to 10-V dc, no feedback signal. ~~. Water-Flow Switches: Pressure-flow switchesof bellows-actuated mercury or snap- acting type, with appropriate scale range and differential adjustment; with stainless- steel or bronze paddle. For chilled-water applications, provide vapor proof type. ' 4. See other Division 15 sections for flowmeter requirements, Flowmeters are provided by the mechanical contractor, temperature control contractor shall coordinate the interface to the flowmeters. TCC calibration of flowmeter shall be ' , limited to match the information provided by the meter. Meter calibration, if necessary, is by the provider of the meter. ' 2.07 ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSORS A. Electric solid-state, microcomputer-based room sensors. Automatic switching from ' heating to cooling. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. Instant override of set point for continuous, or time period, from 1 hour to 31 days. Battery replacement without program l~cc 73. ~ .All raorus serve4 by VAV boxes #o have sen rn with LSD readout o€r~t~tn temperafi~ c. Provide civerride~bu€ton~vvtth ovt~rr~de trine p4rivd as cte~tg~atedby ~M~ Provide co~t~ol 2.08 DUCT STATS ~~~ increase;=or-decease temperate m.tt~~'zoom marrually:~ EMS to estat~Trsh para7ne#er:~3 " =i ~.:~~ d~gi'ees~i~aximum~ in~ eacfi die~Cron,' af'setpoinf- A. Electric Low-Limit i~uct ~ neririostat: Snap-acting, suagte-pole, stngl~ throw, manual or ' automatic-reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches (300 mm) of bulb length is equal to or below set point. Bulb length: Minimum 20 feet 96m). 2.09 ACTUATORS A. Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action ortwo-position action. :_~ ~~ . =1/14.FRATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 B. 1. Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed. Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring mechanism in housing designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer. 2. Nonspring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2 %z (ND 65): Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf (16.9 N x m) and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf (33.9 N x m). 3. Spring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2 z/z (DN 65): Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf (16.9 N x m). 4. Nonspring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft. (2.3 sq. m): Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf (16.9 N x m) and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf (33.9 N x m). 5. Spring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft. (2.3 sq, m): Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf { 16.9 N x m). 6. Utilize actuators rated for outdoor service for all exterior control valves. 7. Must be Belimo ox equal. Electronic Damper and Large-Valve Actuators: Direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60;000 full-stroke cycles at rated torque. 1. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close-off at maximum pump differential pressure. 2. Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows: a) Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch=pounds/sq. ft. {86.8 kg-cm/sq. m) of damper. b) Opposed-Blade damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-poundslsq. ft. (62 kg-em/sq. m) of damper. c) Parallel-Blade damper without Edge Seals: 4inch-pounds/sq. ft. {49.6 kg- cm/sq. m) of damper. d) Opposed-Blade damper without Edge Seals: 3inch-pounds/sq. ft. {37.2 kg- cm/sq. m) of damper. e) Dampers with 2 to 3 Inches wg (500 to 750 Pa) of pressure Drop of Face Velocities of 1000 to 2500 FPM (5 to 13 m/s): Multiply the minimum of torque above by 1.5. f) Dampers with 3 to 4 Inches wg (750 to 1000 Pa) of pressure Drop of Face Velocities of 2500 to 3000 FPM (13 to 15 m/s): Multiply the minimum of torque above by 2.0. g) Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle. h) Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry. i) Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear release on non-spring-return actuators. j) Power Requirements (Two-Position Spring Return): 120-V ac. k) Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24- V dc. 1) Proportional Signal: 2- tp 10-V do or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V do position feedback signal. m) Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F (minus 30 to plus 50 deg C). TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-8 ' t City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 n) Temperature Rating (Smoke and Fire/Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F (minus 30 to plus 121 deg C). o) Run Time: As required by application. ' p) Must be Belimo or equal. 2.10 CONTROL VALVES ' A. Control (BaIl) Valves: Factory fabricated, of type, body material, and pressure class based on maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless otherwise indicated. Stem and ball shall be stainless steel. Shall be Belimo or equal. Close off pressure shall be at least 125 psi per valve. B. Globe Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, ' renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. Shall be Belimo or equal. Close off pressure shall be at Least 125 psi per valve. C. Globe Valves NPS-2'/z (ND 65) and Larger: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug- type disc, flanged ends, and renewable. seat and-disc. Shall be Belimo or equal. Close off pressure shall be at lest 125 psi per valve. ~. Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics: 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig (862 kPa) and 250 deg F (121 deg C) operating conditions. 2. Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and seats of stainless steel or brass. `~ a) Single-Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom of guided plugs. b) Double-Seated Valves: Balanced plug; cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plugs on top and bottom of guided plugs. c) Sizing: 3-psig (21-kPa) maximum pressure drop at design flow rate. ' d) Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three-way valves shall have linear characteristics. Operators shall close valves against pump shutoff head. e) Utilize valves rated for outdoor service for all exterior control valves. ,, f) Shall be Belimo or equal. E. Butterfly Valves: 200-psig (1380-kPa), 1500-psig (1035-kPa) maximum pressure differential, ASTMA 126 cast-iron or ASTMA 536 ductile-iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless-steel stem, field-replaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals. I. Body Style: Lub. 2. Disc Type: Elastomer-coated ductile iron. 3. Sizing: 1-psig (7-kPa) maximum pressure drop at design flow rate. ~~ '~~'~~'ERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-9 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 F. Terminal Unit Control Valves: Bronze body, stainless steel ball and stem, two-or three- port as indicated, replaceable plugs and seats, union and threaded ends. Shall be Belimo or equal. 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig (862 kPa) and 250 deg F (121 deg C) operating conditions. 2. Sizing: 3-psig (21-kPa) maximum pressure. drop at design flow rate, to close against pump shutoff head. 3. Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics: Three-way valves shaIl have linear characteristics. 2. i 1 DAMPERS A. Dampers: AMCA-rated, parallel or opposed-blade design as indicated; 0.1084-inch (2.8- mm) minimum, galvanized-steel frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.0635 ineh(1.5 mm} galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches {203 mm). B. Blades shall be secured to'/a inch-(13-mm} diameter, zinc plated axles using zinc-plated hardware, with nylon blade bearding, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass, ends sealed against spring-stainless steel blade bearings, and thrust bearing at each end of every blade. C. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (minus 40 to plus 93 deg C}. For standard applications, include optional closed-cell neoprene edging. 2.12 OUTPUT DEVICES ~`~ . Control Relay: Contacts rated for application with a minimum of 2 sets of Form C contacts enclosed in dust proof enclosure. Minimum life of one million operations. B. Contactors: Single coil, electrically operated, mechanically held type. Number and type of contacts and ratings shall be selected for the application. Contactors shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to non-damaging levels. C. Solid State Relays: Input output isolation shall be greater than 100(} mega-ohms with a breakdown voltage of 1500 Volt n-ms or greater at 60 Hz. Ambient range of not less than -20 F to 140 F. Relays shall be rated for the application. 2.13 POWER SUPPLY A. Regulated Power Supply: Short circuit and thermal overload protected, adjustable output voltage. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM {DDC} 15901-10 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 . , . `DEB SERVER OPERATOR INTERFACE ,.. 5 _f~e control vendor will be required to provide any and all other necessary hardware/software above and beyond what.is listed in this spec cation. Any requests for change orders because this specification did not explicitly list hardware or software will be denied. Furnish a Web Server to allow daily operations functions to be accomplished from any network connected web browser. O ' perators shall be able to utilize any commercially available browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator.. No additional software shall have to be installed on the client PC for normal operation of the system. All communications between the web browser and web server shall be encrypted using 128 bit SSL encryption. Web server shall be able to be located on the owners Intranet or on the Internet. Web server shall have the ability to automatically obtain an IP (Internet Protocol) address using DHCP. Use of static IP addressing shall also be supported. Web server will have adequate capacity to store and serve 500 user defined graphics. Any unlimited number of users shall be able to access the web server. A minimum of 30 users shall be able to utilize this device at the same time. BACnet. The Web Server shall support the BACnet Interoperable Building Blocks {BIBBS) for Read (Initiate) and Write (Execute} Services. These are the Data Sharing BIBBS as follows: DS-RF-A, B DS-RPM-A DS-WP-A DS-WPM-A ' S f ~.apport or BACNet on the Network -BACNet information at the system level shall be ~zrectly represented as a Web Page. Devices which convert proprietary information to Web Pages are strictly prohibited. The Owner's intent is to maintain a completely open ' environment to ensure a competitive arena in the future. ' 2.15 MISCELLANEOUS A. Furnish all electric relays and coordinate with the supplier of magnetic starters for the auxiliary contact requirements. All electric control devices shall be of a type to meet ' current, voltage, and switching requirements of their particular application. Relays shall be provided with 24 VAC coils and contacts shall be rated at 10 amps minimum. Provide transformers as required. PART 3 -SEQUENCE OF CONTROL 3.01 DDC CONTROL POINTS A. The points and controls listed in 15801, 15825, 15830 and 15601 and in this section are in addition to, or the same as, the points listed on the drawings, or in other sections of the spec. Provide all. ~~~ ?'EMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM {DDC 15 - 1 901 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Tnc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 B. AHU-l, AHU-2 1. Position of O.A. and return dampers. 2. Supply Air Temperature. 3. Fan status (Return and Supply). Provide airflow sensor. 4. Automatic heating-cooling changeover. 5. Occupied-Unoccupied program clock. 6. Unoccupied cooling temperature setup. 7. Unoccupied heating temperature setback. ~. Status of supply and return fan with VFD. 9. Discharge air temperature. 10. Control valves and status for heating coil. 11. Return air temperature. 12. Control valves for cooling coil. C. VAV Boxes 1. Supply air temperature after coil. 2. Percent primary damper open/closed. 3. Minimum set point. 4. Percent hot water valve open. 5. Fan status. 6. Supply and return temperature to HW coil. D. Pumps P-12 and F-13 (Heating Supply) P-14 and P-15 (Chilled Water), P-6, P-7 (Main Circulating Pumps} 1. Status 2. Supply and Return Temperatures in piping 3. ON/OF14 4. Alternating 5. Status E. Pumps P-8, P-9, P-10, P-11 Heat Pump Circulating Pumps 1. Status -Alarm if pump does not operate with boiler operation. 2. On/Off with boiler. 3. Supply & Return temperature in piping. 4. Status F. Exhaust Fans 1. On/Off time schedule. 2. Motorized damper at roof or wall - open/closed. G. Pump P-16, P-17 Dom. Recirc. 1. On/Off time schedule. 2. Status alarm -flow switch. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC} 15901-12 , City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ~ . Lighting {See 3.04) Exterior lighting I. Mixing Valve (MV-1) 1. Monitor mixed water temperature and alarm if discharge is above 115° F. 1. Unit Heaters - I~[ot Water 1, Fan controlled by T-star. Control valve controlled by outside temp. Open below 50° F. closed at 50° F. and above. ~. Unit Heater - C3as Fired M. ~~e~~~r ITttEt 1. T-statcontrolled. 1 I>isc~i~r~e uftcrt3~~ti~tur~, ~ .~~ b W1T2tET/Su€~~tpoint ~ _ .: ~~~ ~ ~~ 1_,. Sump Pumps P-l, P-2, P-3, P-4, P-5 1~~ tt`'~ ~_ aw ~d„~~. ~~~ r~:~ 1. Monitor alarm .~~~~ ~ ~~e ~`;~ ~ ~~ -~~~ ~' :~.OZ CONTROL OF EXHAUST FANS ' 'T~ A. All exhaust fans (PRV's) have motorized dampers, the damper shall open when the fan is >~~ and close when the fan is off. {.~13 CONTROL OF VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOXES The VAV boxes are series (constant fan) minimum stop, fan powered terminals, hot water heating coils. Provide valves and operators as required. Operators factory mounted. 1. The heating sequence shall be as follows: a. DDC controls shall sequence the normally open coil valve on the variable air volume box. b. When space temperature is at thermostat setting the coil valve shall modulate towards the open position and the air valve shall remain at its n>inimum setting. c. When space temperature rises above the thermostat setting, coil valve shall remain closed and the air valve shall modulate toward the open position. d. Coil valves shall be supplied by this contractor to the Mechanical Contractor for field installation. VAV boxes shall have controls factory installed. e. Fan runs at all times during occupied mode. f. In unoccupied mode valve to modulate and fan to operate to provide heating if room temp falls below set point. 2. Cooling: i a. DDC controls shall modulate the primary air from full open to minimum open. ~'''a~~l~~P~.ATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-13 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' .r~4 LIGHTING 1~, On/Off on program clock in response to outside lighting levels. Provide photocell. Provide all controllers and contactors as needed to control outside lights. 3.05 HOT WATER UNIT HEATER & CUH' S A. Activate/Deactivate fan in relation to temperature. 3.06 CONTROL OF EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS A. Toilet exhaust fans EF-6, EF-13, EF-7, to be controlled by EMS time schedule. B. EF-17, Police Garage exhaust to be activated by CO detectors. Activation of fan to open motorized dampers on intake and exhaust. C. EF-3 -Mechanical Room ventilation. On a call for cooling in the mechanical room, EF- 3 to be activated to draw in air. Open motorized intake and relief dampers at fan. D. EF-1~, EF-15, EF-3 activated by cooling T-stat. Open motorized dampers. E. EF-1 the gun range exhaust, will be interlocked with VAV Box L-3. A sensor will control VAV box to provide heating or cooling at minimum CFM when unoccupied. The VAV box will be 100% shut off and fan will be off. In unoccupied position if heating or cooling is needed, VAV box and EF-1 to go to 50% open-.and on: When space is occupied the VAV box goes full open and EF-1 is full on. Provide an occupied switch in the gun range near the entry door. ' t)F f°-,PPLICATiON SOFTWARE A. Application Software: Include the following: 1. InputlOutput capability from operator station. 2. Operator system access levels via software password. 3. Database creation and support. 4. Dynamic color graphic displays. 5. Alarm processing and dial out. 6. Event processing. 7. Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power. 8. Data collection. 9. Graphic development on workstation. Initial graphic development is the responsibility of the contractor. 10. Maintenance management. 11. Other software as required to integrate to other devices as specified. 3.08 INSTALLATION PRACTICES A. Wires are to be attached to the building proper at regular intervals such that wiring does not droop. Wires are not to be affixed to, or supported by pipes, conduit, etc. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-14 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Conunission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' B. Conduit, in finished areas, will be concealed in ceiling cavity spaces, plenums, furred ~~~aces and wall construction. ' __ . Conduit will be concealed in ceiling cavity spaces, plenums, furred spaces, and wall construction. Exposed conduit will run parallel to or at night angles to the building structure. ?.09 POWER W1RIl`1G AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Power Wining: Provide power wiring and circuit breakers to temperature control devices. Run circuits from spares in local panels. Coordinate with other trades. B. Install circuits located in concrete slabs, masonry walls, above inaccessible ceilings, or exposed areas, in electric conduit. C. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. I~. Run power and control cable zn separate raceway. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes". 2. Install building wire and cable according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables" in addition to the requirements noted below. 3. Install signal and communication cable according to Division 16 Section "ControUSignal Transmission Media". ~ = Install circuits located in concrete slabs, masonry walls, above inaccessible ceilings or exposed areas in raceway. F. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping aze exposed. G. Install exposed cable in raceway or cable tray. H. Install concealed cable in raceway. I. Bundle and harness multi-conductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. ` ^ I. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. ' K. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables. L. Wiring in air plenums shall have plenum rated sheathing or be installed in conduit. ~' 'l.'I3?~,, F,RATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-15 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 1. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers. 2. Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. 3. All discarded material must be cleaned up after work has been completed. 3.10 CONTROL CABLE A. Install circuits over 25-valt with color-coded No. 12 wire, minimum, in EMT. 13. Controller to controller and system level network communications link wiring must be 18 AWG. Twisted, shielded pair. Each conductor must be stranded tinned copper. The capacitance between the conductors must be 23 (-~/-2) picofarads per foot. C. Controller to controller and system level network communications link wiring shall be purple in color of identification purposes. D. Plenum rated cable is required for the entire installation. E. When _fastening cables to threaded rods or straps having sharp edges, a protective covering will separate the cables from the threaded rod or strap. F. Temperature control circuits handling 120AC, must camply with the NEC and local codes. G. All low voltage wiring will comply with NEC and local codes. H. Shielded cable is required for all input to controller terminations. I. Cable manufacturers and part numbers SHALL BE available upon request. 3.11 METHODS OF TERMINATION A. Use Spade lugs where required. E. Any multiple wires on a terminal must be "pigtailed" so only one wire is under the terminal screw. C. Splices must be accessible without the use of a lift. D. Wires can not be nicked at the point of insulation removal. E. Cables must be labeled at both ends {no string tags). F. Multi-conductor wiring must be neatly bundled using plastic cable ties. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-16 ' D City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 :, ~1, ADJUSTING AND CLEANING re-final inspection checkout: When Temperature Control Contractor has completed the installation and calibration of all control systems, a competent, fully qualified technical representative of the installing company, other than the persons who installed the job, shall conduct a complete checkout procedure for. all s}~stems. This inspection shall be thorough enough to insure proper operation of all control systems. :~.3 DOMESTIC HOT WATER TEMPERATURE A. Monitor hot water supply temperature to the building at common outlet pipe. 3.14 CONTROL OF AHU-1 & AHU-2 A. This is a variable volume supply unit with heating and cooling coils and mixing dampers. 1. Unit Control a. Unit operation shall be controlled by the EMS 7 day program clock. Supply and return fan by VFD. 2. Occupied-Heating a. Supply fan runs continuously. b. On fan start-up, outside air dampers remain closed until return air temperature reaches 70 degrees. VAV boxes to go full open. c. Then outside air damper opens to minimum position and remains at minimum unless atmospheric cooling is required. d. Cooling coil valve is closed. e. Heating coil valve shall modulate open as needed to maintain discharge air temperature when outside air damper is at minimum set point. Heating valve to be closed when outdoor air damper is above minimum set point. f. Discharge thermostat set at 60 degrees (variable) modulates the outside air damper and return air damper to maintain discharge temperature. Provide a mixed air low limit thermostat set at 45 degrees. Discharge thermostat setting shall be adjustable. g. Refer to VAV box control. 3. Occupied- Cooling a. Supply fan run continuously. b. Outside air damper opens to minimum position. c. Discharge thermostat modulates cooling valve with mixing dampers at minimum outside position to maintain discharge temperature. 4. Unoccupied-Heating Or Cooling a. Supply fans are off. b. Outside air dampers closed and return air dampers full open. `~:~i`~Il'ERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC} 15901-17 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 c. Cooling and heating valves closed. d. On a call for heating or cooling, unit to go to occupied mode. 5. Static Pressure Control a. A static pressure sensor, located in the supply trunk duct where indicated on the drawings, shall modulate the variable frequency drive the supply fan to maintain setting. Set initially at 0.8 inches W.C. 6. Safety Controls a. Provide a freeze stat set at 40 degrees in the coil outlet to stop the fan at temperatures below its setting. b. Provide smoke detectors at unit to stop the fans per code. c. Modulating Dampers: Outside air and return air dampers are furnished with the supply unit. d. Provided mixed air sensor. If sensor is above 45 degrees valve modulates for heating. At 45 degrees, or below, control bypass dampers to keep mixed air temperature at 40 degrees. 3.15 FAN COILS A. This is a constant supply unit with cooling coil and heating coil. 1. Unit Control a. Unit operation shall be controlled by the EMS 7 day program clock and sensor in room. 2. Occupied -Heating a. Supply fan runs continuously. b. Cooling unit is deactivated. c. Heating coil valve modulates as required. 3. Unoccupied -- Heating a. Supply fans are off. b. Heating valves are closed. c. On a call for heating unit goes to the occupied mode with fan cycled on and respective valve is cycled open to obtain set point. 3.16 VAV EOX 30 - IT ROOM A. VAV box to close when room is satisfied and modulate open as cooling is required. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-18 ' 0 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 UNIT AND STATUS REPORT ~. ~Init Status Report -For each AHU (AHU-1, AHU-2) the BAS shall provide an operating status summary of the following information to provide the operator with critical AHU operating data. ' :rte', Unit Status Report -For each lAHU, the BAS shall provide an operating status summary of the following information to provide the operator with critical rooftop operating data. 1. Unit type and size 2. Operating mode 3. Active cooling/heating mode 4. Active cooling/supply air setpoint 1 5. Active heating/supply air setpoint 6. Supply air temperature 7. Space temperature 8. Supply fan status 9. Exhaust fan status 10. Active space pressure ' 11. '~ 2. Active supply air pressure Heat stage on/off status i 3. Return air temperature 14. Return air relative humidity ' 15. Economizer status lv. Economizer position -percent 17. Minimum outdoor air CFM setpoint ' 18. Carbon Dioxide concentration -percent 9.. Outdoor air flow ~t~. Hydronic heat output 21. Supply fan percent modulation 22. Exhaust fan percent modulation C. Diagnostics -The BAS system shall be able to alarm from all sensed points from the diagnostic alarms sensed by the unit controller. Alarm limits shall be designated for all sensed points. 1. Individual AHU diagnostic and alarnn statuses shall include the following latching items for each unit: a. Emergency stop b. Supply fan failure c. Exhaust fan failure ' d. Freezestat Trip e. Manual supply air static pressure limit f. Compressor contactor fail (each circuit) ;~ 2. Individual AHU diagnostic and alarm statuses shall include the following non- latching items for each rooftop unit: ,~ ¢`p;IERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM DDC - ( ) 15901 19 :~~ .. City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 a. Zone temperature sensor failure b. Supply air temperature sensor failure c. Auxiliary temperature sensor failure d. Outdoor air temperature sensor failure e. Occupied zone cooI/heat setpoint failure f. Supply air pressure sensor failure g. Outdoor air humidity sensor failure h. Evaporator temperature sensor failure (each circuit) i. Condenser Temperature sensor failure (each circuit) j. Morning warm-up zone sensor fail k. Heat failure 1. Unoccupied zone cooUheat setpoint failure m. Return air temperature sensor failure n. Return air humidity sensor failure o. Unit communications loss p. Heat communications failure q. Night setback panel communications failure r. `Jentilation override mode communications loss s. Supply air temperature coollheat setpoint fail t. Dirty filter u. Night setback zone temperature sensor fail v. Supply air pressure failure w. Space static pressure setpoint failure x. Space pressure sensor failure y. Auto supply air static pressure limit 3.18 SEQUENCE OF GEOTHERMAL SYSTEM Pumps P1-P4 1. One pump for each loop field shall operate at a time. Alternating of the pumps shall be done manually. Mechanical shall furnish and install a flow switch for each loop field. Flow switches shall be wired by Division 16 to alarm upon loss of flow. Pumps shall run continuous whenever the field is required for heating or cooling. B. Pumps PS-P8 1. One pump for each circuit shall operate at a time. Alternating pumps shall be done manually. Pumps shall run continuously. C. Pumps P9-P11 1. Pumps shall run continuously. Mixing valves at each zone shall maintain space temperature. D, Pumps RP-1 1. Aqua stat control by Mechanical. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-20 0 't+:F~ T r~ 1}. ~~_.._' r- i Y" ~h 1 ~7~t+ J her br~.~.! ~ ;11~~-- i %J' 3~s~~J7 ~S~"~ ~ ~ I. 7 _ ~,' ~;-'11J \I" r j - ~ 1 ~~ 111t U ~ r1~1 I\1 - L J jr , - t i r _ l~, FJ~. E,~rC1.7 ,F'?=' i .:i~P4a ..~`)~,~~ ~l 7 =?;F ~- - ~ -.. _ ~ ~ ~ ~~ - o , - _ _. ~ _C __ , i i ,., ~~ ~', - - - -. - ~ - .. ~ _ _ .~~r._ _ ~~ a _ _ ~. - - t - ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~~~ ~ r ~ ~ + °~ 1 _ 38,1 i~~ '` ~~PI' 1 (s"~~f~ _ _ .°t.CJ~ ,~G~,'- - -- ~` ~.''~+' 1 _i'i 77Pv:~.STg'~2~~ ~35 r1 ~~$f,IJ~?~~=1 ~ti •:.z + !",.~ {~L'S1g.~2tlx.r+ ~~8 +:~xi~ttl~, ~'e2 ?~~Ti3f~d ~~ ?!~ a~`fe!r~~~e ~ .try i',, -~ far dPs~~~t~!G '~?~fL*~g feat 1~~~~ apra >,~ ~ i0,a'r~erna!e ~,~f~T Lam' ~ dt~Li2}3 rJt tiP51~~~1~Q:C`Ja1lEl~ }T ~ C , ~ ~iral~!' .4~'S~~ fA'$C'f~;l~G~~'~ ~ 4~I ~~i ;2j ~VZle?~ ;, 27!SOl lT° ~TPaf~g ~-r3 ' 7 -. 5 ., , ce~}2f3eXa~LICP` 1$~3e1~FU ~';~~~ ~. ~l° CPt~1l3f3r~~Ji ~ CiDryS ~'iQt f1S~T0 r ' se~JL9711T II 1 U II13Yi. ~r~T`+~~e -LAX' I~,~ ~2~5~3~"}~ vfi~11G~ ,~~~eY' c3F1~ fC3.3C1 vr~t~'~ ~ Lpr ~~i ~l~:~h(ic F __ - .. - - s'~ t~m;3era~zre rises aE~o~resP ~ou~t i~ ~~;=?j i~;.e~ne3~i~ne iloPs ~~s { _ - -1 - ~~~ rP~Cjfi S~'~.1? t?'`.itT .,r~I'~}~ t~~,,,J ~.EXL )`'P,~f ~ilFLt~.) fii~~7F'3G 1F7il~J ~ ~ -- Jff [i L .C"n 3c i ZS a ^ J,(: r~i. ~ -%!?",~ a- a' e ~i~ ~ ~ r'_1C r+r\~ _ ' 7 15~b1 -~D ra~~i~~ Y -k ~~ ~1.. _~ ` ~« =_g ~:. AiFr I: 7FT~il~ ('l` ISHAI ~I ~~.. '._ ~~ ~. ~'~~ , ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 _.. =-'amps RP-2 Pump runs continuously. Makeup Air Units ,_ MAU-1 MAU-1 shall be interlocked to operate whenever EF-12 are on. MAU-1 shall have a ~'~'----- manual override to allow operation when EF-12 ace off and shall be allowed to operate in ' 100% recirculation mode during winter. Unit discharge shall be controlled using a duct stat. All motor dampers be furnished and mounted by mechanical and wired by Division 16. - SF-1 SF-1 shall be interlocked to operate wherever EF-14 or EF-15 is on. If either EF-14 or EF- 15 is on the outside air damper for SF-1 shall be set to introduce 50% outside air. Whenever EF-14 and EF-15 are both on, the outside air damper for MAU-2 shall. be set t4 intre~duce 100% outside air. Unit discharge. shall be controlled using a duct stet, All control devices ' shall be furnished and mounted by mechanical and wired by Division 16. ~. Exhaust Fans ' EF1 EF6 EFI-EF6 shall be controlled by the gas detection and control system. A manual override ' shall be provided to allow operation of the fans during other periods. Fans shall be snterlocked with their associated louver motor damper. The motor damper shall have a proving switch to allow fan operation only after the damper has opened. All motor dampers and gas detection sensors and control panel shall be furnished and mounted by mechanical and wired by division 16. EF-7 Thermostat control by mechanical. EF-8 Wall switch control furnished and installed by Division 16. %I, Heat Pumps HPl through HP13 and HP19 Thermostat control by mechanical, END OF SECTION 15901 ~r~ a :..MPIRATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (DDC) 15901-21 3.20 EXHAUST FANS I. FF.-11, EI'-12 and E1=-17-Garages Shall be.controlled by-the gas detection and control.system. A Ti~attual. override shall be '~` ~ prctvidedta a.lioey operation: of the fans. driring•..pther periods. Fans shall be.:interlocked.: 4 ~'' with their., associated lquver motor damper:.`I:he niotor.daniper siiall have'aproviri ... ::.:..:., ~J .... . y fit Switch to;'alla.w fari operation only. after the damper }ras opened. ill rilotor_ dampers and ~`~~.: gas:detectioit sensors and corttrfll panel shaIf te..furirished aid inourited [iy,mecfi'anical. . . and .wired by. Section 15901. 2 . EF'-i~.- Gtri. Range .. ` ~, .. ... Provide.occupancy.sensor iii space:: When spacc:is occupied;"EE] to: ram}i tip:Vi'I2 ter full CFM:~.:VAV box L:=3 to:go.:to full open anci'opeii coil:valve:as reeju.ired~for"hea"ting. ..:Coil ,on. VAV .box•~to. aetivat(:.frrst: If ..not enough heaf; activate duct. }iot water coil va}ye'For. additional heatiiag. ~.When..gccupancysensor shows no iictiv.ity;ahe VAV.biix to go to: 1250, and=valve.on [iox coil to open: as tteeded::to supply }neat., Exharist 7"an VFD: to go to.`1 "350 CFM::: 3.. EF-3 Exhaust for Ivleclianica112oarn 022;;..: . Controlted.li}c~ca~lirig;staf.: ~lctivafe;on a call for:a)oling.. ... ~., ., . EF S;:.EE=7•~EF=1O;:EF-20;.EF=22: Controlled by EIvIS timeachedule. Set Izp for 24•hour:ope~attan: . 5: ,' EI'-9 Fitness, - Provide occupancy'sensor in morn. I f sensor is activated •)/MS~ to ~ . oper<Ite faii:T'an to continue for l5 minutes afterroon~ rs llnOGCtlpled: G : > ;` EF-I ~1;,EF .! 5 Elevator equrPment room :. -• • Provide a coolrnbatat to activate fan wtieii temp is.Gelow setparnt 3.2! HP-1 THRU..I-IP=S . l .. I'loiv from P-6.antl~ P-.7 is".continuous tliru heat pumps aiict locip .. `... ,: . -... field::::.'.., .. 2. I-IP~Z;: H1'-3; HI'=4. and Fif'-5. to })ave 2 posititin valves for ci;hcr :.. !)eating or'cooling flow. If'I-IP is cc,oling, flow to be fi•otn'cooling pirnips I'-8.or P-9 to flow t}iru III'..If cooling is riot regtrirecl, flow will lie tFiti) the crossover pipe lo. the a- way: valve and back. to the chilled water storage tank. Dumps P:S (or T'-9); :will stop when there. is Iro call for cooling to the A.IfU':s. 3. Il' I=IP is }ieating. it will be similar to above except pumps 1'-I t <uul P-lU will pump thru heat pumps and hack to storage tank. [Intil heating is not recluii•ed. ~l. 3-way control valve on HI'-1 to allow flow (11011 system (hcatinf; or COOlitig) if ilierc; 1~ iltl Coil f0J'!ie£3tlrl~; i~r i.oi)ltil;~. 3.22 !-IEA'1' PUMPS ~.. III'=5 'hhermostat (sensor} control by EMS. ;.23 WA"I'ER SHtJT'OFI' SOI..I;NOII.) VAI,VI A. Provide. eurergency slurtof~f switch in room 111 frn~ solenoid vah-es in room 143 to shutoff water to cells. One switch for boih valves. Solenord valve by plumbin~~ contractor, whin;; an(1 switch by this contractor. 3.24 SERVER ROOM A, Upon actiyafiori of the Novel Pire Protection System fir Room OI8, sltutclown VAV L-2 and close rnotorizecl damper in Room QI7 on return. ri ~~ r ~I City of Colombia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~ e:E"'_.'iOh? 15920 ' GAS MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL. ' 1.01 wORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, equipmnt and material necessary for the wiring and mechanical ' equipment and caurtrol$ as described herein and indicated on the' drawings. B. All control devices and all control wiring required far the proper operation of all ' mechanical equipment shall be furnished and installed complete by this contractor. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 150766 -Radiant Heaters. B. Refer to Section 15801- Air Handling. Systems. C. Refer to Section 15910 - Blectronic T Control S stem elnpeTature y ' 1.03 scoPE A. work under this section of the specificati©ns shall include the fiunishinig and installation ' of a complete gas monitoring and control system including all related accessories. This section to be the responsibility of Div. 15901 Temperature Control. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittal data for the following materials and equipment in accordance with the ~' requirements of Section 15010 -Mechanical General Provisions. 1. Gas monitoring and control system. 2. All related devices ' PART 2 -PRODUCT SECIFICATIONS 2.01 CARBON MONOXIDE (CO) SENSOR~l'RANSNllTTER A. The cazbon monoxide sensorftransmitter shall provide monitoring of the carbon monoxide levels and control the ventilation system via the control panel in accordance with all applicable codes and standards. B. The sensors shall be electrochemical type. Thesensor/transmitter shall have plug-in technology for ease of troubleshooting and replacement of both the element and the printed circuit board. Solid-state sensing devices shall not be acceptable. a_~ G:'~S MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM 15920-1 r i ~. City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. The sensor range shall be 0-250 ppm carbon monoxide. A microprocessor-based transmitter shall generate a proportional 4 20 mA output signal. The wiring between the transmitter and the control panel shall be a 2-wire, twisted and shielded, 420 mA, 17-28 VDC configuration. Each sensodtransmitte~ shall cover between 5,000 and 6,000 square feet of the garage floor and placement shall be applied strategically and appropriately per floor plan requirement. D. The sensor shall have stability and resolution of plus or minus OS PPM of reeding, repeatability of plus or minus 29b of reading, and response time of ~0 seconds to a 9096 step change. The long-tenor output drift shall nut exceed more thsa 0.496 of signal loss per month. The~pexnnissible ambient working temp~a2ure.shall be ~14°F to 104° (20°C to 40°C) ~d peamiss~le ambient humidity shall be 15 to 9596 RHO non-condensing. The sensor shall require no routine maintenance other than periodic cab`bration. Its life expectancy shall be 5 years of normal service. The manufer shalt provide a two 2- yearwarranty for materials and workmanship, and a 12-month warranty on the tensing element under normal cxposure. E. The sensor/transmitter printed circuit board shall have the capability of adding up to (2) alarm relays with individual set points far local ~ntrol or status indication. F. The sensor/transmitter shall be RFUEMI pmtecteci and contained in a NEiVlAi 1 metal enclosure to prevent vandalism. The enclosure forthe sensor/transmittershull be installed on walls or columns approximately 5 feet above the floor. G. The sensor/aansmittershull be CB compliant and TJL 2075 performance tested. H. The output signal from the sensorltransmitter shall be a direct input tb the control panel. All sequences of fan and alarm control, including time delay functions to prevent hunting of ventilation fans shall be a part of the control panel. If the level of Carbon Monoxide reaches 50PPM in the area of detection, the low alarm shall activate and the exhaust fans will be started. If the level of Co increases to 100 PPM, the high alarm shall activate. J. The contractor shall supply the PolyGardR Series At-1110 Co sensor/trausmitter, distributed by INTEL Controls, Inc.; phone (858) 578 7887; fax (858) 578-4633. 2.02 SUPPLIBR A. The contractor shall supply the MGC-Series control panel and all associated gas transmitters, distributed by INTEL Controls, Inc.; phone (858) 578-7887; fax (858) 578- 4633. Critical Environment Technologies, Brash, Acme are equals. 2.03 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall provide a two 2-year warranty for materials and workmanship, and a 12-month Warranty on the sensing element under normal exposure. GAS MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM ~ 15920-2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ~= .' M 8c E Engineering, Ina Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~~'ART 3 -EXECUTION ~,.E.,'. INSPECTION ' A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which gas monitoring and control system shall be installed. Related items shall be examined as well. 3.02 CONTROL SEQUBNCE A. The controller shall operate according to the specifications recommended by the ' manufacturer. The operation shall be as follows: 1. The controller shall be calibrated to the desired set points before operation. 2. The cout<+oller shall continuously detect the surrounding air far any traces of the gas detected. 3. When the fast set point is reached, the sensor shall activate the low alarm on the controller and the corresponding devices, such as the exhaust fans, dampers, etc. 4. If the gas level continues to increase to the second setpoint, tyre high alarm shall activate with the corresponding devices, such astheaudio/visual alarm, etc. ' 5. The sensor shall continue to trace the specified gas and will not disable the alarm until the gas level is dro ed a si nificant perceirta e below the alarm set- oints pp g g p . 3.03 TRAIlVING ' ` ' ~ : A minimum of one hour of on-site product training is required. ' 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS !~. 'The operation and maintenance manuals shall contain all information necessary for the ' operation, maintenance, replacement, installation, and parts procurement for the entire gas detection system. This documentation shall include specific part numbers. ' 3.05 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION A. Following project completion and testing, the contractor will submit as built drawings reflecting the exact installation of the system. ' 3.06 CALIBRATION t A. Calibration shall not be necessary to verify system operation. The user shall verify signal transmission from the sensor to the control panel by applying the appropriate test gas to the corresponding sensor. The calibration kit can be used for system verification or ' sensor calibration when required. One calibration kit shall be provided by the contractor. , It may be purchased from 1NTEC Controls, Inc; phone (858) 578-7887; fax (858) 578- 4633. This kit to become the property of the owner. END OF SECTION ] 5920 C ~'~ S A~IONTTORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM 15920-3 1 1 1 r I City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Iieigltts, MN M dt E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~ FG'TTQN 15950 . ' ELECTRICAL WII2ING PART 1-GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ' A. Fun~ish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the wiring. of mechanical equipment and controls as described herein and indicated on the drawings. B. All control devices and all Fontrol wiring required for the propex operation of ail .~ mechanical equipment shall be furnished and installed complete by this contractor. 1.02 RELATED woRx A. Refer to Section 15010 - General Provisions. :.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The system is control (and power) wiring for mechanical equipment furnished under the ' mechanical contract and, where specified, for other mechanical equipment fin;nished under the general or other separate contract. PART 2 -PRODUCTS •~ °' : ELECTRICAL SYSTEM VOLTAGBS ' A Refer to the drawings for information on electrical system voltage and phase. 2.02 CONNECTIONS ' A. The Electrical Contractor will furnish disconnects and starters for all motors, unless otherwise indicated. ~' B. The Electrical Contractor will mount the disconnects and starters and will wire through the disconnect, through the starter, and make connections to motors unless mounted and wired as part of package equipment. 2.03 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Motor lubricating fittings shall be extended to an easily accessible location for field servicing. Minimum service for all motors shall be 1.15. Motors shall bear the stamp of approval of the underwriters laboratory and shall conform to applicable NEMA standards. Motors shall be furnished complete with cast iron adjustable slide rails except direct connected motors. . -,~.,,rr,r~, VGIl?L'~(G 15950-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B. Single phase motors shall be capacitor start capacitor run type, drip proof. Three phase motors shall be general pwrpose, squirrel cage induction type unless otherwise indicated. 2.04 VOLTAGE A. Unless otherwise indicated, motors smaller than 1/L horsepower shall be single phase and motors 112 hp and larger shall be three phase. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Wiring work performed by this contractor shall conform to the requirements of division 16 -electrical specifications, and the national electrical code (NEC}. 3.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Electric motors shall be manufactured by General Electric, Westinghcause, Louis Allis, Wagner, Allis Chalmers, or approved equal. Motors 3 hp end larger shall be manufacturers high efficiency models. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with the General and Electrical Contractors to identify requirements for, and plea installation of, conduit required for control wiring. 3.04 INSTALLATION installation of control wiring and connections to equipment shall be made in accordance with the control wiring drawings prepared for the project and furnished with the equipment items. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Work shall be accomplished by licensed electrician experienced in the types of systems represented on the project. Proper function of all controls and correct response of equipment to control signals shall be verified prior to occupancy or system balancing. END OF SECTION 15950 ELECTRICAL WIRING 15950-2 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Comnnission #07308 October 30, 2008 ._ ~~'"'~{;?;~F 15975 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all Labor and equipment necessary for the testing, adjusting and balancing of the plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems. B. It is the intent of this specification that one AABC ar NEBB test and balance agency be responsible for the total system balance. C. The work includes balancing of the air and water distn'bution, adjustn~eent of the total system to provide design quantities, electrical measurement, verification of performance of all equipment and automatic controls, and recording and reporting results. '. 02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 15010 -General Provisions. B . Refer to Section 15050 -Basic Materials and Methods. C. Refer to Section 15801- Air Handling System ~~ ~ . defer to Sectioa 15840 -Air Distribution System. E. Refer to Section 15900 -Temperature Control System. F. Refer to Section 15950 -Electrical Wiring. 1.03 CODES State plumbing code State building code 1.04 STANDARDS A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). PART 2 -PRODUCTS N/A .--~•'"'.'~, At'JLTS'r';TIG AND BALANCING 15975-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR A1R AND HYDRONIC SYSTEM BALANCING A. This contractor shall not begin balancing until the systems have been started ug, and all dampers, terminal devices, automatic temperature ccntrol systems are located and operating properly. B. Clean air filters, when specified, shall be installed prior to system air balance. 3.02 PREPARATION FOR HYDRONIC SYSTE1Vi BALANCING A. This contractor shall not begin balancing until the systems are cleaned, filled, all valves open, strainers clew, control valves piped properly, coil fins clean, autiomatic temperature control system in operation and all necessary balancing devices are in place and located properly. Locking devices on balancinig valves shall be locked in place by this contractor. B. Measure nwtor voltage, amperage draw, rotation, etc., and connect and report any overloads. C. Verify all outlets, terminal devices, etc. with design requirements and report variations before starting balancing. D. At completion of balancing, at least one breach balancing valve or damper shall be fully open. E. The final position of each balancing valve shall be clearly marked. Any memory device shall be set to permit closing and reopening to its balanced setting. F. Verify that automatic control valves are properly installed and that the controllers operate the correct control valves, dampers, devices, etc. 3.03 BALANCING SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST, AND TRANSFER AIR FANS A. Fans shall be set at the rpm to provide design total CFM at the required static pressure to operate the system. B. Fan speed shall not exceed the maximum allowable as established by the fan manufacturer. Final setting shall not result in overloading the fan motor in any mode of operation. Motor amperage draw shall be measured in full cooling, heating and economizer modes, and dampers modulated to ensure that no motor overload occurs. C. Final RPM shall be set to supply the required cfm with filters artificially restricted to simulate 50 percent loading, wet cooling coil resistance and the mixed air damper in a minimum outside air position. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15975-2 City of Coh~mbia Heights Public Safely Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. During system balancing, the following preliminary and final data shall be recorded: unit number, manufacturers nameplate data, motor manufacturer, moor nameplate data, fan rpm, motor rpm, voltage, amperage draw, entering and leaving static pressure. ' E Ad . just drives as required. Provide and install new drives, pulleys, bens, etc. ~; 3.04 BALANCING OUTLETS A. The systems shall be balanced so that the total air supply.gtrantity to eaela space-shall be within -5 percent to +10 percent of the design amount. When there are two outlets within the space, each outlet shall.be-within 10-gePeent of desig4. ;' 3.05 B.ALA.NCING OF SINGLE ZONE AIR SUP.PL•Y SYSTEMS A. Supply and return system and outlets shall be balanced. ' B. In addition to supply fan, return fan, exhaust fans and outlets, static pressures shall be taken at such points so to ne~ air• filter•p~essute.~rpg, heating and.cooling-coil pressure drops and fan differential pressure. ' :x.ub $ALANCING OF VARiAAT.R AIR VOLUME SYSTEMS ' A.. Single.duct variable primary-variable secondary pressure independent systems with . ~ terminal heating shall be balanced by placing the system thermostats for full cooling or heating as required to satisfy the design diversity factor, if requited. With the proper :' diversity established, the supply fan static pressure sensor shall be adjusted to provide adequate (but not excessive) static pressure to supply the most difficult zone. b. Balance all fans and outlets. ~' 3.07 CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE AIR LEAKAGE A. Air leakage from duct systems, at joint, connections to outlets, etc., shall meet the standards for quality construction. Leakage, particularly from supply systems has a serious effect on efficiency. Report any problems that require connective measures. 3.08 BALANCING OF PUMPS A. Pump capacities shall be set at the GPM to provide the design total heating or cooling capacity at the required pressure drop to operate the system. Control valves shall be full open to the terminal heating or cooling unit. ,' B. Motor amperage draw shall be checked in all modes of operation, full capaaty, partial system capacity and minimum capacity, multiple and single pump operation. ~.. C. During system balancing, the following data shall be recorded: Unit number, motor ~' nam late data, volts e, am draw suction and disch ep g perage arge pressure. Y "'.fI'~G, ADJUSTIIVG AND BALANCING 15975-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia HeightsFMN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3.09 BALANCING OF HYDRONIC TERMINAL UNITS WITH FLOW INDICATORS A. Balance the water flow rates at the tenminal•units within 10 percent of design capacity. B. Rent or purchase the necessary balancing meters and equipment to set the flow rates. C. Lock the memory devices on the balancing valves and mark the balanced point ~as required. 3.I0 FIELD QUALITY C0~ITROL A. The testing and balancing shall be~performed in accordance with-indnstry standards. B. Instruments used must be propeiiy calibrated prior-to balararing. Where possible, airflow measurements shall be determined by pilot tube traverse. 3.11 TESTING AND BALANCING RBPORT • A. Submit two (2) copies -of the complete• test and bare report to the Engineer for review. B. Reports shall include, but not be limited to, information clearly identifying site and ambient conditions, all egetipment-nameplate data, design data, initial and final~balance data, and all outlet initial and final conditions. STD OF SECTION 15975 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING - 15975-4 1 c~yy afCa~b~ Heights Pubua Safety Cuter Colwnbis Heights, MN M & E End, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 34, 200'8 TABLE bR OONTENTS DII~ISI4N D6 • 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL, NIATEWALS AND MEPHODS • lbl?A COI~TDU~I'OR5 AND CAB1.E5 • 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES • 161~I0 WlltING DEVICES • 16193 ELECTRICAI. iDENT1FICATHDN • 16425 - ls~s~ clrovrrDn~a • 16461 DR~f--TYPE TRANSFDRME3iS (1000 V AND irESS) • 1b470 PANBL®OARDS • 16475 Y+'tJSF.S • 16476 DI$t~3NNEC'I' SAS r 16478 TRANSIBNT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION • 1648! MOTOR CONTROLLERS . a 16495 TRANSFER SWCIY.trFS • 165D(F LIGFrI'1NC,~r • 16621 PACKAt1ED ENGINE GENERATORS 16740 VO1CE AND DATA DISTRIDUTION SYSTF.MI 16800 SYST111b1S iti915 LIGHTII!TG CONTROL EQUIPMENT I FIEREBY CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAN, SPECIFICATION OR REPORT WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER 1V[Y DIRECT SUPERVISION AND TfIAT Y AM A DULY LICENSED PROFI;.SSIONAL ENC#INEER UNDER THE LAWS QF THE STATE QF MINNESOTA. . e. i _. DAVID W. TE TABLB OF CONTENTS REGISTRATION NUMBER ' Ci of Columbia Hei is Public Saf Center tY ~ ~3' Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Bngineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 •' ':°' ;~~ i'~?l~ 16050 ' BASK f~.R.['TRT~, MATFRTAT c AND METHODS PART1-GENERAL ' ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General anc~ Supplementary Conditions and Division l Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUIVIIVIARY A. This Section includes the following electrical r~terials and methods: l . Supporting devices for electrical components. 2. Concrete equipment bases. 3. Cutting and.patching for electrical c~nstructign. ' 4. Touchup painting. 5. Meter sockets. ' 1..03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation. ' ?"t . Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and :abeled. 1. The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the National Electricat Code, Article 100. ~' 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING ' A. Coordinate electrical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for electrical installations. ~, C. Coordinate installvn wired su rtin devices and set else es ' - B req pPo g v m poured in place • concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and ui ment for ~l P efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring, positioning `' prior to closing in the building. ~' ?iASIr` ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Ina Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 E. Coordinate connecting electrical service to components furnished under other Sections. F. Coordinate connecting electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. G. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where electrical items requiring access are concealed by finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Channel and angle support systems, hangers, anchors, sleeves, brackets, fabricated items, and fasteners are designed to provide secure support from the building structure for electrical cor~onents. 1. Material: Steel, except as otherwise indicated, protected from corrosion with zinc coating or with ireahnent of-equivalent corrosion resistance using approved alternative finish or inherent material characteristics. 2. Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel, except as otherwise indicated. B. Steel channel supports have 9/16-inch (14-mm) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches (203 mm) o.c., in at least 1 surface. 1. Fittings and accessories mate and match with channels and are from the same manufacturer. C. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, . threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets,.and spring steel clamps or "click"- type hangers. D. Sheet Metal Sleeves: 0.0276-inch (0.7-mm) or heavier galvanized sheet steel, round tube, closed with welded longitudinal joint. E. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. F. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonamnored electrical cables in riser conduits. Plugs have number and size of conductorgripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Body constructed of malleable iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish. G. Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type. H. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERiAT ~ AND METHODS 16050 - 2 i 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Comrmssion # 07308 October 30, 2008 .. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel. 7 A2 CONCRETE EQUIPMF~IT BASES A. Forms and Reinforcing Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast in Place B. Concrete: 3000-psi (20.7-MPa.}, 28-day compressive strength ~as specified in Division 3 Secticn "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 2.03 METER SOCKETS A. Meter sockets comply with serving utility company requirements. 2.04 TOUCHUP PATNT A. Far Equipment: Provided by equipmoent manufacturer and.selected to match equipment finish. J~. Far Nonequipment Surfaces: Matching type and solar of undamaged,. existing adjacent finish. For Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. 2.05 EXTRA EQ[JIPMENf AND MATERIALS i. Contractor to provide (furnish and install) the following to be used as directed during construction; 1. (10) Type ~I li f fixture 2. (5) Type E light fixture 3. Duplex receptacles A~ ~3 ~i ~a5~0~ 4l~d~ Combination voice/data outlets {~,d, ~ ~ 1 ~a5 ~o~ 5. (5} Smoke detectors 6. (4) Duct smoke detectors 7. (4) Fire smoke damper connections 8. 500 feet of Fz"C with 4#10 and 1#10 ground 9. 500 feet of ~/a"C with 4#8 and 1#8 ground 10. (2) Four pole lighting contactors for lighting control 11. 100 feet of 4" C, direct buried outside the building 12. (10) SHP motar connections with starters and disconnects A AST(' FL,ECTRI(',AL MATERIAI..S AND METHODS 16050 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.41 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQLIIltEMENTS A. Install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom where mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated. B. Install items level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, except where otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. D. Give right of way to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.02 ~ FCTRI('AL SUPPORTING METHODS A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system components. B. Dry Locations: Steel materials. C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click type clamp system D. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selecting supports. r Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry all present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least 4; 200-1b- (90-kg-) minimum design load. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Connect outlets and components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening requirements specified in UL 486A. B. Install devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. C. Raceway Supports: Comply with NFPA 70 and the following requirements: 1. Conform to manufacturers recommendations for selecting and installing supports. BAS1C' rLECTRICAL MATF?RTAT S ,~D METHODS 16050 - 4 ' City of Columbia Hei Public Safe Center 8~ tY Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers aQd riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U bolts, clamps, attachments, and.other hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits. 3. ~ Support parallel runs of horizontal raceway$ together on txap~.e- or bracket-type hangers. 4. Spare Capacity: Size support8 fOr multiple conduits so capacity Can be liLCreSSed ' by a 25 percent minimum in the future. ' 5. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable iron pipe hangers or clarups. 6. Hanger Rods: 1/flinch (6-mm) diameter or larger threaded steel, except as 1 otherwise indicated. 7. Spring Steel Fasteners: Specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing. May be used in lieu of malleable iron hangars far 1-1~Z-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above .suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to channel and slotted angle ~• 8. In vertical runs, arraege support so the load produced by the weighR.of the raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports, ' with no weight load on raceway terminals. .;3. Vertical Conductor Supports: Install simultaneously with conductors. ' E. Miscellaneous Supports: Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, juncxion boxes, transformers, and other devices except where components are moupted directly to structural features of adequate strength. ~~ 1z open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded to raceways need not be separately ' supported, except where used for fixture support; support sheet metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used, attach the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and~support the raceway with an approved 1 fastener not more than 2r4 inches (610 mm) from the box. G. Sleeves: Install for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls, except where core-drilled holes are used. Install for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum wa1Ls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls. li. Firestopping: Apply to cable and raceway penetrations offire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Perform firestopping as specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping" to reestablish the original fire-resistance rating of the assembly at the penetration. I. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, securely fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware to the building structure. Perform fastening according to the following: 1 ~ ~ Sl~~ FI.ECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood; toggle bolts on hollow masonry units; concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry; and by machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel. 2. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of expansion bolts, noachine screws, or wood screws. 3. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs,-not for conduits, pipe straps, or any other items. 4. In partitions of light steel construction use sheet-metal screws. 5. Drill holes in concrete beams so holes more than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) deep do not cut main reinforcing~bars. 6. Drill holes in concrete so holes more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) deep do not cut main reinforcing bars. 7. Fill and seal holes drilled in concrete and not used. 8. Select fasteners so the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of theproof-test load. J. Install concrete pads and bases according to requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast in- Place Concrete." K. Install utility-metering equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide grounding and empty conduits as required by company. 3.04 CUTTING AND PATC~IIIJG A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of the trades involved. B. Repair disturbed surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. 3.05 TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. B. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of sucxessive coats. END OF SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 6 r '1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Bngineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 :~:~r:'"'°rt)N 16120 CONDUCTORS AND 'CABLES ti y 1 1 y PART 1- GEN~?R AT . 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings. and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Sapplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes banding wires and cables and.associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ~.. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: In addition to requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Control," testing agency, or compny., shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907; or shall be a fill-member Company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association. 1. Testing Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNatianal Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies, to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide wires and cables specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver wires and cables according to NEMA WC 26. 1.06 COORDINATION ~nr7F?L~C:TORS AND CABLES 16120 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Height, ~ M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Comirrission #0730$ October 30, 2008 A. Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations. B. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated, as required to suit field conditions and as approved by Architect. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 M,ANUFACl'IJRERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Wires and Cables: a. American Insulated Wire Corp.; Leviton Manufacturing .Co. b. BICC Brand Rex Company. c. Carol Cable Co., Inc. d. Senator Wire ~ Cable Company. e. Southwire Connpany. 2. Connectors for Wires and Cables: a. AMT Incorporated. b. General Signal; O-Z/Gedney Unit. c. Monogram Co.; AFC. d. Square D Co.; Atwdersan. e. 3M Company; Electrical Products Division. f. Ideal Industries. 2.02 BUILDING WIItES AND CABLES A. UL-listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction, and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article. B. Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 3. C. Thermoplastic L~sulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5. D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7. E. Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 8. F. Conductor Material: Copper. G. Stranding: Solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for larger than No.10 AWG. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 - 2 1 ' ':.€ ~:; CONNECTORS AND SPLICES City of Columbia. Heights Public Safety Center Colombia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. UL-listed, factory fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, nnaterial, type, ' and class for application and service indicated. Comply with Project's installation requirements and as specified in Part 3 "Wire and In~lation Applications" Article. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 FXA~ATION A. Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with ' requirements for installatia~n tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of wires and cables. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been con~ected. ' 3.02 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A. Service Entrance: Type RHW or THWN, in raceway. ' ~ F d T 1TII~1~T/I'HWN i : . ee ers: ype , n raceway. C. Branch Circuits: Type THHN/I'HWN, in raceway. D. Fire Alarm Circuits: Type THHNrI'HWN, in raceway. ' F. class 1 Control Circuits: Type TI~1NrTIiWN, in raceway. ~; F. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type TIiHN/ THWN, in raceway. 3.03 INSTALLATION ,' A. Install wires and cables as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and NECA's "Standard of Installation." B. Pull Conductors: Usemanufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. °' C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. " D. Support cables according to Division 16 Section Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." ' E. Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements according to Division 7 Section . "Firestopping." i' F ~'~~NDUC'TORS AND CABLES 16120 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Colombia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 F. Identify wires and cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. Condnctor Splices: Keep to minimum. B. Install splices and tapes that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation rafings than conductors being spliced. C. Use splice and tap connectors compatible with conductor materiel. D. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 iwches (300 mm) of slack. E. Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. F. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to mannfacttuer's published torque-tightening values. If manufactarer's toque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Personal: Engage qualified testing personal to perform field quality~ontrol testing. B. Testing: On installation of wires and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Correct malfunctioning conductors and cables at Project site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest. END OF SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16120 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 .`ti Fi.TiON 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1- GBNF.R AT 1.01 RELATED DOCUNIEN'fS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, inchuling General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. I.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1. Raceways include the following: a. RMC. b. ]MC. c. PVC externally coated, rigid steel conduits. d. PVC externally coated, IlViC. e. EMT. f. FMC. g. LFMC. h. LFNC. i. RNC. j. Wireways. k. Surface raceways. 2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following: a. Device boxes. b. Floor boxes. c. Outlet boxes. d. Pull and junction boxes. e. Cabinets and hinged-cover enclosures. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Firestopping." 2. Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for raceways and box supports. 3. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor-box service fittings. R A(.'Ft~1AYS AND BOXES 16130 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 1.03 DEFIIVTTIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. C. IlVIC: Intermediate metal conduit. D. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. E. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. F. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. G. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: Include layout drawings showing components and wiring for nonstandard boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 1.~3:i QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide raceways and boxes specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. B. Comply with NECA's "Standard of Installation." C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction elements to ensure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: RACEWAYS AND BOXES ~ 16130 - 2 1 1 1. Metal Conduit and Tubing: City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M Bt E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 a. Alflex Corp. b. Anamet, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. c. Anixter Brotb~ers, Inc. d. Carol Cable Co., Inc. e. Flexcon, Inc.; Coleman Cable Systems, Inc. f. Grinnell Co.; Allied Tube and Conduit Div. g. Monogr~on Co.; AFC. h. Spireduct, Inc. i. Triangle PVV~C, inc. ;. Wheatland Tube Co. 2. Nonmetallic Conduit: a. Arnco Carp. b. Breeze-Illinois, Inc. c. Centex Industries; FIarsco Corp. d. Certainteed Coip.; Pipe & Plastics Group. e. Condux International; Electrical Products. f. George-Ingraham Corp. g. Lamson ~ Sessions; Callon Electrical Products. h. RAG Sloan Manufacturing Co., Inc. i. Thomas 8t Betts Corp. 3. Conduit Bodies and Fittings: a. American Electric; Construction Materials Group. b. Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries. c. Emerson Electric Co.; Appleton Electric Co. d. Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. e. Lamson ~ Sessions; Callon Electrical Products. f. O 7JGedney; Unit of General Signal. g. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM. h. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. 4. .Metal Wireways: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Keystone/Rees, Inc. c. Square D Co. 5. Surface Metal Raceways: a. Airey-Thompson Co., Inc.; A-T Power Systems. b. American Electric; Construction Materials Group. c. Butler Manufacturing Co.; Walker Division. ~ ~ ~~AYS AND BOXES 16130 - 3 :., City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 d. Wiremold Co. (The); Electrical Sales Division. 6. Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: a. b. c. d. e. f. g• h. i. j• k. 1. m. n. o. P• American Electric; FL Industries. Butler Manufacturing Co.; Walkel Division. Crouse•.Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries. Electric Panelboard Co., Inc. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. Hoffinan Engineering Co.; Federal Hallman, Inc. Hubbell Inc.; Killark Electric Manufaeturing Co. Hubbell Inc.; Raco, Iuc. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. O-7JGedney; Unit of General Signal. Parker Electrical Manufacturing Co. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Electricai Division. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. Thomas ~ Betls Corp. Woodhead,.Indu$4ries, Iuc.; Daniel Woodhead Co. 'Z.02 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5. C. LMC: ANSI C80.6. D. Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. E. Plastic-Coated IMC and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. F. EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3. Steel compression type fittings. G. FMC: Zinc-coated steel. H. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. I. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit/tubing materials. 2.03 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC. B. RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduit/tubing type and material. RAC3;VVAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 ,~ City of Columbia Height$ Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. LFNC: UL 1660. '.~:~~ METAL WIREWAYS A. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated. B. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps,.and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. C. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with NFPA 70. D. Wireway covers: Screw-cover type. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.05 SURFACE RACEWAYS .~s . Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's standard prime coating. ' 1i. Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and squired for each application, with fittings that match and mate with raceways. 2.06 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES . , aheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1. B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast box with gasketed cover. 2.07 FLOOR BOXES A. Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular. 2.08 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Small Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1. B. Cast-Metal Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. 2.09 ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS T'!` ~~i ~YS AI~T[) BOXES 16130 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Hinged over Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. B. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable ipteriQr panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboands. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage, and include accessory feet where required for freestanding egnipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMIl~TATION A. Examine surfaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for connpliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting geFformance of raceway installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corxected. 3.02 WIItING METHODS A. Outdoors: Use the following wiring methods: 1. Exposed: Rigid steel or 1MC. 2. Concealed: Rigid. steel or 1MC. 3: Underground, Single Run: RNC with PVC coated rigid steel elbows, bends, and when passing through concrete slab on grade. 4. Underground, Grouped: RNC with PVC coated rigid steel elbows, bends, and when passing through concrete slab on grade. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4. B. Indoors: Use the following wiring methods: 1. Exposed: EMT. 2. Concealed: EMT. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, orMotor-Driven Equipment): FMC; except in wet or damp locations, use LFMC. 4. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows: a. Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel. RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 6 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' 6. Under concrete slab on grade: RNC with PVC coated rigid steel elbows, bends, and when passing through concrete slab on grade. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to ' manufacturer's written instructions. B. Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch trade size. (D1N16). ' C. Conceal conduit and EMT, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls,.ceilings, and floors. ' D. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam Piping. ' E. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Provide adequate headroom. F. Complete raceway. installation before starting cand4ictor ~gstallation. ' " G. Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section Basic Electrical Materials and Methods:' 1 ... Use temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. ' L Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion of bends is not visible above the finished slab. ' 3. Use PVC coated rigid steel when passing through ca®cxete slab on grade. K. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs~of bends in the same plane and ' straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. L. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. For intermediate steel conduit, use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise ' indicated. M. Run concealed raceways, with a minimum of bends, in the shortest practical distance ' considering the type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. ' N. Do not install raceways embedded in concrete slabs. O. Install exposed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members, and follow the surface contqurs as much as practical. l . Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where practical. ~' *;A~*'~u~ ~~YS AND BOXES 16130 - 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia I3eigh1s,1V~1 M 8t B Bngineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends parallel. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways. P. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purp~e and make joints tight. 1. Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections subject to vibratian. Use banding jumpers where joints•cannot be made tight. 2. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors. Q. Tighten threadless fittings with suitable tools. R. Tenminatians: Where raceways are terminated with lockouts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install~loclrnuts with dished part•against the box. Where terminations are not secure with l loclmut, use 2 lockouts: 1 inside and 1 outside the box. S. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into the hub so the end bears against the wire~pmtect~on shoulder. Where chase cripples are used, align raceways so the coupling is square to the box and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed. T. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 1~4 AWGzioc-coated steel or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b (90-kg,J tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of the pull wire. U. Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade~Size (DN53) and Smaller: In additian to the above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. V. Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufactnrei's written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locatians and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as the boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. W. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connectian to freestanding equipment using PVC coated rigid steel raceway. Install with an adjustable RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 - 8 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with the finished floor. Extend onductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches (150 mm) above the floor. Install screwdriver-operated, tlueaded flush plugs flush with floor for ' future equipment connections. X. Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 6 feet (1$30 mm) of flexibie conduit far ~ recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise , transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use lignidtight flexible conduit in wet or damp locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. ' Y. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings=approved far use with that material. Patch all rocks and scrapes in FVC coating after installing conduits. ' Z. Surface Raceways: Install a serrate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying the raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals. t 1. Select each surface raceway outlet box, to which a lighting fixture is attached, of sufficient diameter to provide a seat for the fixture canopy. 2. Where a surface raceway is used to supply a fluorescent lighting fixture having ' central-stem suspension with a backplate and a canopy (with or without extension ring), no separate outlet box is required. ~ 3. Provide surface metal raceway outlet box, and the backplate and canopy, at the ~ feed-in location of each fluorescent lighting fixture having end-stem suspension. AA. Set floor boxes level and adjust to finished floor surface. ' ~~ ~• Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. ' 3.04 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer ' and Installer, that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. ' 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 1 3.05 CLEANING R ^ ~u A YS AND BOXES 16130 - 9 t.' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish, including chips, scratches, and abrasions. END OF SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES 16130 -10 '~ :~ ~ ~~:~.N 16140 WIItING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOC'UMEIVTS City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary ' Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes various types of receptacles, connectors, switches, and finish ' plates. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' .A. Subunit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. ' r . Product data for each product specified. C. Samples of devices and device_ plates for color selection and evaluation of technical ' features. ~ . Operation and maintenance data for materials and products specified in this Section to ' include in the "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for devices and installation. ' B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products that are listed and labeled for their applications and installation conditions and for the environments in which installed . 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical ' Code," Article 100. 1.05 COORDINATION ' A. Wiring Devices for Owner Furnished Equipment: Match devices to plug connectors for Owner-furnished equipment. B. Cord and Plug Sets: Match cord and plug sets to equipment requirements. ;, ':~~tlt?NG nEVICES 16140 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia I'Ieights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Wiring Devices: a. HnbbellInc. 2. Multi-Outlet Assemblies: a. Kellems Div., Hubbell, Inc. b. Wiremold Co. 2.02 WIItIlJG DEVICES A. Comply with NEMA Standard WD 1, "General Purpose Wiring Devices." B. Enclosures: NEMA 1 equivalent, except as otherwise indicated. C. Color: Gray except as otherwise indicated ox required by Code. D. Receptacles, Straight-Blade and Locking Type: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with Federal Specification W-C-596 and heavy-duty grade of UL Standard 498, "Electrical Attachment Plugs and Receptacles." Provide NRTL labeling of devices to verify these compliances. Devices rated 20 annps with one-piece brass ground strap, side wire only. Hubbell #HBL 5362GY. E. Receptacles, Straight-Blade, Special Features: Comply with the basic requirements specified above for straight-blade receptacles of the class and type indicted, and with the following additional requirements: 1. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCn Receptacles: UL Standard 943, "Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters," feed-through type, with integral NEMA 5- 20R duplex receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on the same circuit. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch (70-mm) deep outlet box without an adapter. Do not use feed through feature. Hubbell #GF20GYL. F. Pendant Cord/Connector Devices: Matching, locking type, plug and plug receptacle body connector, NEMA LS-20P and LS-20R, heavy-duty grade. 1. Bodies: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. Hubbell #HBL5366C and #HBL5369C. w'IRIl~TG DEVICES 1614(} - 2 City of Columbia Hei is Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' 2. External Cable Grip: Woven wire mesh type made of high-strength gaivanized- steel wire strand and matched to cable diameter and with attachment provision designed for the corresponding connector. Hubbell "Kellems Grips". G. Cord and Plug Sets: Match voltage and cuirern ratings and nnniber of conductors to . requirements of the equipment being connected. ~ 1. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded copper conductors, with type SOW-A jacket. Grounding conductor has green insulation. Ampacity is equipment rating.plus 30 percent minimum. 2. Plug: Male configuration with nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match to cord and to receptacle type intended for coimection. .' H. Snap Switches: Quiet-type a.c. switches, NRTL listed a~pd labeled as complying with UL Standard 20 "General Use Snap $witches," and with Federal.Specification W-895. :' Devices rated 20 amps, sidewire only. Hubbell # HBI:1221GY for single pole, and equals for 3 way 4 way momenta contact etc , , ry , . I. Motion Sensor for Light Control: ' 1. Ceiling Type: .' a. Open Offices: Dual technology passive infra~ned and.ultrasopic,,of~ white ABS enclosure to blend with ceiling tiles, with isolated relay and photocell, Hubbell # ATD2000CRP. ~; b. Restroom and Hallways: Ultrasonic, off white ABS enclosure to blend with ceiling tile, Hubbell # ATU20gOC. c. For all ceiling types, include a control unit/power supply providing 24V :' DC power to ce~7ing sensor. Hubbell # CU277A. 2. Wall Type: ~' a. Offices: Deal technology passiveinfrarecl and ultrasonic, white, with manual "off' switch, hard lease, photocell, Hubbell #ATU1277HW. ;' b. Other Locations: Ultrasonic, white, with marmal "off' switch, Hubbell # ATU1277W. c. Restrooms: Ultrasonic, white, Hubbell # ATU1277RW. d. For all wall types, include a wall plate to match wall plates for wiring ' devices. Provide Hubbell # S26 series wall plate. J. Wall Plates: Single and combination types that mate and match with corresponding wiring devices. Features include the following: . 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with heads colored to match plate finish. ' 2. Material: 0.04-inch-thick (1-mm-thick), type 302, satin-finished stainless steel, except as otherwise indicated. Hubbell Stainless Steel Series. 2.03 MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLIES ~' `' '~,'?~rnTr nEVICES 15140 - 3 City oI Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Coh~bia Heigb~ts, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Comply with Standard UL 5, "Surface Metal Raceways and Fttings." 's3. Components of Assemblies: Products of a single manufacturer designed to be used together to provide a complete matching assembly of raceways and receptacles. C. Raceway Material: Metal, with manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant #nrish. D. Wire: No. 12 AWG. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure. B. Install wall plates when painting is complete. C. Arrangement of Devices: Except as otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang waU plates. D. Protect devices and assemblies during painting. 3.02 IDENTIl~iCATION A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 1. Switches: Where 3 or more switches are ganged, and elsewhere where indicated, identify each switch with approved legend engraved on wall plate. 2. Receptacles: Identify the panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use machine-printed, pressure-sensitive, abzasion-resistant label tape on face of plate and durable wire markers or tags within outlet boxes. 3.03 FIELD QUALTI'Y CONTROL A. Testing: Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each operable device at least 6 times. B. Test ground-fault circuit interrupter operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer recommendations. C. Replace damaged or defective components. 3.04 CLEAI~TIATG Wl1tING DEVICES 16140 - 4 i 1 1 1 '~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 .4. General: Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures. Replace stained ~r improperly painted wall plates or devices. END OF SECTION 16140 YV~ C*?~ DEVTCES 16140 - 5 1 1 1 1 1 i City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2:008 ;>Ff"1'IO?~T 16195 RT.FrrRTCAL IDENTIFICATIOi`T PART 1- GF.NF?R AT 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes identification of electrical matesiais, equipment, and installations. 1.03 QUALITY ASSTIRANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. B. Comply with ANSI C2. 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installing electrical identification aftex completion of finishing where identification is applied to field-finished surfaces. :.. E:c,ordinate installing electrical identifying devices and markings prior to installing acoustical ceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Labelmark Co.; Labelmaster Subsidiary. 2. Brady USA, Inc.; Industrial Products Div. 3. Calpico, Inc. 4. Carlton Industries, Inc. 5. Champion American, Inc. 6. Cole-Flex Corp. 7. DBtG Sign and Label. 8. EMED Co., Inc. 9. George-Ingraham Corp. (The). 10. Grimco, Inc. ~1 rr~T(.AL TDENTJFICATION 16195 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 11. Ideal Industries, Inc. 12. Iiraftbilt. 13. LEM Products, Inc. 14. Markel Corp. 15. National Band & Tag Co. 16. Panduit Corp. 17. Radar Engineers. 18. Ready Made Sign Co.; Cornerstone 1?irect Corp. Div. 19. Seton Name Plate Co. 20. Standard Signs, Inc. 2.02 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for a specified application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. B. Conform to ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway or cable size. 1. Color: Black legend on orange field. 2. Legend: Indicates voltage and service. C. Adhesive Labels: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive vinyl. Legend is overlanunated with a clear, weather-and chemical-resistant coating. D. Pretensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic bands sized to suit the diameter of the line it idenlifies and ai~aiiged to stay in place by pretensioned gripping action when placed in position. E. Colored Adhesive Tape: Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide (0.08 mm thick by 25 to 51 mm wide). F. Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, vinyl tape with the following features: 1. Size: Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick (152 mm wide by 0.102 mm thick). 2. Compounded for permanent direct burial service. 3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4. Printed Legend: Indicates type of underground line. G. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and letters. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ~' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~' H. Aluminum, Wraparound Marker Bands: Bauds cut from 0.014inch- (0.4-mm-) thick aluminum sheet, with stamped or embossed legend, anti fitted with slots or ears for .permanently securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors. ' I. Plasticized Card-Stock Tags: Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field~rinted legends. Orange background, except as otherwise indicated, with eyelet fog fastener. ' J. Aluminum-Faced Card-Stock Tags: Weather-resistant, 1 ~-point minimum card stock faced on both sides with embossable ahutrinuiri sheet, 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) thick, laminated with moisture-resistant.acrylic adhesive, and punched for the faster. Preprinted legends suit each application . K. Brass or Aluminum Tags: Metal tags with stamped legend, punched for fastener. Dimensions: 2 by 2 inches (51 b 51 mm) b O OS inch (1 3 mm) y y . . . 2.03 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS ' ' A. Manufacturer s Standar$ Producxs: Where nQOre than o~ type is listed for a specified application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for eadi application ' category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. B. Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, l/16-inch (1.6-mm) minimum thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm),1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved Legepd: Black letters on white face. . 2. Punched for mechanical fasteners. ~_.. ~s~-ked-Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for fasteners, ~ with colors, legend, and size as indicated or as otherwise required for the application. ' 1/flinch (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. ' D. Exterior, Metal-Backed, Butyrate Signs: Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch (1-mm), galvanized steel backing, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) grommets in ' corners for mounting. E. Fasteners for Plastic-Laminated and Metal Signs: Selftapping stainless-steel screws or No. 1Q/32 stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. ', 2.04 MISC~ .~ .A~OUS IDENTIErICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties with the following features: 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength: SO lb (22.3 kg) minimum. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 185 deg F (Minus 4 to 85 deg C). =?T F~"TRI('AL IDENTIFICATION 16195 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columba Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 4. Color: As indicated where used for color coding. B. Paint: Allcyd-urethane enamel over primer as recommended by enamel manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install identification devices according to manufachuet's written instructions. B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with coansponding designations used in the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout the Project. D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfacers that require f msh, install identification after completion of fiaish work. E. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before applying. rte. Identify Raceways and Bxposed Cables of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band exposed and accessible raceways of the systems f fated below for identification. 1. Bands: Pretensio~ped, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; or a combination of both. Make each color band 2 inches (51 mm) wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of 2~olor markings in contact, side by side. 2. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 feet (7.6 m) in congested areas. 3. Colors: As follows: a. Fire-Alarm System: Red. b. Security System: Blue and yellow. c. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue. d. Telecommunications System: Green and yellow. G. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Label externally as follows: 1. Exposed Boxes: Pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover. 2. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card-stock tags. 3. Labeling Legend: Permanent, waterproof listing of panel and circuit number or equivalent. ELECTRICAL IDENZ~ICATION 16195 - 4 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~~. identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench baclcfilling, for exterior underground power, control, signal, and conomunications lines, ipstall continuous. underground plastic line matlrer located directly above line at 6 to 8.inches (1~0 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Where nnultiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete em-elope do not exceed an overall width of I6 inches (40~mm), use a single ' line manger. 1. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct buried and. in raceway. ' I. Color-Code Conductors: Secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical system. 1. 208/120-V System: As follows: a. Phase A: Black. ' b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. d. Neutral: White. ' e. Ground: Green. 2. 480/277-V System: As follows: ' A Y ll Ph a. ase : e ow. b. Phase H: Brown. c. Phase C: Orange. d. Neutral: White. e. Ground: Green. ' 3. Factory-apply color the entire length of the conductors, except the following field-applied, color-coding methods maybe used in lieu of factory-coded wire ' for sizes larger than No.10 AWG. a. Colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape inhalf-lapped. turns for a distance of 6 inches (I50 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where ' splices or taps are made. Apply the last 2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1-inch- (25-mm-) wide tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings. b. Colored cable ties applied in groups of 3 ties of specified color to each wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 inches (76 mm) from the 1 terminal and spaced 3 inches (7b mm) apart. Apply with a special tool or pliers, tighten to a snug fit, and cut off excess length. ~~ F.L F~"i'RICAL IDEATfIFICATION l6] 95 - 5 i, City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 J. K. L. Apply identification to conductors as follows: 1. Conductors to Be Extended in the k~ture: Indicate source and circuit numbers. 2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor with source, voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage and phase indication of secondary circuit. 3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system of tags, color coding, or cable marlong tape. Apply warning, caution, and instruc4on signs and stencils as follows: 1. Install warning, caption, and instrnction signs where indicated or required to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved, plastic-laminated insiraction signs with approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system~or equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items. 2. Emergency-Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs wilth white legend on red background with minimum 3/8-inch- (9-mni) high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, and other emergency operations. Install identification as follows: 1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/~inch- (13-mm-) highlettering on 1-1/~inch- (38-mm-) high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use lettering 2 inches (51 mm) high. Use white lettering on black field. Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of equipment. a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Electrical switchgear and switchboards. c. Motor starters. d. Push-button stations. e. Power transfer equipment. f. Contactors. g. Remote-controlled switches. h. Control devices. i. Transformers. j. Power-generating units. k. TV/audio monitoring master station. 1. Fire-alarm master station or control panel. m. Security-monitoring master station or control panel. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ~ 16195 - 6 t 0 ~:'°~`~: ~3F SECTION 1b195 1 [~ 1 rr FrTRiO~, IDENTIFICATION City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 16195 - 7 ~I;CT'iON 16425 PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DO-CUMEN'fS City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Colombia Heights, MN M 8t fi Engineering, Inc. Comrmssion #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary ' Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes service and distribufiion switchboards rated 600 V and less. ' B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methrads" for general and ' installation tnnterials. and methods. 2. DiGvj~sion 16 Section "Electrical Identification" fox identification materials. 3. Division 16 Section "Fuses." ' 4. Division 16 Section "Disconnect Switches" for distabution fused switches. Division 16 Section "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS croduct Data: Far each product and component specified. B. Shop Drawings: For each switchboard. Show dimensioned plans and elevations, including required clearances and service space, component and device lists, and a single-line diagram showing main- and branch-bus current ratings and short tune and short-circuit ratings of switchboard. Include the following: ' 1. Descriptive documentation of optional barriers specified for electrical insulation and isolation. 2. Utility company metering provisions with indication of approval by utility company. 3. Schedule of features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices. 4. Wiring Diagrams: Details of wiring for power and corrtrol and differentiating ' between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. D. Reports of Field Tests and Observations: Certified by testing agency. ~1N~TrHBOARDS 16425 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M dr E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 E. Manufacturer field service report. F. Certificates for field testing personel, signed by Contractor, certifying that personel complies with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" Article below. G. Report of Field Tests and Observations: Certified by testing personel. H. Maintenance Data: For switchboards to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include detailed manufacturer's written instructions on adjusting overcurrent protecxive devices. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Personal Qualifications: In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Control," a testing personal shall meet OSHA cnteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, arshall be afull-member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association. Testing~Personel Field Supervisor: Person currently certifies by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies, to supervise on~site testing specified in Part 3. 3. Listing and Labeling: Provide switchboard assemblies specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Comply with NEMA PB 2. E. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for switchboard equipment, including clearances between switchboard and adjacent surfaces and items. Switchboards having equal performance characteristics and complying with indicated maximum dimensions maybe considered. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path. B. Store so condensation will not occur on or in switchboards. Provide temporary heaters as required to avoid condensation. SWITCHBOARDS ~ 16425 - 2 ' City of Columbia Hei is Public Safe Center ~ ~ _ Columbia Heights, MN ' M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' C. Handle switchboards according to NEMA PB 2.1. Use only factory-installed ufti~ig E:ro~~isions. ' 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify dimensions by field measurements. ' B D . etermine suitable path for moving switchboard into place considering Project conditions. ' C. Verify clearance requirements. Locate switchboard to meet installation tolerances. D. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit Project conditions. 1 1 1 `' PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the follow;ng: 1. Eaton Corp.; ~iTestinghouse &Cutler--Hammer Products. ~ . 2. Square D Co. . 3 , s i,~~hs ..... . 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS ~ :. Front-Connected, Front Accessible Switchboard: Fixed, individually mounted main device, panel-mounted branches, and sections rear aligned. B. Ratings: Provide nominal system voltage, continuous main bus amperage, and short- circuit current ratings as indicated. C. Nominal System Voltage: 480/277 V, 60 Hz. D. Main-Bus Continuous: 1200 A. E. Bus Bracing: 65,000 Ampres, RMS Symmetric. 2.03 FABRICATION AND FEATURES A. Enclosure: Steel; NEMA 250, Type 1. B. Enclosure Finish for Indoor Units: Factory-applied finish in manufacture's standard gray finish over arust-inhibiting primer on treated metal surface. C. Barriers: Between adjacent switchboard sections. `'aTTT('~iI30ARDS l 6425 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Cohunbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. Insulation and isolation for main and vertical buses of feeder sections. E. Service Conditions: NEMA PB 2, usual service conditions. F. Utility Metering Compartment: Fabricated compartment and section meeting utility company's requirements. If separate vertical section i$ required for utility metering, match and align with basic switchboard. G. Bus Transition and Incoming Line Pall Sections: Matched and aligned with basic switchboard. H. Hinged Front Panels: Allow access to disconnect, metering, accessory, and blank compartments. I. Buses and Connections: 3 phase, 4 wire, except as otherwise indicated. Features as follows: 1. Phase- and Neutral Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity ortin-plated, high-stre~ggth, elecixical-grade aluminum alloy. a. If bus is aluminum, use copper or tin-plated aluminum for circuit breaker line connections. b. If bus is copper, use~copper for feedercircuit-breaker line connections. 2. Load Terminals: Silver plated copper bus extensions equipped with pressure connectors for outgoing circuit conductors. 3. Ground Bus: 1/4-by 2 inch (6-by-SO-mm) minimum size, drawn-temper copper of 98 percent conductivity; equipped with pressure connectors for feeder- and branch-circuit ground conductors. 4. Contact Surfaces of Buses: Silver plated. 5. Main Phase Buses, Neutral Buses, and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity the entire length of the switchboard main and distribution sections. Provide for future extensions from both ends. 6. Lsolation Banriter Access Provisions: Permit checking bus bolt tightness. 7. Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the aaapacity of the phase buses, except as indicated, and equipped with approved pressure connectors for outgoing circuit neutral cables. 2.04 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Fusible Switches rated 800 amps and lazger: 1. Electric trip bolted on high pressure contact load break type service entrance switch 100 percent rated. SWITCHBOARDS 16425 - 4 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Cohunbia Heights, MN •.t M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' 2. Stored energy dead front operating mechanism with disc springs compressed and released by the operating handle to provide fast position switching action independent of the speed with which the handle's operated. 3. Manual closing accomplished by a twa stroke Sequence whereby the opening ' spring is charged and latched before, and independent of, the closing spring for easy operation to ensure charge before .close action. 4. Switch opening accomplished electrically by solenoid or manually by ' mechanical push button, with no movement of the handle: Operating, handle mechanically interlocked with fuse access daor and provisions #or padlocking in ' OpeII position. B. Fusible Switches rated 600 amps and less: N$M~ KrSI, Type HD, clips to accommodate ' specified fuses, handle lockable. Quick malae, quick-break, load interrupter enclosed lmife switch with externally operable handle . C. Future Devices: Where indicated, equip compartments with mounting brackets, ' supports, bas coimections, and appurtenances designed for overnurrent protective device types and ampere ratings indicated. ' I}. Main Switch Assemblies: Rated and labeled "FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQiJIPMENi' „ ' .~` OTHER CIRCUIT CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE.D$VICES A. Factory-installed and factory-tested devices of types listed below, with indicated ratings, ' settings, and features. . ~~aetory mounted with UL-recognized mounting device. ' C. Ground Fault Protection: .' 1. Integrally mounted with main service disconnect switch, zero sequence type, switchable for use on circuits having available fault currents of 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes. 2. UL/CSA lined as a package. ' 3. Ground fault system components mounted and wired onto switch during switch assembly, factory tested by the switch manufacturer to ensure system compatibility. ,' 4. Capable of interrupting currents up to (12 times switch continuous rating and the switch and fuse operating characteristics coordinated so that fault currents in excess of 12 times switch rating shall be cleared by the fuses. t 5. Adjustable ground fault sensitivity from 200 to 1200 amperes, time delay adjustable from 0 to 60 seconds. 6. Provide monitor panel with LED indicator lights to indicate relay operation, test, ' and reset control switches. "~~'lT~-3ROARl~S 16425 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.06 WSTRUMENTATION A. Instrument Transformers: NEMA EI 21.1, IEEE 057:13, and the following: 1. Potential Transformers: Secondary voltage rating of 120 V and NEMA accuracy class of 0.3 with burdens of W, X, and Y. 2. Current Transformers: Ratios as indicated and accuracy class and burden suitable for connected relays, meters, and instruments. 3. Control Power Transformers: Dry type, mounted in separate compartments for units larger than 3 kV. B. Multifunction Digital Metering Monitor: Microprocessor~ased unit suitable for 3- or 4- wire systems and with the following features: 1. Switch selectable digital display of the following values with maximum accuracy tolerances as indicated: a. Phase Currents, Each Phase: Flue or minus 1 percent. b. Phase-to-Phase Voltages, 3 Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. c. Phase-to-Nsutr&1 Voltages, 3 Phase: Plns or mrinus 1 pem,~nt. d. Megawatts: Plus or minus 2 percent. e. Megavars: Plus or minus 2 percent. f. Power Factor: Plus or minus 2 ~eercent. g. Frequency: Plus or minus O.S percent. h. Megawatt Demand: Plus or minus 2 percent; demand interval programmable from 5 to 60 minutes. i. Accumulated Energy, Megaw$tt Hours: Plus or minus 2 percent. Accumulated values unaffected by power outages up to 72 hours. 2. Mounting: Display and control unit flush or semiflush mounted in instrument compartment door. 2.07 CONTROL POWBR A. Control Circuits: 120 V, supplied through secondary disconnect devices from control power transformer. B. Control Power Fuses: Primary and secondary fuses for current-linuting and overload protection of transformer and fuses for protection of control circuits. C. Control Wiring: Factory installed, complete with bundling, lacing, and protection. Provide flexible conductors for No. 8 AWG and smaller, for conductors across hinges, and for conductors for interconnections between shipping units. 2.08 IDENTIFICATION SWITCHBOARDS 16425 - 6 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' . >. l~Tameplates and label products are specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical I3entification." ' 1. Compartment Nameplates and Switch Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic or metal nameplate for each compartment, mounted with corrosion-resistatrt ' SCreWS. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMIlVATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to rceeive switchboard for~compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of switchboards. 1. Do not proceed with installation antil unsatisfactory conditions have been ' corrected. 3.02 1NSTALLATION ' ' y. Install switchboards level and plumb as indicated, according to manufacdrrer s written instructions and NEMA PB 2.1. ' ~. Support switchboards on concrete housekeeping bases, 4-inch (100-nun) nominal thickness. ' ~". Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units~and components. ' D: Operating Instructions: Frame and mount printed, basic operating instructions for switchboards, including control and key interlocking sequences and emergency ' procedures. Fabricate frame of finished wood or metal and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic Mount on the front of switchboards . . 3.03 CONNECTIONS ' A. Connect switchboards and components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. 1. Tighten eectrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 1 ~y'.'?'f'r~TROARDS 16425 - 7 k' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." B. Install compartment and switch nameplates. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Makeinsulation-resistance tests of each switchboard bus, component, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. 2. Make continuity tests of each circuit. B. Testing Personal: Provide the services of qualified testipg personal to perform specified acceptance testing. C. Acceptance Testing: After installing switchboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requir+sments. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical in$gection sand electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Sections 7.1, 7.5 7.6, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11, and 7.14 as appropriate. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest. T.f. Test ground fault system in accordance with NEC 230A5 (C). Submit written record to Owner. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. B. Adjust ground fault pick-up sensitivity to 10% of rated load cuaent. 3.07 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch ug scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Startup Services: Engage afactory-authorized service representative to demonstrate and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. To identify each switchboard location. SWITCHBOARDS 16425 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Suety Center Columbia Heights, IvIN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2. To instruct in function, operation, and maintenance of each component. 3. To instruct in each distinct procedure and schedule related to servicing and preventive maintenance. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature accordsng to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 16425 SW''T~IiBOARDS 16425 - 9 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Cohunbia Heights, MN ' M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' tip:,`"~~`~::iN 1f:452 GROUNDING PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOC',ITMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 S ecificatio Secti thi l t ti S p n ons, app o y s ec on. 1.02 SUMMARY A. . This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equupment and basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. ' Grounding requirements specified in this Section maybe supplemented in other Sections of these Specifications. l1. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this 3ectean: ' 1. Division 2 Section "Chain Lin$ Fences and Gates" for fence and gate grounding requirements. 2. Division 10 Section "Flagpoles" for grounding of flagpoles. ' 3. Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables" far requirements for grounding conductors. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7, or a full member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (META). ' 1. Testing Agency Field Supervision: Use persons currently certified by NETA or the National Institute far Certification is Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with UL 467. ~' D. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. ^ 1. The Terms "Listed" and"Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. ~p nT nvl~iNG ~ 16452 - i City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Cohunbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MAN[JFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Apache Grounding; Nashville Wire Products. 2. Boggs: H. L. Boggs 8t Co. 3. Chance: A. B. Chance Co. 4. Dossert Carp. 5. Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group. 6. Galvan Industries, Inc. 7. Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc. 8. Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co. 9. Ideal Industries, Inc. 10. II.SCO. 11. Kearney. 12. Korns: C. C. Korns Co. 13. Lightning Master Corp. 14. Lyncole X1T Gronnding. 15. O-ZJGedney Co. 16. Raco, Inc. 17. Salisbury: W.Ii. Salisbury 8t Co., Utility. 18. Thomas 8t Betts, Electrical. 19. Utilco Co. 2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS A. Governing Requirements: Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of National Electrical Code (NF.C) requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. 2.03 WIItE AND CABLE GROUNDIlVG CONDUCTORS A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." Conform to NEC Table 8, except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding. 1. Material: Copper. B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green color insulation. C. Grounding-Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. D. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, except as otherwise indicated. GROUNDING 16452 - 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 E. Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following: !. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. ' 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. ' 2.04 MISCFJ •i -A~OUS CONDUCTORS A. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed-copper bars of rectangular cross section. ' B. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided.No. 30 AWG bare copper wire, terminated with copper ferrules. ' C. Bonding Straps: Soft copper, 0.05 inch (1 mm) thick and 2 inches (50 mm) wide, except as indicated. 2.05 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Pressure Com-ectors: High-conductivity-plated units. Is. Bolted Clamps: Heavy~uty type. ' C. Exothermio-Welded Connections: Provided in kit form and selected per manufacturer's written instructions for specific types, sizes, and c4rnbinations of conductors and connected items. ' ~ : ~?~ • GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Grounding Rods: Sectional type; copper-clad steel. 1. Size: 3/4 inch by 120 inches (19 by 3000 mm). B. Plate Electrodes: Copper, square or rectangular shape. Minimum 0.10 inch (3 mm) thick, size as indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Comply with NEC Article 250 for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NEC are indicated. 1. Install equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the items below in addition to those required by Code: GRC3LrNDIlVG a. Feeders. 16452 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 b. Single-phase motor or appliance branch circuits. c. Three-phase motor or appliance branch circuits. d. Flexible raceway runs. 2. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. 3. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an equipment grounding conductor to duct- mountedelectrical devices operating at 120 V and above, including air cleaners and heaters. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct. B. Signal and Communication Systems: For teleghone, alarm, voice and data, and other comm~mication systems, provide a No. 4 AWG miniunum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding-electrode system to each service location; ternuinal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4by-2-by-12-inch (6.by 50-by-300-mtp) grounding bus. 2. Terarina] Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor an cabinet grounding terminal. C. Separately Derived Systems: Where NEC requires grounding, ground according to NEC Paragraph 250-26. D. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to a grounding electrode in addition to separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch circuit. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC requirements, except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements. B. Electrical Room Grounding Bus: Space 1 inch {25 mm} from wall and support from wall 6 inches (150 mm) above finished floor, except as otherwise indicated. C. Grounding Rods: Locate a minimum of 1-rod length from each other and at least the same distance from any other grounding electrode. 1. Drive until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Interconnect with grounding-electrode conductors. Use exothenmic welds. Make these connections without damaging copper coating or exposing steel. 3. Drive three ground rods in a grassy area in a triangular pattern. GROUNDING 16452 - 4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Saf Center Columbia Heights, MN I M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' L?. Grounding Conductors: Route along the shortest and straightest paths possible, except as otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may oe subjected to strain, impact, or damage. I r U d d . n ergroun Grounding Conductors: Use bare copper wire. Bury at least 2~4 inches {600 mm) below grade. I F t Metal W S i Pi P id i l d di d . a er erv ce pe: rov e nsu ate copper groun ng con uctors, sized as indicated, in conduit, from building's main service egisap~ment, ~ grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to maia metal I water service pipes by grounding-clamp connectors. Where a rlielectiic main water fitting is installed, canuect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Do not.install a gronndi>~g jumper across dielectric fittings. Bond grounding-conductor conduit to I conductor at each end. I G. Water.Meter Piping: Use~braided type bonding jumpers to elec#rically bypass water meters Connect to gips with groundin connectors -clam . g . p I bT. Band interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated pumps, fans, bloweas, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type bonding straps. . I L Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Growing Electrode): Falu~ete according~to NEC Paragraph 250-81(c), using a minimum of 20 feet (6 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. Where base of concrete foundation is less than 20 feet (6 m) I in length, coil excess conductor within base of concrete foundation. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel to at least 4 locations, and to aneh~ bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to a ' grounding electrode external to concrete. 3.03 CONNECTIONS ' A. General: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware; conductors, and connection methods so metals I in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use elec troplated orhot-tin-coated matenals to assure high conductivity and to ' make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make alurxiinum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. . I 4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent I future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. ,~ r r ~' l~l»G 16452 - 5 ,I City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Iuc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B. Exothermio-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those attest wells. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding-Wire Terminations: Far No. 8 AWG and-larger; use pressure- type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding~conductors•may°be tetv~inated with wingedpressure-type connectors. D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: Where metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without rcechanical and electrical connection to haasing,•terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinnous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding bushings-and~bare grounding conductors, except as otherwise indicated. E. Tighte~a screws and bolts for grotmding and bonding connectors and ternninals according to manufacturer's published tozque-tighteniug•values. Where these requirements are not available, use those specifiied in UL 486A and UL 486B. F. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic eompression• tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor. G. Moisture Protection: Where insulated grounding conductors are connected to grounding rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testvng Personel: Engage electrical testing personel to perform tests described below. B. Tests: Subject the completed grounding system to a megger test at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than 2 full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests by the 2-point method according to lEEE 81. C. Maximum grounding to resistance values are as follows: 1. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 2. Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Equipment Rated More than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. GROUNDING 16452 - 6 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN t M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' _~~ P:x~.essive Ground Resistance: Where resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Owner promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance and to ' accomplish recommended work. E. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of ground resistance at ' each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. ' 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by work of this Section. ' Reestablish original grades, except as otherwise indicated. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other activities to their original condition. Include topsoiling, featilizing, liming; seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching. Comply with Division 2 Section "Landscaping." Maintain restored surfaces. Restore disturbed paving as indicated. ' E_y7u JF SECTION 16452 rR(1?.nvD1NG 16452 - 7 . ' Ci of Colu ty mbia Heights Pubhc Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M dt E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~ Ff~TION 16461 ' DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (1000 V AND LESS} PART 1 - G~:RAL 1.01 RELATED DOCLJM~NTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contact, inehtding General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUNIl~IARY A. This Section includes dry-type distribution and specialty transformers rated 1000 V and less. ~' 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' ~ Product Data: Include data on features, ~rnponents, rating, andperformance for each Type of transformer specified. Include dimensionecl-pl~ns, scions, a:ad.glev~n vieRrs. Show minimum clearances and installed devices and features. B Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring and identify terminals for tap changing and connecting field-installed wiring. ~' Product Certificates: Signed by manufachtrers of transformers certifying that the products furnished comply with requirements. ' D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. ~' E. Factory Test Reports: Certified copies of manufacturers design and routine factory tests required by referenced standards. ;; F. Sound-Level Test Reports: Certified copies of manufacturer's sound-level tests applicable to equipment for this Project. G. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for tests specified in Part 3. -' H. Maintenance Data: For transformers to include in the maintenance manuals s ~ ed in P~ Division 1. ~~~ 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide transformers specified in this Section that are listed and .`' labeled. 1.. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. PRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (1000 V AND LBSS) 16461-1 ay City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Iieaghts, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B: Comply with IEEE C2. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Temporary Heating: APP1Y temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated type unit throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and is not in a space that is continuously under non~oal control of temperature and humidity. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide transformers by one the following: 1. Powersmith Imernational Corporation. Provide B-Saver-C3 tranafornners. 2.02 TRANSFORMERS, GENERAL A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, aiT-cooled units of types specified, designed for 60-Hz service. B. Cores: Grain-oriented, nonagimg silicon steel. C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps. D. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. E. Enclosure: Class complies with NEMA 250 for the environment in which installed. F. Low-Sound-Level Units: Minimum of 3 dBA less than NEMA ST 20 standard sound levels when factory tested according to IEEE C57.12.91. 2A3 GENERAL-PURPOSE DISTRIBUTION AND POWER TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA ST 20 and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B. Cores: One leg per phase. C. Windings: One coil per phase in primary and secondary. D. Enclosure: Indoor, ventilated. DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (1000 V AND LESS) 16461 - 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 E. Insulation Class: 185 or 220 deg C class for transformers 15 kVA ar smaller; 220 deg G class for transformers larger than 15 kVA. 1. Rated Temperature Rise: 80 deg C maximmn rise above 40 deg C. F. Taps: For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full-capacity taps in high: voltage windings are as follows: 1. Taps, 3 Through 10 kVA: Two 5-percent taps below rated lri~ voli~age. 2. Taps, 15 through 500 kVA: Six 2.5-percent taps, 2 above and 4 below rated high ' voltage. 3. Taps, 750 kVA and Above: Four 2.5-percent taps, 2 above and 2 below rated ' high voltage. G. K Factor Rating: Transformers indicated to be K factor rated are listed to comply with ' LTi.1561 requirements for nonsinnsoidal load current handlitng capability to the degree defined by the designated K factor . ' 1. Transformer design prevents overheating when carrying full load with harmonic content corresponding to the designated K factor. 2. Nameplate states the designated K factor of the transformer. ' Ii. Electrostatic Shielding: Each winding is independently single shielded with afull-width copper electrostatic shield arranged to minimize interwinding capacitance. t . 1. Coil leads and terminal strips are arranged to minimize capacitive coupling between input and output connections. ~. Shield Terminal: Separate; marked "Shield" for grounding connection. ' 3. Capacitance: Shield limits capacitance between primary and secondary to a maximum of 33 picofarads over a frequency range of 20 Hz to 1 MHz. 4. Common-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minus 120 dB minimum, 0.5 to 1.5 kHz; ' minus 65 dB minimum, l.5 to 100 kHz. 5. Nonmal-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minus 52 dB minimum, l.5 to 10 kHz. ' I. Wall-Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets for transformers up to 75 kVA . :~ 2.04 FINISHES A. Indoor Units: Manufacturer's standard paint over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and ' primer. B. Outdoor Units: Comply with ANSI C57.12.28. ,~ 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Design and routine tests comply with referenced standards. DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (]000 V AND LESS} 16461- 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B. Factory Sound-Level Tests: Conduct sound-level tests on equipment for this Project if specified sound levels are below standard ratings. PART 3 - EXECU'ITON 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with safety requirements of IEEE C2. B. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for access and for circulation of cooling air. C. Identify transformers and install warning signs according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." D. Tighten eectrical connectors and terminals according to manufachur's published torque-tightening values. If. manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. E. Provide Powersmith B-Saver-C3 series transformers. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Separately Derived Systems: Comply with NFPA 70 requirements for connecting to grounding electrodes and for bonding to metallic piping near the transformer. B. Comply with Division 16 Section "Grounding" for materials and installation requneuants. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a f~tory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components, and the testing and adjusting of transformer components and accessories. B. Test Objectives: To ensure transformer is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances, is installed according to the Contract Documents, and is suitable for energizing. C. Test Labeling: On satisfactory completion of tests for each transformer, attach a dated and signed "Satisfactory Test" label to tested component. D. Schedule tests and provide notification at least 7 days in advance of test commencement. E. Report: Submit a written report of observations and tests. Report defective materials and installation. DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (1000 V AND LESS) 16461- 4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3 ~ , Tests: Include the following minimum inspections and tests according to manufacturer's written instructions. Comply with IEEE C57.12.91 for test methods and data correction ' factors. 1. Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical end electrical '~ integrity, and damage or deteriaration. Verify that temporary shipping bracing has been removed. Inchide internal inspection through access panels and covers. 2. Inspect bolted electrical connections for tightness according to manufacturer's published torque valves or, if not available, those specified in iTL 486A and LTL 486B. 3. Insulation Resistance: Perform megohnnrmeter tests of primary and secondary winding to winding and winding to ground. t a. Minimum Test Voltage: 1000 V, dc. b. Mimimnm Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms. ' c. Duration of Bach Test: IO minutes. d. Temperature Connctian: Correct results for best temperature deviation from 20 deg C standard. ' €~. Test Failures: Compare test results with specified perfornnance or manufacturer's data. Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest. Verify that transfornQers meet ' specified requirements. 3.G4 CLEANING ~~- On completion of installation, inspect components. Remove paint splatters and other .pots, dirt, and debris. Repair scratches and mars on finish to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and materials recommended by ' manufacturer. ',; 3.05 ADJUSTING A. After installing and cleaning, touch up scratches and mars on fimsh to match original • ' finish. B. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization a ui ment 9 P throughout normal operating cycle of facility. Record primary and secondary voltages ~' and tap settings and submit with test results. . C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within I2 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in readjusting transformer tap settings to suit `~ actual occupied conditions. Provide up to 2 visits to Project site for this purpose without additional cost. `' 1 V l C . o tage Recordings: ontractor performed. Provide up to 48 hours of recording s' on the low-voltage system of each medium-voltage transformer. ~, 1~RY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (1000 V AND LESS) 16461- 5 ~' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2. Point of Measurement: Make voltage recordings at load outlets selected by Owner. END OF SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (1000 V AND LESS) 16461- 6 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ~~ M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 "> =:~sIt)N 16470 ' PANELBOARDS PART 1- GT'~?R AT . ' I Al RELATED DOCUMEN'T'S ~' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. • 1.02 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes lighting and power panelboards and associated auxili ary equipment rated 600 V and less. B. Related Sections include the following. ' 1. Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methgds" for general materials and installation methods. 2. Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labelimg materials. ~ 3. Division 16 Section "Switchboards" for approved manufactarers 1.03 SUBMITTALS _ ' A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, accessory item, and component specified ' B. Shop Drawings: For panelboards. Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations. Show tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating. Include the following: .' 1. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Bus configuration and current ratings. 3. Short~ircuit current rating of panelboard. ' 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components. 5. Wiring Diagrams: Details of schematic diagram including control wiring and differentiatingbetween manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. . C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. ~ D. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load ~ balancing. ~' pANF.T.BOARDS ~ 16470 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 E. Maintenance Data: For panelboard components to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include manufacturer's written instructions for testing circuit breakers. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Tens "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with NEMA PB 1. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Keys: 6 spares of each type for panelboard cabinet lock. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the same manufacturer as Division 16 Section "Switchboards". 2.02 PANELBOARD FABRICATION A. Enclosures: Flush- or surface-mounted cabinets as indicated. NEMA PB 1, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated to meet environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA Z50, Type 4. 3. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7C. B. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps, unless otherwise indicated. Front for surface-mounted panelboards shall be same dimensions as box. Fronts for flush panelboards shall overlap box, unless otherwise indicated. C. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panelboard door. D. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity. E. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type. PANELBOARDS 16470 - 2 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 F. Rquipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors. Bonded to box. G. Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary ' appurtenances, for the overcun*ent protective device ampere ratings indicated for future installation of devices. ' H. Feed-through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated. ' 2.03 LIGHTING AND APP'LIA.NCEBRRNCH-CIRCUIT PANSI.BOARDS A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. ' B. Doors: In panelboard front, with concealed hinges. Secure with flush catch.artd tumbler lock, all keyed alike. 2.04 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS ' !~. Doors: In panelboard front, unless othervvise indicated. Secure door with vault type latch with tumbler lock, all keyed aloe. ~' B. Branch-Circuit Breakers: Where overcunrentprotective devises are indicated to be circuit breakers, use bolt-on circuit breakers, except cinvit breakers 225 A frame size . and greater may beplug-in type where individual positive-locking devise requires .' mechanical release for removal. •,. ~7VERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES ' A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, handle lockable. :' 1. Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as indicated and interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault cun~nt. 2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application, including Type SWl) for ' switching fluorescent lighting loads and Type HACR for heating, air- ' conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. 3. Circuit Breakers, 200 A and Larger: Trip units interchangeable within frame ;' size. 4. Circuit Breakers, 400 A and Larger: Field-adjustable short-time and continuous current settings. 5. Lugs: Mechanical lugs andpower-distribution connectors for number, size, and material of conductors indicated. 6. Shunt Trip: Where indicated. ?'•'~NEL13OARDS 16470 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.06 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items as required for overcutYent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB 1.1. B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount Mush panelboards uniformly flush with wall finish. D. Circuit Directory: Type directory to indicate installed circuit loads aftex bala~cin8 panelboard loads. Obtain approval before installing. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboard$: Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or spice designated to be ceiling space in the future. G. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups, and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved laminated-plastic or metal nameplates mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. 3.03 GROUNDING A. Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated. B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus as indicated. 3.04 CONNECTIONS PANELBOARDS 16470 - 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 r~.. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according io manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturers torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Make insulation-resistance tests of each panelboard bus, component, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. 2. Mahe continuity tests of each circuit. B. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Connect malfur-ctioning units onrsite, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new waits, and retest. C. Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 2 months after Fine al Acceptance, conduct load-balancing measurements and make circuit changes as follows: 1. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by Owner. ~ti. Perform load balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility. Make special arrangements with Owner to avoid disrupting critica124-hour services such as fax machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment. 3. Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records. . 4. Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as required to meet this minimum requirement. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit breaker trip ranges as indicated. 3.07 CLEANING Aa.ATFI_ROARDS 16470 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. END OF SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 16470 - 6 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 J J '1 J City of Cohunbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~~:s::'~~°_O"+T 16~!7~ FUSES PART 1 - GF.Nr?R AY 1.01 RELATID DOC`.[>MENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Fuses. 2. Spare fuse cabinet. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each fuse type specified. • '~aintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and maintenance ;~janual specified in Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses from one source and by a single manufacturer. B. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide fuses specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Spare Fuses: Furnish quantity equal to 20 percent of each fuse type and size installed, but not less than 1 set of 3 of each type and size. ~i TqE~ 16475 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANL7FAC1"URERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fuses by one of the following: 1. Cooper Industries, Inc.; Bussmann Div. 2. Gould Shawmut. 3. Tracor, Inc.; Littelfuse, Inc. Subsidiary. 2.02 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class as specified or indicated; current rating as indicated; voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage. 2.03 SPARE FUSE CABINET . A. Cabinet: Wall-mounted, 0.05-inch- (1.27-mm) thick steel unit with full-iengtb~, t~ecessed piano-hinged door with key-coded cam lock and pull. 1. Size: Adequate for orderly storage of spare fuses specified with I5 percent spare capacity minimum 2. Finish: Gray, baked enamel. 3. Identification: Stencil legend "SPARE FUSES" in I-1/2-inch (40-mm) letters on door. 4. Fuse Pullers: For each size fuse. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 FxAHrrnrATION A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions to verify proper fuse locations, sizes, and characteristics. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 FUSE APPLICATIONS A. Main Service: Class L, fast acting. B. Main Feeders: Class J, time delay. C. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RKl, time delay. D. Other Branch Circuits: Class RKS, non-time delay. FUSES ~ 16475 - 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 .,,.0~ ~TSTALLATION A. Install fuses in fusible devices as indicated. Arrange fuses so fuse ratings are readable without removing fuse. B. Install spare fuse cabinet adjacent to switchboard. 3.04 IDENT'Il~TCATION A. Install typewritten labels on inside door of each fused switch to indicate fuse replacement information. END OF SECTION 16475 rSF.,C 16475 - 3 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Comxnission #07308 October 30, 2008 s~~t.'"i'lt3N 16476 ' DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1-GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary ' Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes individually mounted switches and circuit breakers used for the ' following: 1. Feeder and equipment disconnect switches. 2. Feeder branch-circuit protection. 3. Motor disconnect switches. B. Related Secxions: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this ' Sectic+n: 1. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for attachment plugs and receptacles, and snap switches used for disconnect switches. ,' '?. Division 16 Section "Switchboards" for individually enclosed, fused power- circuitdevices used as feeder disconnect switches and for approved manufacturers. ' 3. Division 16 Section "Fuses" for fuses in fusible disconnect switches. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for disconnect switches, and accessories specified in this Section. ~' C. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results. D. Maintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and maintenance ' manual specified in Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain disconnect switches from one source and by a single manufacturer. nrs~NrlECT swrrcl~oEs 16476 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center ' Columbia kieights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' B. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation. ' C. Listing and Labeling: Provide disconnect switches specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. ' 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by , the same manufacturer as Division 16 Section "Swi~tchboanis". 2.02 DISCONNECT SWTi'CHFS A. Enclosed, Nonfusible Switch: NEMA I{.S 1, Type HD, with lockable handle. B. Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 800 A and Smaller: NP.MA KS 1, Type HD, clips to accommodate specified fuses, enclosure consistent with environment whew ~oc~ted, handle lockable with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSID position. C. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, Type 1, unless otherwise specified or required to meet environmental conditions of installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R 2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: Type 4. 3. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: Type 7C. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install disconnect switches in locations as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install disconnect switches level and plumb. C. Install wiring between disconnect switches, control, and indication devices. D. Connect disconnect switches and components to wiring system and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16476 - 2 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, nse those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. ' E I i . dent fy each disconnect switch according to requirements specified in Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." ' 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Testing: After installing disconnect switches and after electrical circuitry has been energized demonstrate product ca abilit and com liance with re uirements , p y p q . 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for disconnect switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. ' l3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest. ' i.03 CI.EANATG A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, and abrasions. ~' ' ;t5?iF_~ ~ sF SECTION 16476 nTSCf)NNECT SWITCHES I6476 - 3 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN :' M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ., ~:F :(:"PION 16478 ' TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION PART 1 - ['*FNFR Ai . ' 1.01 RELATED DOCLTMFNTS ' A. Drawings and. general provisions of the Contract, including General amd Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, appiy to this Section. ' 1.02 SUIVIIVIARY A. This Section includes transient voltage surge suppressors far low-voltage circuits and equipment. ' 1.03 SYSTEM DFSCRIPTION ' A. Transient voltage suppression for low-voltage distribution systems, with suppressors located at service entrance distribution equipment. ' l~. System Exposure: IEEE Cb2.41, high. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 1 ,' ,~ ~~ t 'Product Data: Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating wei8hts; ;`urnished specialties; and accessories for each model indicated. B. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. C. Maintenance Data: For transient voltage surge suppressors to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated equipment specified in this Section that is listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National IIectrical Code, Article 100. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 -PRODUCTS TRANSTF,NT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16478 -1 Y' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Height, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to complance with requirements, provide the following: 1. Current Technology, Inc.: Provide Model SEL300-277/480-3GY L3. 2.02 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS A. Functional Description: Solid-state, 2-stage, transient voltage surge suppressors employing no series-connected suppression components. 1. Primary Suppression: Employs selenium enhanced metal oxide varistor supression modules. 2. Secondary Suppression: Employs selenium enhanced metal oxide varistor suppression modules. 3. Fuses in each suppression-module circuit prev~t dauaage to suppressor during failure of any module. B. Overall Ratings: As indicated~and as required to comply with location categories according to NEMA LS 1. ~ . C. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: At least 115 percent of nominal system operating voltage. D. Connection Means: Permtanently wired. Ir. Protection Modes: Include the following: 1. Line-to-csrutral, where applied on grounded circuits. 2. Line-to-line. 3. Line-to-ground 4. Neutral-to-ground, where applied on grounded circuits. F. Service Conditions: Include the following: 1. Operating Temperature: 30 to 120 deg F (0 to 50 deg C). 2. Humidity: 0 to 85 percent, noncondensing. 3. Altitude: Less than 20,000 feet (6000 m) above sea level. G. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1. PART 3 -EXECUTION TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16478 - 2 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Conunission #07308 October 30, 2008 i.~? EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, power characteristics, and other conditions affecting performance of transient voltage surge suppressors. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. Connect transient voltage suppression circuit in line-to-neutral configuration. B. Ground each transient voltage surge suppressor enclosure. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. ?.U3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Supervision of the field assexnbly of components and installation of transient voltage surge suppressors, including electrical connections, by a factory-authorized service representative. Report results in writing. END OF SECTION 16478 "'RAATSTFNT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 16478 - 3 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Cohunbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 tFC'"~EON 16481 ' MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1- G~RAT. 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary ' Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to tlris Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ac motor-control devices rated 600 V and less that are supplied as enclosed units. B. Related Sections include the followin g 1. Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Metbczds" for general materials and installation methods. 2. Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labeling materials. ' 3. Division 16 Section "Fuses " 4. Division 16 Section "Switchboards" for approved manufactiu~ers. t 1.03 SUBMITTALS ... f=e~oduct Data: For products specified in this Section. Include dimensions, ratings, and data on features and components. B. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance ~' requirements. C. Maintenance Data: For products to include in the maintenance manuals specified in =. Division 1. D. Load-Current and Overload-Relay Heater List: Compile after motors have been installed and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate full- loadcurrents. E. Qualification Data for Field Testing Personel: Certificates, signed by Contractor, ' certifying that personal comply with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" Article below. ;' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE '~' MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16481-1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~'c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain, within 100 miles (160 km) of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs. B. Field Testing Personel Qualifications: Testing personel with experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct testing indicated without delaying the Work. Evaluation criteria shall be according to ASTM E 699. C. Source Iamitations: Obtain similar motor-control devices through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Comgly with NFPA 70. E. Listing and Labeling: Provide motor controllers specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Teams "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined iu the National F1e+ctriGal Code, Article 100. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of controllers and accessory devices with pilot devices and control circuits to which they connect. B. Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each motor controller with the ratings and characteristics of the supply circuit, the motor, the required control sequence, and the duty cycle of the motor and load. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements. Provide products by the same manufacturer as Division 16 Section "Switchboards". 2.02 MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLI ERS A. Description: NEMA ICS 2, general purpose, Class A with toggle action and overload element. 2.03 MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Description: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, nonreversing, across the line, unless otherwise indicated. MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16481- 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' :~3. Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer, unless otherwise indicated. Include a control power transformer with adequate capacity to . operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 100 percent spare capacity. ' C Combi ati C ll F . n on ontro er: actory-assembled combination controller and disconnect switch with or without oven~urent protection as indicated. ' 1. Fusibie Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch with rejection-type fuse clips rated for fuses indicated. Select and size fuses tq provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 947-4-1, as certified by a Nationally ' Recognized Testing Laboratory. 2. Nonfusible Disconnect: ~TEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfusible switch. ' D. Overload Relay: NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristics selected to protect motor against voltage unbalance and single phasing. ' 2.04 ENCLOSURBS A. Description: Flush or surface-mouuted cabinets as indicated, I~T$MA 250, Type 1, ' unless otherwise indicated to meet envimnmentel, conditions at installed location. i. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Kitchen Areas: N~MA 25Q, .Type 4X, stainless steel. 3. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. 4. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7C. ' '' ~` ACCESSORIES A. Devices are factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated. B. Push-Button Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty tYPe- C. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays. :' D. Factory mounted with Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory listed and labeled mounting device. .' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATIONS ' A. Select features of each motor controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and motor; required control sequence; duty cycle of motor, drive, and load; `' and configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting controller functions. B. Select horsepower rating of controllers to suit motor controlled. e ,' ;~ '~tOTnR CONTROLLERS 16481- 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M Bc E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. Use fractional horsepower manual controllers for single-phase motors, unless otherwise indicated. D. Use manual controllers for 3 phase motors up to 5 hp not requiring automatic or remote control. E. Posh-Button Stations: In covers of magnetic controllers for manually started ma~tors where indicated, start contact connected in parallel with sealing auxiliary contact for low-voltage protection. F. Hand-Off-Automatic Selector Switches: In covers of manual and emetic controllers of motors started and stopped by automatic controls or interlocks with other equipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install independently mounted motor-control devices according to naannfactuter's written instructions. B. Manufactarex's Field Services: Provide services of a f~etory-auffiorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components, including the pretesting and adjustment of solid-state controllers. C. Location: Locate controllers within sight of Mors controlled, unless otherwise indicated. D. For control equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on lightweight strttcfiual-steel •' channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanctmg racks conforming to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." E. Install freestanding equipment on concrete housekeeping bases conforming to Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." F. Motor-Controller Fuses: Install indicated fuses in each fusible switch. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify motor-control components and control wiring according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.04 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between motor-control devices according to Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. MOTOR CON~'ROLT •FRR 16481 - 4 t 1 .~ 1 1 i 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & fi Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 octab~ 30, coos t~. Connect hand-offautomatic switch and other automatic control devices where available. i . Coimect selector switches to bypass only the mamual and automatic control devices that have no safety functions when switch is in the hand position. 2. Connect selector switches with motor-comrol circuit in both hand and automatic positions far safety-type control devices such as lower and high"pressure cutouts, high-temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors. 3.05 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings. Tighten field-connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, accordit-g to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torgne values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Provide services of qualified testing personel to perform specified testing. l3. Testing: After installing motor controllers and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Sections 7.5, 7.6, and 7.16. Certify compliance with test P~~• '. Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new units, and retest. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean devices internally, using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Training: Engage afactory-authorized service representative to demonstrate solid-state and variable- speed controllers and train Owner's maintenance personnel. 1. Conduct a minimum of 4 hours of training in operation and maintenance as specified in Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout." Include training relating to equipment operation and maintenance procedures. 2. Schedule training with at least 7 days' advance notice. 1 END OF SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16481 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~Ft`~i'ION 16495 TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 - (~RNRR AT . ' 1.01 RELATED DOC[7MEIVTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and.S~pplementary ' Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes transfer switches rated 600 V and less and the following items: ' 1. Automatic transfer switch, closed transition type (make before break). 2. Remote annunciation and cornrol system. ' B _ Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section `B1ecGiical Identification" for labeling material. ' 2. Division 16 Section "Packaged Engine Generators" for coorcTination. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Ps~oduct Data: For each switch specified. Include dimensioned plans, sections, and ~.ievations showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, ' installed features and devices, and materials lists. B. Wiring Diagrams: Details of wiring for transfer switches and differentiating between ~, manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Show both power and control wiring. C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that products furnished comply ~; with requirements and that switches have been tested for short-circuit closing and withstand ratings applicable to units for Project . ~' D. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements . E. Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in the maintenance manuals ' specified in Division 1. Include all features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. List all factory settings of relays and provide relay-setting and calibration instructions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE _ i' !' ''"R? ANSFER SWITCHES 16495 - i a City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia.Heights, MN M 8i E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Emergency Service: Manufacturer maintains a service center capable of providing emergency maintenance and repairs at Project site with an 8-hour maximum response time. B. Source Limitations: Obtain automatic transfer switch, remote annunciators, and remote annunciator and control panels from a single manufacturer who assumes responsibility for all components. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide transfer switches specified in this Section that are listed and labeled for emergency service under UL 1008. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Comply with NFPA 99. F. Comply with NFPA 110. G. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1008, "Automatic Transfer Switches," unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANiTFACTURER.S A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: . ' 1. Conventions[ Transfer Switches: a. Emerson Electric Co.; Automatic Switch Co. Subsidiary. ' b• I~wsell ~k~ . 2.02 GF.NF.R AT . TRANSFER~WITCH PRODUCT REQiTlREMENTS ' A. Tested Fault-C~irrent Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated ' based on testing according to UL 1008. 1. Where External Circuit Breaker or Fuses Protect Transfer Switch: Products are ' listed for use with the actual devices providing the fault-current protection at each location for Project. Rated fault-current, withstand-duration times include the following: , a. Units Protected by Current-Limiting Fuses: 0.5 cycles (nominal). TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495 - 2 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Ina Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 i~ . Annunciation and Control Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches for communicating with remote annunciators or annunciator and control panels have communications capability matched with the remote device. C. Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings is plus or minus ~ percent or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 deg C to 70 deg C. D. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components meet or exceed voltage-surge withstand capability its when tested according Io ANSI C37.90.1. Components meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA iCS 1. E. Neutral Terminal: Where 2- or 3-poke switches are indicated,.prpvidefolly dated, solid, unswitcheci neutral terminal, unless otherwise indicated. F. Four-Pole Switches: Where 4-pole switches are indicated, provide neutral switching. G. Oversize Neutral: Ampacity and switch rating of neutral Bath through~units indicated for oversize neutral shall be double the nonrin&1 rating of the circuit in which the switch is installed. H. Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 1, complyi~ag-with NEMA IGS 6; UL 508, unless otherwise indicated. i. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and label consistent with Shop Drawings, either by color code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at Terminations. 1. Designated Terminals: Pressure type suitable for types and sizes of field wiring indicated. 2. Power-Terminal Arrangement a~ Field-Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom entrance of feeder conductors as indicated. 3. Control Wiring: Esluipped with lugs suitable fox connection to terminal strips. J. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a noafysgd; mo~uenta~ily~energized solenoid or electric motor-operated mech~ism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions. K. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current between active power sources. 1. Limitation: Switches using molded-case switch or insulated-case circuit-breaker components and switches using contactors not designed for continuous-duty repetitive switching between active power sources are not acceptable. 2. Switch Action: Double throw; mechanically held in both directions. 3. Switch Contacts: Silver composition for load current switching. Conventional automatictransfer-switch units rated 225 A and greater have separate arcing contacts. TR ~NSFER SWITCHES 16495 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columiia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWTfCH A. Comply with Level l equipment according to NFPA 110. B. Switching Arrangement: Double-throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position stops daring normal functioning, unless otherwise indicated. C. Manual Switch Operation: Manually operated under load, with the door closed, and with either or both sources energized. Transfer time is the same as~for electrical operation. Control circuit automatically disco~ects from electrical operator during manual operation. D. Signal-before Transfer Contacts: A set of normally openfnormally closed dry contacts operates in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval is adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds. E. Digital Communicatiams Interface: Phll-,duplex RS X22 type, matched to capability of remote annunciator or annunciator and control panel. F. In-Phase Monitor Relay: Include factory-wired, internal, in-phase monitar relay. The relay controls transfer to occur when the 2 sources are synchronized in phase. The relay compares phase relationship and frequency difference between the normal and emergency sources and initiates transfer when both sources are within 1~ electrical degrees, and only if transfer can be completed within 60 electrical degrees. In.phase transfer is initiated only if both sources aze within 2 I~z of nominal frequency and 70 percent or more of nominal voltage. 2.04 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER-SWITCH FEATURFS A. Voltage sensing for each phase of normal source. Piclrnp voltage is adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal, and dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent. B. Time delay for override of normal-source voltage sensing delays transfer and engine start signals. Adjustable 0 to 6 seconds and factory set at 1 second. C. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevents premature transfer to an emergency generator set. Piclaip voltage is adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set to pickup at 90 percent. Pickup frequency is adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set to pickup at 95 percent. D. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes and factory set at 10 minutes. Provides automatic defeat of the delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of the emergency source, provided normal supply has been restored. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495 - 4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~' E. Test Switch: Simulates normal-source failure. ~~. Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected. ' G. Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via the transfer-switch, normal- and emergency-source sensing circuits. ' 1. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available." 2. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency Source Available " . ' H. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: 2 normally open single-pole, double-throw contacts for each switch osition rated 10 A at 240 V p , , ac. L Transfer Oveaide Switch: Oveaides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer ' switch will remain connected to en~gency power source regardless of the coition of the normal source. A pilot light indicates override status. ' :f • Engine Starting Contacts: 1 isolated, normally closed and 1 isolated, normally open. Contacts are gold flashed ar gold plated and rated 10 A at 32 V, do ~rinimum. ~' K. fingine Shutdown Contacts: Tim delay adjustable from 0 bo 30 minutes; factory set at 15 minutes. Initiates shutdown at remoteengine-generatoa~ controls after retransfer of load to normal source. •' 1~. fingine-Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable-time switch starts engine- generator set and transfers load to it from normal source far a preset time, then : retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiates exercise ' cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods are adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Factory-set periods are for 30 days, 20 minutes, and 5 minutes, respectively. Exerciser features include the following. 1. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection between exercise with and without load transfer. ~' 2. Push button programnring control with digital display of settings. 3. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available. .~ ' 2.05 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR AND CONTROL SYSTEM A. Functional Description: A remote annunciation and control panel provides the following functions at indicated transfer switches: ~,' 6' TRANSFRR SWITCHES 16495 - 5 i' City of Colombia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 1. Sources-available indication, as defined by actual pickup and dropout settings of transfer-switch controls. 2. Switch-position indication. 3. Switch in test-mode indication. 4. Failure of digital-communications-link indication. 5. User-code access to control functions of panel. 6. Control of switch-test initiation. 7. Control of switch operation in either direction. 8. Control of time-delay bypass for transfer to normal source. B. Annunciation and Control Panel: Solid-state components. Include the following features: 1. Controls and indicating lights grouped together for each transfer switch. 2. Label each indicating light "Control Cronp." Indicate the transfer switch it controls, location of switch, and load it serves. 3. Digital Comrnnnications Capability: Matched to that of transfer switches supervised. 4. Mounting: Flush, nwdnlar, steel cabinet, unless otherwise indicated. C. Malfunction of annunciator unit or communications link does not~affect functions of automatic transfer switch. In the event of failure of the communications link, the automatic transfer switch sulomatically revezts tostand-scone, self-aged operation. No automatic transfer witch sensing, controlling, or operal~ng function depends on the remote panel for proper operation. 2.06 FINISHES A. Enclosures: Man~actnrer's standard enamel overcorrosion-resistant pretreatment and primer. 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Test Components, Assembled Switches, and Associated Equipment: Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495 - 6 t City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN .' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' A. Switchboard Mounting of Switches: Mount transfer switch in Switchboard. Ship to switchboard manufacturer for including in switchboard. Coordinate with Division 16 Section "Switchboards". ' B. Annunciator and Control Panel Mounting: Flush in wall, anless otherwise indicated. ' C. Identify components according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.02 WIltIl~TG TO REMOTE COMPONENTS ' A. Match type and number of cables and connectors to control and communications requirements of transfer switches used. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to ' Owner if necessary to accouunodate required wiring. 3.03 CONNECTIONS ' A. Ground equipment as indicated and required by National Electrical Code. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals acc:ardmg to maPnufactarer's ' published torgae-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicted, use those specified in U'L 486A and UL 486B. ' 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. ~festing: Engage a factory authorized service representative to perform specified ' acceptance testing. .~.. Preliminary Tests: Perform electrical tests as recommended by manufacturer and as follows: 1. Measure phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation resistance levels with ~, insulation resistance tester. Include external annunciator and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Meet manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. 2. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. C. Field Tests: Give 7 days' advance notice of tests and perform tests in presence of Owner's representative. D. Coordinate tests with tests of generator plant and run them concurrently. t E. Tests: As recommended by manufacturer and as follows: 1. Contact Resistance Test: Measure resistance of power contacts for automatic transfer switches, nonautomatic transfer switches, and bypass/isolation switches. Resolve values in excess of 500 micro-ohms and differences between adjacent poles exceeding 50 percent. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495 - 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices to ensure sensors are properly selected and located to optimize ground-fault protection when power is being delivered from either source. a. Verify grounding points and sensor ratings and locations. b. Apply simulated fault current at sensors and observe reaction of circuit- interruptingdevices. 3. Operational Tests: Demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least 3 times. a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available. b. Simulate low phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source to automatic transfer switches. c. Verify tines-delay settings and pickup and dropout voltages. F. Test Failures: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and prepare for retest. Verify that equipment meets specified i+equirements. G. Reports: Maintain a written record of observations and tests. Report defective materials and workmanship and retest connected items. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION A . Training: Engage afactory-authorized service representative to instruct Owner's personnel in the operation, maintenance, and adjustment of transfer switches and related equipment. Provide a minimum of 8 hours of instruction scheduled 7 days in advance. END OF SECTION 16495 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495 - 8 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~;^C_"!'1C~N 15500 LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUM131V7.'S A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary ' Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Secxion inchules lighting fixtures, lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting units, pole ' standards, and accessories. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Emergency Lighting Unit: A fixture with integral emergency battery-powered supply and the means for controlling and charging the battery. It is also Down as an emergency light set. 3 . Fixture; A complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect ' lamps to power supply. Internal battery powered exit signs and emergency lighting units ~lso include a battery and the means for controlling and recharging the battery. .~r,--ergency lighting units include ones with and without integral lamp heads. t C. Average Life: The time after which 50 percent fails and 50 percent survives under normal conditions. D. Lighting Unit: A fixture or an assembly of fixtures with a common support, including a pole or bracket plus mounting and support accessories. E. Luminaires A fixture. 1.04 ~ SUBMITTALS A. Prior to bidding approvals: Submit each item nested for riot a val in this Article ~l P PPro according to the Conditions of the Contract, Division 1 Specifications Sections, or if not addressed a minimum of 5 working days prior to the bid date. Only equivalent fixtures will be considered and listed as having prior approval. 1 ?.TrNTING ~ 16500 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Ina Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B. After bidding approvals: If requested by the Owner, Architect, or Engineer in writing after completion of the bidding proceedure, an alternate lighting fixture package spay be submitted by the Electrical Contractor/Distributorfnr review by the Engineer in the following manner. 1. Submit full cut sheets on each proposed alternate fixtnre type, including written differences to the specified fixtures such as photometrics, appearance, lamps, ballasts, lenses, color, fixture size, and any and.all.differ~g components. 2. Provide a dollar amount of savings for RACH b'IR'f'URE TYPE submitted. An overall savings package will be rejected. 3. After written! approval by the Architect, Engineer, and Owner, the now approved. alternate lighting fixtures will be opened to bid by other approved Mannfactnrers Representatives working with Distributors to provide equivalent fixture type pricing. The lowest priced equivalent fixtures, as decided by the Engineer, will be approved and implemented.by the Ca~ptractor. 4. Any fixture package after bidding has completed not submitted in the manner described above will not be reviewed or approved. Time constraints may not be considered as arr obstical to the requirements of this Section. C. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the.Cortditions of the Contract, Division 1 Specification Sections. D. Product Data descnibing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, poles, and emergency lighting units. Arrange Product Data for fixtures in Qrder of fixture designation. Include data on features, poles and accessories, finishes, and the following: E. F. G. 1.05 A. 1. Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features of fixtures and or poles. 2. Electrical Ratings and Photometric Data: Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps. 3. Battery and charger data for emergency lighting units. ~ . ~ ~~ . Product data describing ballasts. Product data describing lamps. Maintenance data for fixtures to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and that are listed and labeled by UL where available. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures, emergency lighting units, and accessory components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled for their indicated use and installation conditions on Project. LIGHTIl~TG 16500 - 2 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 1. Special Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures for use in damp or wet locations, that are specifically listed and labeled for such use. 1 1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF POLES A. General: Store poles on decay-resistant treated skids at least 12 inches (300 mm) above grade and vegetation. Support pole to prevent distortion and arrange .to provide free air circulation. ' B. Metal Poles: Retain factory-applied pole wrappings until just before pole installation. For poles with nonmetallic finishes, handle with web fabric straps. 1 1 1 1.07 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provi&ions. of the Gontcact Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concuaent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Ii. Special Warranty for Batteries: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to replace rechargeable system batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. 1. Special Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and prorated warranty for last 9 years. C. Special Warranty External Fix tares: Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeing to replace external parts of lighting fixtures exhibiting a failure of finish as specified below. This warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights and remedies the Owner may have under the Contract Documents. 1. Protection of Metal from Corrosion: Warranty against perforation or erosion of finish due to weathering. 2. Color Retention: Warranty against fading, staining, and chancing due to effects of weather and solar radiation. 3. Special Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps: l lamp for every 50 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' l_TGHTIATG 16500 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirennents, provide the products specified in the Lighting Fixtnre Schedule as called for on the drawings. B. Lamps: 1. Osram~ylvania 2. General Electric C. Ballasts: 1. T8 Fluorescent and Compact Fluorescent: a. Valmont b. Magnatec c. Osram~ylvania 2. HID: a. Advance b. Universal '.~..'~'~ F1XTiJRES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GRNFRAi. A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from~light leakage under operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal glass, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. LIGHTING 16500 - 4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' 2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch (3 mm) minimum; excapt where greater thickness is indicated. ' F. Fixture Support Components: Comply with Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." ' 1. Single-Stem Hangers: 1%2-inch (12-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixtare. 2. Twin~tem Hangers: Two, l~inch (12-mm) steel tabes with single canoPY . arranged to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. , 3. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch. (5-mm-) nunimum diameter, cadnninm-plated, threaded steel rod. ' 4. Hook Hanger: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and. line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment card and lockin -t e lu , , yp g p g. ' G. Fluorescent Fixtures: Conform to TJL 1570. H. Fluorescent Ballasts: Electronic integrated circuit, solid-state, fallTlight-outPut,.energy- efficient type compatible with lamps and lamp combinations to which connected. 1. CertificatioA by Electrical Testimg Laboratory (ETL). 2. Labeling by Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM). ' 3. Type: Class P, high power factor, except as otherwise indicated. 4. Sound Rating: "A" rating, except as otherwise indicated. 5. Voltage: Match connected circuits. ' 6. Lamp Flicker: Less than 5 percent. ?. Minimum Power Factor: 90 percent. 3. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of Ballast Current: Less than 20 percent. ' 9. Low-Temperature Fluorescent Ballasts: Comply with above requirements, except ballast may be Class P electromagnetic type. Starting temperature is minus 20 deg C or colder. ' I. High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Fixtures: Conform to iJL 1572. ~' J. HID Ballasts: Conform to TJL 1029 and ANSI C82.4. Include the following features, except as otherwise indicated . ' 1. Constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) or regnlatinghigh-power-factor type, unless otherwise indicated. . 2. Operating Voltage: Match system voltage. 3. Single-Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 30 deg C. ' 4. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 40 deg C. 5. Open circuit operation will not reduce average life. ' 6. Encapsulation: Manufacturer's standard epoxy-encapsulated model designed to , nuninvze audible fixture noise. K. Incandescent Fixtures: Conform to UL 1571. a T TCHTT!VG 16500 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 L. Track Lighting Systems: Conform to UL 1574. Provide components, including track, fittings, and fixtures, from same manufacturer and as recommended by manufacturer for intended use. M. Exit Signs: Conform to UL 92A~ and the following: 1. Sign Colors: Conform to local code. 2. Arrows: Include as indicated. 3. Lamps for AC Operation: Light-exnntting diodes (L.ED), 70,000 hours minimum rated life. ~ ~ .. N. Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Integral automatic high/low trickle charger in a self-contained power pack. 1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-flee, nickel-cadmium type with special warranty. O. P. Emergency Lighting Units: Conform to UL 924. Provide self-contained unite with the following features: 1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type with minimum 10-year nominal life and special warranty. 2. Charger: Minimum 2-rate, fully automatic, solid-Mate type, with sealed transfer relay. 3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. Relay disconnects lamps and battery and automatically recharges and floats on trickle charger when normal voltage is restored. 4. Wire Guard: Where indicated, provide heavy~hrome-plated wire guard arranged to protect lamp heads or fixtures. 5. Timo-Delay Relay: Provide timerdelay relay in emergency lighting unit control circuit arranged to hold unit ON for fixed interval after restoration of power after an outage. Provide adequate time delay to permit HID lamps to restrike and develop adequate output. Emergency Fluorescent Power Supply Unit: Conform to UL 924. 1. Internal Type: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit factory mounted within fixture body. a. Test Switch and LED Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening fixture or entering ceiling space. b. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type with minimum 10-year nominal life. c. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type. d. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Relay LIGHTING 16500 - 6 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 disconnects lamp and battery and automatically recharges when normal voltage is restored. Q. Exterior Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed~fixtures. R Exterior Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. S. Exterior Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. T. Exterior Lenses and Refractors: Materials as indicated. U~ heat- and aging-resista~, resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lens and refractor mounting in fixture doors. Y.l'. Photoelectric Relays: Conform to UL 773. 1. Contact Relays: Single throw, arranged to fail in the ON position and factory set to tu~cn light unit on at 1.5 to 3foot-candles (16 to 321u~) and off at 4.S to 10 foot-candles (48 to 1081ux) with 15~econd maninnam time delay. 2. Relay Mounting: In fixture housing. 2.03 LAMPS "'omply with ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp. B. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index (CRZ): 3500 K and 85 CRI, except as otherwise indicated. C. Noncompact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hours at 3 hours per start when used on rapid start circuits. D. Metal Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index (CRn: 3600 K and 70 CRI; except as otherwise indicated. 2.04 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Pole-Mounted Fixtures: Conform to AASHTO LTS3. B. Wind-load strength of total support assembly, including pole, arms, appurtenances, base, and anchorage, is adequate to carry itself plus fixtures indicated at indicated heights above grade without failure, permanent deflection, or whipping in steady winds of 100 mi./h (160 km/h) with a gust factor of 1.3. C. Arm, Bracket, and Tenon Mount Materials: Match poles' finish. 1.iGFi'1TVG 16500 - 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. Mountings, Fastenings, and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant items compatible with support components. Use materials that will not cause galvanic action at contact points. Use mountings that correctly position luminaire to provide indicated light distribution. E. Pole Shafts: Tapered, Square. F. Pole Bases: Anchor type galvanized steel hold-down or anchor bolts, leveling ants, and bolt covers. Follow manufacturers directions for mounting. G. Poles: Steel tubing conforming to ASTM A 500, Grade B, carbon steel with a pninimum yield of 46,000 psi (317 MPa). Poles are 1-piece construction up to 40 feet (12 m) in length and have access handhole in wall. H. Metal Pole Grounding Provisions: Welded 1/2-inch (12-mm) threaded lug, accessible through handhole. 2.05 F]NISHES A. Manufacturer's standard, except as otherwise indicated, applied over corrosion;esistant treatment or primer, free of streaks, runs, hplidays, stains, blisters, aad similar defects. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, and secure according to manufacturer's written instructions and approved Shop Drawings. Support fixtures according to requirements of Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." B. Support for Recessed and Senrirecessed Grid-Type Fluorescent Fixtures: Units may be supported from suspended ceiling support system. Install ceiling support system rods or wires at a minimum of 4 rods or wires for each fixture, located not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from fixture corners. 1. Install support clips for recessed fixtures, securely fastened to ceiling grid members, at or near each fixture corner. 2. Fixtures Smaller than Ceiling Grid: Install a minimum of 4 rods or wires for each fixture and locate at corner of ceiling grid where fixture is located. Do not support fixtures by ceiling acoustical panels. 3. Fixtures of Sizes Less than Ceiling Grid: Center in acoustical panel. Support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-inch (20-mm) metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees. C. Support for Suspended Fixtures: Brace pendants and rods over 48 inches (1200 mm) long to limit swinging. Support stem-mounted, single-unit, suspended fluorescent fixtures with twin-stem hangers. For continuous rows, use tubing or stem for wiring at LIGHTING 16500 - 8 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of chassis, including one 3t each end. D. Camping: Where specific lamp designations are not indicated, lamp units according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Concrete Foundations: Construct according to Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place ' Concrete." 1. Comply with details and manufacturer's .recommendations for reinforcing, ' anchor bolts, nuts, and washers. Verily anchor-bolt templates by comparing with actual pole bases furnished. ' 2. Finish: Trowel and rub smooth parts exposed to view. F. Pole Installation: Use web fabric slings (not chain or cable) to raise and set poles. ' G. Fixture Attachment: Fasten to indicated struchaal supports. H. Fixture Attachment with Adjustable Features or diming: Attach fixtures and supports to ' allow aiming for indicated light distribution. I. Lamp fixtures with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's written instructions. Replace malfunctioning lamps. 3.OZ CONNECTIONS ' ~ : Ground lighting units. Tighten electrical connectors and termm~als, inclnding grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and ' UL 486B. ' 3.03 GROUNDING A. Ground exterior fixtures and metal poles according to Division 16 Section "Grounding." ' 1. Poles: Insta1110-foot (3-m) driven ground rod at each pole. ' 3.04 FIEI..D QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replaced damaged fixtures and components. ' B. Tests: Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have been energized with normal power source. Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation. Include the following ;, information in tests of emergency lighting equipment: 1. Duration of supply. 1, L)G?iTTNG 16500 - 9 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Ii~ights, ]IdN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2. Low battery voltage shutdown. 3. Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal. 4. Low supply voltage transfer. 5. Check for excessively noisy ballasts. C. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until all units operate properly. D. Replace fixtures that show evidence of corrosion during Project wa~anty period. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean fixtures after.installation.__Use rYrethods and materials recommended by _ _ _ manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. C. Adjust any visual discrepancies with fixtmres as required so fixture has no objectionable appearance, such as wires or cable showing througit diffusing materials etc. END OF SECTION 16500 LIGHTING ~ 16500 -10 1 1 1 1 ii 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia. Heights, MN M & E Engineering, ]nc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 °~ H~: `i .fUN 16621 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conttact, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged engine generator sets with the following features and accessories: 1. Air-intake silencer. 2. Battery charger. 3. Day tank/Base mounted fuel oil tank. 4. Engine generator set. 5. Muffler. 6. Exhaust piping external to set. 7. Outidoor enclosure. 8. Remote annunciator. 9. Remote stop switch. 10. Starting battery. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Vibration Control" for muffler and exhaust piping supports. 2. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Insulation" for muffler and exhaust pipe insulation. 3. Division 15 Section "Fuel Oil Piping" for fuel piping and fuel storage tank. 5. Division 16 Section "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches, including sensors and relays to initiate automatic-starting and -stopping signals for engine generator sets. C. Provide base price for a diesel only generator. Provide an alternate price for a bi-fuel generator using diesel and natural gas. 1.03 DEFINITIONS ~ A('~ AGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621- 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the duration of a power outage, with capability for a minimum overload of 10 peroent of the rating for 2 out of 24 continuous operating hours. B. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to the highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage o~the nominal value of the parameter. C. Power Output Rating: Gross electrical power output of generator set minus total power requirements of electric motor-driven cooling fan and pump. D. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hz or cycles per second. 1.04 GENERATOR~ET PERFORMANCE, CRTITCAL A. Oversizing of generator with respect to the rated power output of the engine to meet certain performance requirements below is permissible. 1. Generator Nameplate: For oversized generators, show ratings required by the Contract Documents that are consistent with engine capacity rather than component oversize ratings. B. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 2 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. C. Steady-State Voltage Modulation Frequency: Less than one Hz. D. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10 percent variation for 50 percent step- load increase or decrease. Voltage recovers to remain within the steady-state operating band within OS second. E. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: Plus or minus 0.25 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. F. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there are.no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. G. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 2-Hz variation fora 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Frequency recovers to remain within the steady-state operating band within 3 seconds. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621- 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 H. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line-to-neutral does not exceed 2.0 percent total with no slot ripple. The telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, does not exceed 50. I. Sustained Short~ircuit Current. Fora 3-phase, bolted short cin;uit at the system output terrminals, the system will supply a mirrimum of 3Q0 percent.of rated full :igad current for ~' not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to winding insulation or any other generator system component. J. Temperature Rise of Generator: Within limits permitted by 1~iEMA MG 1 when operating continuously at full-rated load, including 2 hours per 24 hours at 1 i0 percent of rated capacity. ' K. Nonlinear Load Performance: System performance is not degraded from that specified in this Article by continuous operation, with fixll-loasi current having a minimpm total harmonic content of 25 percent RMS, with a minimum single harmtanic magnitude of 16 ' percent RMS. L. Starting Time: Maximum total time period for a cold start, with ambient temperature at ' low ettd of specified range, is 5 seconds. Time period includes output voltage and frequency settlement within specified steady-state bands. ' i.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each component. Include data qn features, components, ratings, and ' performance. Include dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine generator set and other system components. ' B. Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication, piping, wiring, and installation of field- installedportions of system. Include general arrangement.drawings showing locations of auxiliary components in relation to engine generator set and duct, piping, and wiring ' connections between generator set and auxiliary equipment. Show connections, mounting, and support provisions and access and workspace requirements. ' 1. Wiring Diagrams: Show details of power and couxrol connections and differentiating between factory-installed and field-installed wiring. C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article. ~' D. Field Test and Observation R rts: Indicate and in ret test results for com liance eP° ~'P P with performance requirements. ' E. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report. ~, F. Certified Test Reports of Components and Accessories: For devices that are equivalern, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit. `~' ' pA('KAGRD ENGINE GENERATORS 16621 - 3 ti City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Cohunbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 G. Certified Summary of Performance Tests: Demonstrate compliance with specified requirement to meet critical performance criteria. H. Factory Test Reports: For units to be shipped for this Project showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements. I. Exhaust Emissions Test Report: To show compliance with applicable regulations. J. Sound measurement test report. K. Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NF~PA 110. L. Field test report of tests specified in Part 3. M. Maintenance data for system and components to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include the following: 1. List of tools and replacement items reco~rnmended to be stored at the site for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current upit prices, and source of supply. 2. Detail operating instructions for both normal and abnormal conditions. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ~Vianufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacdning equipment of types and capacities similar to those indicated for this Project and with a service center maintained by engine generator set manufacturer capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project site with 4 hours' maximum response time. B. Testing Personel Qualifications: Testing personal with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated with delaying the Work as evaluated according to criteria contained in ASTM E 699. C. Source Limitations: Obtain engine generator set and auxiliary components from a single manufacturer with responsibility for entire system. Furnish a representative product built from components that have proven reliable and compatible with each other and are coordinated to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing. D. Listing and Labeling: Provide system components of types and ratings for which listing or labeling service is established and components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. E. Comply with NFPA 70. PACKAGID ENGINE GENERATORS 16621- 4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~ ~ C l i h NFPA 99 t amp y w t . ' G. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for a Level l emergency power supply system. H. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for a Level 2 emergency power supply system. I. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements. ' 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver engine generator set and system compone~s to their final locations in protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that vuiil exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection only after equipment is safe from such hazards. 1.08 WARRANTY ' A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article Shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other wamandes made ' by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by Contractor and manufacturer, with single-source responsibility for engine generator and auxiliaFy componentst '' agreeing to repair or replace items that do not meet requirements or that deteriorate as ~1efvned in this Section within the specified warranty period. ., C. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. ' 1.09 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full ' maintenance by skilled employees of the manufacturer's designated service organization. Include quarterly exercising to check for proper, starting, load transfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Provide parts and supplies as used in the ~' manufacture and installation of original equipment. 1.10 EXTRA MATF.RTAT `' A. Furnish extra materials described below that match acts installed, are ed with 1?~ 1?an~g protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. _' Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Fuses: 1 for every 10 of each type and rating, but not less than 1 of each. 2. Indicator Lamps: 2 for every 6 of each type used, but not less than 2 of each. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621- 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M Bt E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion air filters. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers Base Bid: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Caterpillar, Inc.; Engine Division. 2. Generac Corporation. B. Manufacturers Alternate: 1. Generac Corporation. 2.02 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Bngine generator system withstands the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 deg C to plus 40 deg C. 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet (300 m). 2.03 ENGIlVE GENERATOR ~. Furnish a coordinated assembly of compatible components. B. Ratings: Voltage, frequency, and power output ratings of system are as indicated. C. Output Connections: 3 phase, 4 wire. D. Safety Standanl: Comply with ASME B15.1. E. Nameplates: Each major system component is equipped with a conspicuous nameplate of component manufacturer. Nameplate identifies manufacturer of origin and address, and model and serial number of item. F. Resistance to Seismic Forces: Supports for internal and external components, and fastenings for batteries, wiring, and piping are designed to withstand static or anticipated seismic forces, or both, in any direction. For each item, use a minimum force value equal to weight of item. G. Limiting dimensions indicated for system components are not exceeded. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621- 6 ' Qty of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' H. Power Output Rating: Nominal ratings as indicated, with capacity ~s required to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing, ' ). Skid: Adequate strength and rigidity to maintain align~aent of mounted components without dependence on a concrete foundation. Skid is free from sharp edges.and corners. Lifting attachments are arranged to facilitate lifiting with slings without~laffiagir~g any ComponCIItS. 7. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on a metal plate permanently attached to skid. Diagram ' indicates location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and location of center of 1~tY• ' 2.04 ENGINE A. Comply with NFPA 37. • ' B. Fuel: Base Bid: Diesel fuel oil grade DF 2. Alternate bid; Bi fuel using both diesel and natural gas ' C. Maximum Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. D. Maximum Piston Speed for 4-G~+cle Engines: 2250 fpm (11.4 m/s). ' L b i i S .__. r u cat on ystem: Pressurised by a positive-displacenpent pump driven from engine . crankshaft. The following items are mounted on the engine or skid: ' 1 Fil . ter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 microns and • smaller while passing full flow. 2. Oil Cooler: Maintains lubricating oil at manufacturer's recommended optimum ' temperature throughout 2 hours of operation of generatpr set at 110 percent of system power output rating. ' 3. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit is capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. 4. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily : removable container with no disassembly and without the use of pumps or ' siphons or special tools or appliances. F. Engine Fuel System: Comply with NFPA 30. System includes the following: ;' 1. Integral Injection Pumps: Driven by engine camshaft. Pumps are adjustable for • timing and cylinder pressure balancing. :' 2. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. • 3. Parallel Fuel Oil Filters: Ahead of injection pumps. Changeover valves allow ' independent use of either filter. • 4. ReliefBypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. ~' n A CK4 GED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621 - 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 G. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electrio-immersion type, factory installed iri jacket coolant system Unit is rated and thermostatically controlled to maintain an engine temperature of 25 deg C at the low end of the ambient temperature range specified in "Environmental Conditions° Paragraph above. 2.OS GOVERNOR A. Type: Adjustable isochronous type, with speed sensing. 2.06 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM A. Description: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine generator-set skid and integral engine-driven coolant pumping. B. Radiator: Rated for specified coolant. C. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol-and SO percent water. D. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thernwstatic-control valve nw.dulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. Features include the following: 1. Thermostatic Elements: Interchangeable and nonadjustable. ~' 2. Actuator Design: Normally open valves to return to open position when actuator fails. E. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with nonporous robber inside surface and aging, ultraviolet, and abrasion-resistant fabric outer covering. 1. Rating: 50-psig (34S kPa) maximum working pressure with 180 deg F (82 deg C) coolant, and noncollapsible under vacuum. 2. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. 2.07 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM A. Comply with NFPA 30 and NFPA 37. B. Day Tank/Base Mounted Fuel Tank: Freestanding, factory-fabricated assembly of a . Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory listed fuel tank with integral, float-controlled transfer pump and the following features: 1. Containment: Integral rupture basin with a capacity of 110 percent of nominal capacity of day tank. a. Leak Detector: Locate in rupture basin and connect to provide audible and visual alarm in the event of a day-tank leak. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621- 8 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2. Tank Capacity: Adequate to supply fuel to engine for an uirinterrupted period of 48 hours' operation at 100 percent of;ated power output of engine generator system without being refilled. 3. Pump Capacity: Exceeds maximum flow of fuel drawn by engine-mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel. retux~ned~ from engine. 4. Unit, Including Alarm Contacts: Complies with UL 142. 5. Low-Level Alarm Sensor: Separate device operates alarm contacts at 75 percent of normal fuel level. 6. High-Level Alarm Sensor. Segarate device operates alarm and zedundamt fuel shutoff contacts at 106 percent of normal fuel level. 7. Piping Connections: Include fuel section and retarn lines to fuel storage tank, fuel supply, and return lines to engine, local fuel fi~ vent line, overflow line, and tank drain line complete with shutoff valve. 8. Redundant High-Level I~el Shutoff: Actuated by high level alarm season in day tank. It operates a separate moor.disconnect device that dish day-tank pomp motor. It also closes a solenoid valve in.fuel suctiop linerfrom fuel storage tank to day tank. Bath items .remai~u in shutoff state pntii npanua]ly reset. Shutoff action initiates an alarm signal to control panel, but does not shut down engine generator set. 9. Tank level indicator. 10. Capacity: Fuel for 48 houus of continuous operation at 100 percent rated power output. 11. Vandal-resistant fill cap. 2..OR ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Muffler: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer. Measured sound level, according to the Diesel Engine Manufacturers Association's "DEMA Test Code for the Measurement of Sound from Heavy-Duty Reciprocating Engines" at a distance of 10 feet (3 m) from the exhaust discharge, is 85 dBA or less. B. Condensate Drain for Muffler: Schedule 40, black steel pipe connected to muffler dn~in outlet through a petcock. C. Connections from Engine to Exhaust System: Flexible section of corrugated stainless- steel pipe. D. Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless-steel expansion joint with liners. E. Exhaust Piping External to Engine: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, welded, black steel, with welded joints and fittings. 2.09 COMBUSTION AIR-INTAKE SYSTEM ~~ ~ PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621 - 9 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. B. 2.10 A. Air Intake Silencer: Filter type providing filtration as recommended by engine manufacturer. 1. Sound level emanating from air intake treasured as specified in the Diesel Engine Manufactiuers Associatian's "DEMA Test Code for the Measurement of Sound from Heavy-Duty Reciprocating Lngirtes" at a distance of 25 feet (8 m) is 54 dBA or less in the 1200- to 4800-Hz fregnency band and 36 dBA or less in the 4800- to 10,000-Hz band. 2. Mounting: Factory installed an engine generator set at a locatian readily accessible for servicing. Intake Duct Comieetian: Size and connect intake duct to engine as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Flexible Connector: Flamo-retarded or nanoambustible~fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with iJL 181, Class 1; and factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2 inches (89 mm) wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4inch- (70-mm-) wide, 0.028-inch (0.7-mm~ galvanized steel sheet or 0.02-inch (0.8-mm) aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with connected dect system. Fold and crimp~melal edge strips onto fabric as illustrated in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Constructian Standards." STARTING SYSTEM Description: 2~-V electric, with negative ground and including the following items: 1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph above. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty nnit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. 4. Battery complies with SAE J537 and has adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph above to provide specified cranking cycle at least twice without recharging. 5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by generator set manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 6. Battery Compartr~nt: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater is arranged to maintain battery above 10 deg C regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph above. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621-10 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 7. Battery-Charging Alternator. Factory mounted on engine with solid-state .' voltage-regulation and 35 A mi~rirtrum continuous razing. S. Battery Charger. Current-limiting, autosnatic~qualizing and float-charging type. ' Unit complies with UL 508 and includes the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing-cl~arg~g rate of 10 A is initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is ' achieved at battery terminals. Unit then automatically switches to a lower float-charging ttwde and continues operating in that mode until battery is disc>targed again. ' b. Automatic Ted Compens~ion: Adausts float and equalizes voltages for variations in ambiaat ten~rature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperagtt~es and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. ' d. Ammeter and ~Toltmeter; Flush mounted in door. Meters indicate charging rates. e. Safety Functions: Include sensing. of abnormally low battery voltage ' arranged to close conta~ p~ovidimg lowbattery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of ac input or do output of batteryry charger. Either of ' these conditions closes contacts that provide a battery charger malfunction indication at system control and monitari>xg panel. . f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet. ' ? 1 CONTROL AND MONITORING ' . A. Functional Description: When the mode-selector switch on the control and manitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic-transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of the generator set. When the mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, the generator set manually starts. .' The off position of the same switch initiates generator-set shutdown, When the generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements ' automatically shut down the generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote switch also shuts down the generator set emer ency-sto . . g p ' B. Functional Description: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts the generator set. The off position of the same switch initiates generator- set~shutdown. When the generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures ;~ or derangements automatically shut down the generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down the generator set. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS ]5621-1] a City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages are grouped on a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method isolates the control panel from generator-set vibration. D. Co~iguration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system comrols, and engine gage$ are grouped in a common wall-mounted control° and monitoring panel. E. Co~iguration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, engine gages, instrument transformers, generator circuit breaker, and other indicated components are grouped in a combination control and power panel. Control and monitoring section of panel is isolated from power sections by steel barriers. Panel features include the following: 1. Wall-Mounted Cabinet Constriction: Rigid, self-supporting steel unit wnforming to NBMA ICS 6. Power bus is copper. Bus, bus supports, control wiring, and temperature rise comply with UL 891. 2. Generator Circuit Breaker: Low-voltage, insulatedcase-type, and conforms to Division 16 Section "Paneiboards." 3. Current and Potential Transformers: Instrument accuracy class. F. Indicating and Protective Devices, and Comtrols: Include the following: 1. Ac voltmeter. 2. Ac ammeter. 3. Ac frequency meter. 4. Dc voltmeter (alternator battery charging). 5. Engine-coolant temperature gage. 6. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage. 7. Rum~ing-time meter. 8. Ammetier-voltmeter, phase-selector switch or switches. 9. Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat. 10. Start-stop switch. 11. Overspeed shutdown device. 12. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device. 13. Coolarn low-level shutdown device. 14. Oil low-pressure shutdown device. 15. Fuel tank derangement alarm. 16. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm. G. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices, and wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine, generator, or elsewhere as indicated. Where not indicated, locate to suit manufacturer's standard. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621 -12 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' 1 I. Connection to Data Link: A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry ~~~ntacts, for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connections for data link transmission of indications to r~note data terminals. Data system connections tp ' ternninals are covered in another Section. I. Common Remote Audible Alarm: Signal tlxe occurrence of any of the events fisted ' below without differentiating between different event types. Locate audible device and silencing means where indicated. Connect so that after an.alarm is. silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. ' 1. Engine high~temperatuxe shutdown. 2. Luba-oil low-pressure shutdown. ' 3. Overspced shutdown. 4. Remote emergency-stop shutdown. 5. Engine high-temperature prealarm. ' 6. Lube-oil low pressure prealarm. 7. Fuel tank low level. 8. Overcrank shutdown. 9. Coolant low-temperature alarm. ' 10. Control switch not in auto position. 11. Battery-charger malfunction alarm. 12. Battery low-voltage alarm. ' F. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 99. Labeled LEDs ide~ptify each alarm event. Common audible signal sounds for alarm conditions. Silencing switch in face of panel silences signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing initiating condition will reactivate alarm until sile~pging switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surfaco- orflush-mounting type to suit mounting conditions ' indicated. 2.12 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR ' A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 and specified performance regwirements. ' B. Drive: Generator shaft is directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter is rotated integrally with generator rotor . _ C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. ~ D. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. ' E. Conswction prevents mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. ' ^ F. Excitation uses no slip or collector rings, or brushes, and is arranged to sustain generator output under short-circuit conditions as specified. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621- 13 f~1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission#07308 October 30, 2008 G. Enclosure: Dripproof. Ii. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure. I. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as speed. 1. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel provides plus or minus 5 percentadjustment of output voltage operating band. J. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged~to maintain statar windings above dew point. K. Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and folly finked amortiss~r winding. L. Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent, maximum. 2.13 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Comply with Division 15 Section "Motors." 2.14 OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE A. Description: Prefabricated or preengineered enclosure with the following features: 1. Construction: Galvanized steel, metal-clad, integral structural.--steel framed building erected. on concrete foundation. 2. Structural Design and Anchorage: Adequate to resist loads imposed by 100-mph (160-km/h) wind. 3. Other structural loads, including roof, seismic, and auxiliary loads, are as indicated. 4. Space Heater: Thermostatically controlled operating at one-half or less of rated voltage sized to prevent condensation. 5. Louvers: Equipped with insect/rodent screen and filter arranged to permit air circulation when engine is not running while excluding exterior dust and rodents. 6. Hinged Doors: With padlocking provisions. 7. Ventilation: Louvers equipped with insect/rodent screen and filter arranged to permit air circulation while excluding exterior dust and rodents. 8. Thermal Insulation: As required to maintain winter interiar temperature within limits required by components. Provide a minimum of 2" of insulation inside enclosure. 9. Finish: 2-coat enamel finish over cleaned and primed surfaces. B. Muffler Location: External to enclosure. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621-14 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ..' M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' C. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Adequate to maintain temperature rise of . system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient temperature at the tQp of the range specified in system service conditions. D. Louvers: 1~ixed-engine cooling air inlet and discharge. Louvers prevent entry of rain i and snow. E. Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling sir inlet and discharge. Dampers are closed to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weatlter when nirit is not operating. F. Sound Level: Enclosure to lmmt sound level to 75 dBa or less at 25 feet from enclosure. ' ?.15 FINISHES A. Indoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion- ' resistant pretreatment and primer. E. Outdoor Enclosures; Manufacturer's standard enamel over cornosion-resistant ' pretreatment and compatible standard primer. 2.16 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL q. Factory Tests: Include prototype testing and Project-specific equipment testing (testing of equipment manufactured specifically for this Project). P . Prototype Testing: Performed on a separate engine generator set using same engine .~YOdel, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Conform to those required for Level l energy converters in paragraphs • 3.2.1, 3.2.1.1, and 3.2.1.2 of NFPA 110. ' 2. Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those an tested prototype have been tested to demonstrate ' compatibility and reliability. ' C. Project-S ecific ui ment Tests: Fact test en e enerator set and others stem P ~ P oTy gm g Y ' components and accessories before shipment. Test items individually and assembled and connected as a complete system the same as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article below. Record and report test data. Conform to the following: ' 1. Test Equipment: Use instruments calibrated within the previous 12 months and with accuracy directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. ;, 2. Hydrostatic Test: Perform on radiator, heat exchanger, and engine water jacket. 3. Generator Tests: Comply with IEEE 115. 4' PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621-15 i.' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 4. Complete~ystem, Contimious-Operation Test: Include nonstop operation for a minimum of 8 hours, including at least 1 hour each at one-half, three-fourths, and full load, and 2 hours at 110 percent of full load. If unit stops during the 8- hour test, repeat the complete test. Record the following minimum data at start and end of each load run, at 15 minute intervals between those times, and at 15- minute intervals during balance of test: a. Fuel consumption. b. Exhaust temperature. c. Jaclflet water temperature. d. Lubricating oil temperature and pressure. e. Generator load current and voltage, each phase. f. Generatar system gross and net output kW. 5. Complete-System Performance Tests: Include the following to demonstrate conformance to specified performance requirements: a. Single-step load piclarp. b. Transient and steady-state governing. c. Transient and steady-state~volta~e perfa~rmance. d. Safety shutdown devices. 6. Observation of Test: Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity far observation of test by Owner's representatives. 7. Report test results within 10 days of completion of test. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Anchor generator set and other system components on concrete housekeeping bases conforming to Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and as indicated. Provide anchorage according to manufacturer's written instructions, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maintain minimum warkspace around components according to manufacturer's Shop Drawings and National Electrical Code. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" and Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL PACKAGED ENG]NE GENERATORS 16621-16 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN :' M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Pmvide services of afactory-authorized service representative to supervise installation and connection of unit and to report results in writing. .' B. Supervised Adjusting and Pretesting: Under supervision of factory-authorized service representative, pretest all system functions, operations,.and protective,f~a#s.. Provide ~ all instruments and equipment required far tests. Adjust to ensure operation is according ' to Specifications. Load system using a variable resistive and reactive load bank simulating kW, and power factor of loads for which unit is.rated. ' C. Tests: Engage an manufactarers field service representative to perform tests on completion of installation of system. Use instrutneats bearing records of calibration ' within the last 12 months, traceable to National Institute for Standards and Technology standards, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Include the following: ' 1. InteaNational Electrical Testing Association Tests: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical and meeh~ical test stated in InterNational Electrical Testing Assoaia#ion`s NETA ATS for emergency engiiui generator :' sets. Certify compliance with test paranneters. 2. Battery Tests: Measure charging voltage and voltages between available.battery terminals for full-charging and float-charging condition. Check eisctrolyte • ' level and specific gravity under both conditions. Test f~ contact integrity of all . connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of battery after discharge. Verify measurements are within rnaaufachuer's specifications. ;' 3. Battery-Charger Tests: Verify speciified rates of charge for both equalizing and float-charging conditions. 4. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks. :' 5. Exhaust System Back-Pressure Test: Use a manometer with a scale exceeding 40 inches (1000 mm) of water. Connect to exhaust line close to engine exhaust manifold. Verify that back pressure at full-rated load is within manufacduer's written allowable limits for the engine. ' 6. Exhaust Emissions Test: Conform to applicable government test criteria. 7. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step-load Y' increases and decreases and verify that performance is as specified. 8. Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage under 25 percent and at 100 percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic content is ' within specified linuts. D. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified `' requirements are met. 3.04 CLEANING i~ , . ~ :' PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621-17 t City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN~ M & fi Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Upon completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. 3.OS DEMONSTRATION A. Training: Engage afactory-authorized service representative to demonstrate adjustment, operation, and maintenance of system and to train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below. 1. Conduct a nrinimutn of 8 hours of training in two. separate days, separated by a minimum of 60 days, as specified in Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout." 2. Schedule training with at least 7 days' advance notice. 3.06 COMNIISSIONING A. Battery Equalization: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instmctions. Record individual cell voltages. END OF SECTION 16621 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS 16621 - 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 1 ':~ ~.' ~_' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Colombia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~~~?"~ ~:)N 16?40 VOICE AND DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCiJMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to.this Section. 1.02 SUNIlVIARY A. This Section includes voice and data distribution systems. It includes. the outlet boxes and raceways for voice and data cables and jacks. The cables and jacks are specified in Division 17 "Voice and Data Cabling Systems." B. Related Sections: The following Division 16 and 17 Sections contain regairements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes" for raceways, inc~uding.conduit, tubing, wireways, and surface raceways, and outlet boxes. 2. Division 17 Section "Voice and Data Cabling Systems" for cables and jacks. ': ~)? QUALITY ASSURA.NCS ~.. ~:omply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." B. "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) Listing: Provide materials that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code," Article 100. C. Coordination of Work: Coordinate the Work of this Section with Division 16 Section "Voice and Data. Cabling Systems". PART 2 -PRODUCTS Z.O1 COMPONENTS A. Raceways: Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes." B. Boxes: Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes". VnT('E AND DATA DLSTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 16740 - l City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Comnrission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. Backboard: 3/4-inch (19-mm) marine grade fire resitant-treated plywood 2 foot wide by 4 foot high minimum. Where installed in wire closet, height and width must cover entire wall up to 8 feet (2.5 m) above Hoar, except as otherwise indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GFN1?R AT . A. Telephone Service: Comply with telephone utility requirements as to the details of the telephone service. B. Distribution System: Install completely so cables and jacks can be installed. C. Raceways and Outlets: For each voice, data, and combination voice/data outlet indicated on the Drawings, provide two gang box with single gang mud ring and 3/4" conduit to accessible ceiling space. Bush conduit end. D. Raceways: Provide other telephone and data raceways as indicated on the Drawings. E. Coordinate with Division 17 "Voice and Data Cabling Systems:'. END OF SECTION 16740 VOICE AND DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 16740 - 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' . ~_~ ' 1~01~~ 16800 . ~ ' SYSTEMS PART 1 - GF.NFR Ai . ' i.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section , . ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes electrical provisions for Division 17 Systems. ' B. Related Sections: Tb~e following Division 16 Secticpns caaataia cegvinameipta~ that relate to this Section: ' _ . "Raceways and Boxes" for raceways, including conduit, tubing, wireways, anti surface raceways, and boxes for devices. ' (:. In general, provide electrical power connectiop tp headend equigm~nt for.various systems provided by Division 17 Systems. Also provide raceways and outlet boxes for various devices. ' " ~~ ~UALTTY ASSURANCE ' A. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." B. "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) Listing: Provide materials that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code," Article 100. ' C. Coordination of Work: Coordinate the Work of this Section with the requirements of the _ Division 17 work. Refer to specification sections: ~ 1. Division l7 Section 17721 "Fire Alarm Systems:' 2. Division 17 Section 17724 "Security." ' 3. Division 17 Section 17741 "Voice and Data Cabling Systems:' 4. Division 17 Section 17770 `public Address and Music Systems." 5. Division 17 Section 17780 "Cable Television Systems." ;, ~ 6. Meet jointly with the representatives of the above organization and the Owner's representative to exchange information and agree on details of installation interfaces. ' SYS'T'RMS 16800 - l City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Cohirnbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 7. Record agreements reached in the meeting and distribute the record to the other participants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. Raceways and Boxes: Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes." B. Backboard: 3/flinch (19-mm) interior grade plywood. Where installed in wire closet, height and width must cover entire wall up to 8 feet (2.5 m) above floor, except as otherwise indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 IlVSTAI CATION, GF,NEItAi . A. Distribution Systems: Install completely so Division 17 contractor can install devices and cables. B. Raceway and Boxes: Install raceways and boxes where indicated as specified in Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes." 3.02 SPECIFIC SYSTEM REQITIREMENTS A. Fire Alarm System: 1. Provide power connection to fire alarm control panel. 2. For wall mounted devices (strobes, combination horn/strobes, manual pull stations, etc.) provide wall box and li4" raceway to accessible ceilin space. Coordinate wall box requirements with Division 17 contractor. B. Security System: 1. Provide power to headend equipment. 2. Provide raceway from headend equipment to accessible ceiling space. 3. Provide raceways at doors controlled by system. 4. Provide wall box and raceways to accessible ceiling space for door controlls and devices (card readers, key pads, etc.) 5. Provide power at doors indicated for door operation. C. Cable Television System: 1. For wall mounted outlet, provide two gang box with single gaud mud ring and 3/a" raceway to accessible ceiling space. SYSTEMS 16800 - 2 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public safety canter Columbia Heights, MN M d~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, coos '~'.. ~~ibl±c Address System and Music System: 1. Provide power to headend equipment. 2. For wall mounted devices (volume control stations, etc.) provide two gang box with single gang mudring and ~" raceway to accessible ceiling space. 3. Provide raceway from headend equipment to accessible ceiling space. E. Close Circuit Television System: 1. Provide power to headend equipment and at all exterior camera. 2. For wall mounted devices {television monitors, cameras, etc.) provide two gatog box with single gang mudring and 3/4" raceway to accessible ceiling space. 3. Provide raceway from headend equipment to aceessible ceiling space. 4. Provide boxes for cameras. END OF SECTION 16800 ~ SYSTEMS 16800 - 3 %~ ' ~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN :, M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' SECTION 16915 ' LIGHTING CONTROL EQiJ1PMEN'f PART 1- GENERAI. ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of lighting controls: 1. Programmable, low-voltage lighting caontrol systems. . 2. Time switches. 3. Photoelectric relays. ' 4. Occupancy sensors. 5. Low-voltage control system components. 6. Lighting relays and contactors. .' 7. Remote-control stations. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this ' Section: t. Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for general component identification and support requirements. ' 2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for matching coverplates. 't 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract ~' and Division 1 Specification Sections. . B. Product Data for lighting control equipment and systems components, including dimensions and data on features and components. Include wiring diagrams and elevation views of front panels of control and indicating devices. Include data on ratings. For flush control panels, submit color and finish options for selection. Also include the following: ~' 1. Operational documentation for software. C. Shop Drawings detailing assemblies of standard components, custom assembled for specific application on Project. Indicate dimensions, weights, arrangement of components, and clearance and access requirements. ~'~ ~i 4 i.ICilfil'TNG CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16915 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. Wiring diagrams detailing specific systems tailored to this Project and differentiating between factory-installed and field-installed wiring. E. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results specified in Part 3 of this Section. F. Maintenance data for lighting control equipment and systems components to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and that are listed and labeled by UL where available. B. Comply with FCC Regulations of Part 15, Subpart J for Class A. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terns "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National ffiectrical Code," Article 100. 1.05 WARRAN'T'Y A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeing to replace programmable lighting control system components that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. C. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.06 EXTRA MATERTAi A. Furnish extra products as described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Relays: Single-pole mechanically held, l for every 10 installed. Furnish at least ' one of each type. LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16915 - 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ', ' M & E Engineering, Ina Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ., _ ~ • ~l~i~'•.' ~ -PRODUCTS ' ?.Ql MANUFACl'[JRER.S ~' A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ' 1. Prograzmable, Low-Voltage Lighting Control Systems: a. Douglas Light Controls. ' ~ 2. contactors and Relays: a. Douglas Light controls. ' 3. Time Switches: a. Tork, Inc. 4. Photoelectric Relays: ' T k I a. or , nc. ' S. Occupancy Sensors: a. Douglas Lightieg Controls. 2.02 LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIl'MENT, GENERAL ~; A. Include line-voltage surge protection in all solid-state equipment. Comply with UL 1449 and ANSI C62 41 . . ' B. Load Compatibility: Components compatible with each other and with controlled loads. 2.03 PROGRAMMABLE, LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS :, A. General: Conform to IJL 916. B. System Control Module Description: Programmable microprocessor-based control unit ' , mounted in preassembled modular relay panel. Low-voltage, controlled, latching-type, single-pole lighting circuit relays are prime output circuit devices. Where indicated, a limited number of digital or analog, low-voltage control circuit outputs are supported by ., control unit and circuit boards associated with each relay. Control unit receives inputs from indicated sensors and other sources. Line-voltage components and wiring are ~' ,~ r.T(~TiTTNG CONTROL EQiJIPMENT 16915 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 separated from low-voltage components and wiring by barriers. Control unit is locally programmable. Modules include the following features: 1. System Memory: Nonvolatile. Reboots program and resets time automatically without errors after power outages up to 90 days' duration. 2. Automatic Adjustment: System automatically adjusts for leap year &nd daylight savings time and provides weekly routine and annual holiday scheduling. 3. Astronomic Control: Automatic adjustment of dawn and dusk switching. 4. Demand Control: Demand is monitored through pulses from a remote Aneter and is controlled by programmed switching of Loads. System capability includes sliding window averaging and programming of load priorities and characteristics. Minimum of 2 different time-of-day demand schedules execute load-management control actions by switching outpat circuits or by transmitting other types of load-control signals. 5. Confirmation: Each relay, contactor, and other control device operated by system has auxiliary contacts connected to provide a confirmation signal to system of on or off status of device. a. Software interprets status signals, provides far their display, and initiates failure signals. b. Lamp arlight-emitting. dio~ (LED) at control module or disP~Y P~ identifies status of each co~rolled circuit. 6. Remote Communications Capability: Allows programming, data-gathering interrogation, status display, and controlled command override from an IBM- compatible microcomputer at a remote location over telephone or data lines. System includes modem, communications and control software, and remote computer compatibility verification for this purpose. Microcomputer is not in this Contract. Override programmed lighting shutdown commands by telephoning computer and entering an override touch-tone code specific to zone to be controlled. 7. Local Override Capability: Manual, low-voltage control devices override programmed shutdown of lighting and other programmed control for intervals that maybe programmed as to duration. 8. Automatic battery back-up provides power to maintain program and system clock operation for 90 days' minimum duration when power is off. 9. Flick Warning: Programmable momentary turnoff of lights warns that programmed shutoff will occur in 5 minutes. Warning is repeated 5 minutes before end of programmed override period. 10. Diagnostics: When system operates improperly, software'initiates factory- programmed diagnosis of failure and displays messages identifying problem and possible causes. 2.04 CONTACTORS AND RELAYS A. Comply with NEMA ICS 2. LIGHTING CONTROL EQl'.TIpMENT 16915 - 4 City of Columbia Heights PubliF Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' B. Description: Devices are electrically operated and mechanically held. Number of poles end ratings are es indicated. Coordinate rating of each unit with type of load served, including tungsten filament and inductive-type loads. ' C d M l Si P l R l l S lit il l d i k k . u o ar e- e e ays: ng o p -co , momentary pu se type, noc out mount ng. 1. Low-Voltage Leads: 5 pin plug connector. ' 2. Pilot Contacts: Single pole. 3. Rated Capacity: 20 A, 125 VAC fortungsten filaments, and 20 A, 277 VAC for ballasts. ' 4. Endurance: 50,000 cycles at rated capacity. ' D. Modular Relay Panels: Steel cabinets, preassembled with modular single-pole relays, transformer power supplies and associated components , . 1. Barriers separate low-voltagn and line-voltage components. ' 2. Cover: Hinged, lockaple tyRe. 3. Directory: Mounted on back of door. Identifies relays and loads. controlled. ' '.~'?; TIME SWITCHES A. Time Switches: Solid-state programmable units v~-ith alphanumeric display conforming to UL 917. Iuclude the following features: B. Time Switches: Electromechanical-dial type conforming to UL 917. Include the ' following features: 1. Astronomic dial. 2. Contacts: 2, rated 30 A at 277 VAC, except as otherwise indicated. ' 3. Pilot-Duty Contacts: 2, rated 2 A at 240 V, except as otherwise indicated. 4. Eight-Day Program: Uniquely programmable for each day of the week and ' holidays. 5. Skip-day mode. :~ 2.06 PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS A. Conform to UL 773A. B. Type: Solid-state, with SPDT dry contacts rated to operate relay or contactor coils to which connected. C. Time delay prevents false operation. D. Outdoor Sealed Units: Weathertight housing, resistant to high temperatures and equipped with sun-glare shield and ice preventer. 2.07 OCCUPANCY SENSORS 1 YrHT??VG CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16915 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Colombia 1<ieights, IVIN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. General: Designed for type of mounting and space detection coverage reciuirements indicated. Connected to receive power from and operate a light switching~relay in a separately mounted auxiliary power control unit, except as otherwise indicated. B. Operation: Turns lights an when room or covered area is occupied and off when unoccupied, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Time Delay for Turning Lights Off: Adjustable from 0 to 10 minutes. 2. Isolated Relay Contact: Operates on detectian of occupancy to activate an independent function. C. Auxiliary Power Control Units: Relays are rated for a minimum of 20-A ballast load or 13-A tungsten lamp load. Sensor power supply is rated to supply number of sensor heads to which it is connected. D. Dual-Technology Type: Unit uses a combination of passive infrared and nltrasomc detection methods to distinguish between occupied and unoccupied conditions for area covered. Particular technology or combinatian of technologies that controls each function (on or off) is selectable in field by operating controls an unit. 2.08 MANiJAL SWITCHES AND PLATES A. Switches: Specification grade, modular, momentary push-button, low-voltage type. 1. Color: White, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Integral Pilot Light: Indicates when circuit is on. Use where indicated. 3. Locator Light: Internal illumination helps locate switch in the dark. Use where indicated. 4. Wall Plates: Match those specified in Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" to materials, finish, and color. Use multigang plates where more than one switch is indicated at a location. 5. Legend: Engraved or permanently sills-screened on wall plate where indicated. Use designations indicated on Drawings. 2.09 LOW VOLTAGE WIltING A. Digital and Multiplexed Signal Wire: Shielded, twisted pair cable as specified in Division 17 Section "Voice and Data Systems." B. Low-Voltage Control Cable: Multiple conductor, color coded, No. 20 AWG copper. 1. Sheath: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), except in plenum-type spaces. In plenum- type spaces, use sheath listed for such use. 2. Ordinary Switch Circuits: 3 conductors, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Switch Circuits with Pilot Lights or Locator Feature: 5 conductors, except as otherwise indicated. LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMMENT 16915 - 6 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center .~ Columbia Heights, MN ~' M Sc E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ' 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment according to man~acturers' written instructions. ' B. Mount control equipment according to manufacturers' instructions and Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." ' C. Mounting heights indicated are to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit fQr wall-mounted ones. 3.02 CONTROL WIltING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between control devices as specified in Division 16 Section "Conductors t and Cables" for low-voltage connections, and Division 17 Section "VQice and~Data Systems" far digital circuits. ' B . Wiring Method: Install all wiring in raceway as specified in Division 16 Section "Raceways, Boxes, apd t~abinets." .' C. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. D. Grounding: Ground equi~meut. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufactuuer's publishedtorque-tightening values. ' Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 4861~- :ind UL 486B. ' 3.03 IDENTIFICATION ' A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Divisiop 16 Section ; "Electrical Identification." . B. Label each system control module with a unique designation. Make designations on .' elevated components readable from floor. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ~' ' A. Manufacnuer s Field Services: Provide services of afactory-authorized service representative to test, adjust, and program lighting control systems. ~' B. Reports: Prepare written reports of tests and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments. ,' : C. Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, apply a label to tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible organization and person. t :.' t.?i?~TINCr CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16915 - 7 i' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. CorrnYrission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least 7 days' advance notice. E. Visual and Operational Inspections: Include the following inspections: 1. Inspect control components for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate compliance with current Project Drawings. 2. Check tightness of electrical connections with torque wrench calibrated within previous 6 awnths. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values. 3. Verify settings of photoelectric devices with photometer cah'brated to National Institute for Science and Technology (NISI} standards within past 6 months. 4. Exercise and perform operational tests on mechanical parts and operable devices according to manufacturer's instrnctions for routine functional operation. F. Electrical Tests: Use particular caption when testing devices containing solid-state components. Perform the following tests according to mamifactnrer's instructions: 1. Continuity tests of circuits. 2. Operational Tests: Set and operate controls to demonstrate controls in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces actual operating functions. Include testing of dimming equipment and ambient-light, programmiable, and occupancy controls under conditions that simulate actual operational conditions. Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional observations. G. Correct deficiencies disclosed by inspections and tests, make necessary adjustments, and retest deficient items. Verify that specified requiremerrts are met. •.~5 AD3USTIl~TG AND CLEANING A. Occupancy Adjustments: Upon request within 1 year of date of Substantial Completion, make up to 3 on-site visits to Project site to assist in adjusting light levels, making program changes, and adjusting sensors and controls. B. Repair scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean equipment and devices internally and externally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturers. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION A. Training: Provide services of afactory-authorized service representative to demonstrate programmable lighting control system and to train Owner's maintenance personnel. 1. Train Owner's personnel to operate, service, maintain, adjust, and program equipment and system components. Allow at least 8 hours to conduct training. Schedule training with at least 7 days' advance notice. Use final approved LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16915 - 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 operation sud maintenance manual as a training aid throughout training. Use both classroom training and hands-on exercises. END OF SECTION 16915 TC'~~,TlNG CONTROL EQUIl'MENT 16915 - 9 'I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia J3eJghts Pnblic 5afery Center Colnonbi$ Heights, A11N Ju! dk B J3ning, Inc. Cain #47308 Oct4bet 30, 2048 * 17054 $ASIC Ri ~Qx~et 11+IAT1~IAI.S AND MODS • 17721 TrIRE ALARM SY3TJ3dV15 • 177?A SEG4JRITY s J 7741 'Valt~ AND RATA CABI.Il~T[I SYSTEMS • 17774 InJ$IJC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS a 17784 CABLE'IF,.di1~LSIC?IV SYST13~1'S • 17781 CL06ED C3RCUIT TBLEVISIQN SYSTJ~li3 TABLE ~F CONTJ D1VI6IU1~ l7 I HEREBY CERTIFY TfIAT THIS FLAN, SPECIFICATION OR RBPORT WAS P~t}3PAREp BY ]1-ifi OR UNDF~ JldY DIIiFLT SUP>BtVISIUI~ AND THAT I AM A bULY LIC~+I~ 1'F~i]FBSSIONAI~ ENCrIIVl~t UNABR Tim LAWS OF TfJB STATE aF MIIVI~SOTA. """'/ ~' DAVID 1'V. IllER5EMA1 DATB I,i:~t~F.'ii;7~My~~;~~~11)~I 7:x.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 q City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~t B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 tiBC;"f~lOl~l 17050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GRNr~u at . 1.G1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. I3. Refer to Division 15 Specifications for basic materials and methods for this work. FART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.41 GENERAL, !:. '_'.efer to Division 16 Specifications. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.0= LNSTAL.LATION REQUIREIViENTS A. Refer to Division 16 Specifications. BND OF SECTION 17050 "."?^ T;I,ECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 17050 -1 ' ~IrCTION 17721 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t S Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 1 PART 1-GENERAL 1.G1 R13LAT~D DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general pmvisioas of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. i.02 SU11+IIbIA.RY A. This Section includes fire alarm systems, including manual stations, detectors, signal equipment, controls, and devices. d. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirement8 that relate to this ~e;.uen: 1. Division 15 Section "Fire Protection" for coordinating flow, pressure, and valve ~' tamper switch requirements. 1.03 DP.FINITZON 1 #' a ~' .. r _a.CP: Fire Alarm Control Panel. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Zoned, noncoded, addressable, microprocessor-based fire-detection and alarm system with manual and automatic alarm initiation. B. Signal Transmission: Multiplex signal transmission dedicated to fire alarm service only. C. Audible Alarm Indication: By sounding of horns and bells. D. Visual Alarm Indication: Byxenon-strobe-type units. E. System connections for alarm-initiating and alarm-indicating circuits. Class A wiring. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. '~,~r n.t .^.R'~I SYSTEMS 17721 - 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 Product Data for each type of system component specified including dimensioned plans and elevations showing minimum clearances and installed features and devices. Include list of materials and Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL}listing data. C. Qualification data for firm and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article below to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Provide evidence of applicable registraion and certification. D. 'Wiring diagrams from manufacturer differentiating clearly between factory- and field- installed wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for system with all terminals and interconnections identified. Make all diagrams specific to this Project and distinguish between field and factory wiring. E. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations and routings of raceway connections. F. Device Address List: Coordinate with final system programming. G. System operation description covering this specific Project, including method of operation and supervision of each type of circuit arid~sequence of operations for all manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are unacceptable. H. Operating instructions for mounting at the FACP. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of fire alarm system components certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. J. Maintenance data for fire alarm systems to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 1. Include data for each type of product, including all features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. Include recommendations for spare parts to be stocked at the site. Provide the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of service organizations that cant' stock of repair parts for the system to be furnished. K. Submission to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to routine submission of the above material, make an identical submission to the authorities having jurisdiction. Include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed to depict component locations to facilitate review. Upon receipt of comments from the authorities having jurisdiction, submit them for review. Resubmit if required to make clarifications or revisions to obtain approval. L. Record of field tests of system. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 17721- 2 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M fit E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 rt. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced factory~authori~ed Installer to perform ' work of this Section. Installer to be NICET Level II certified, minimum. Electrical contactor personel are acceptable only if NICET LEVEL. II certified and apprmved in ' writing by fire alarm equipment manufacturer. B. Single-Source Responsibility. Obtain fire alarm components from a single source who assumes responsibility for compatibility of system components. ' C. Compliance with Local Requirements: Comply wit>f.the applicable building code, local ordinances, and regulations, and the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1~ C l ith NFPA 70 . onnp y w . ' fs. Comply with NFPA 72. . F. Listing and Labeling: Provide fire alarm systems and components specified in this ' Section that are listed and labeled by Factory Mutual. :~. Listing and Labeling: Provide systems and.equipnpent specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. " " " " 1. The Terms Listed and Labeled : As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. ' ' n- ':?L'I'RA MATERIALS ' A. Furnish extra materials described below, before.installation begins, that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly describing contents. .' 1. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of the number of unfits installed, but not less than 1. 2. Smoke Detectors, Fire Detectors, and Flame Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 ' percent of the number of units of each type installed, but not less than 2 of each type. 3. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 2 percent of the number of units of each type _' installed, but not less than 2 of each type. ., `' PART 2 -PRODUCTS ~' FI':?r •~:T.ARM SYSTEMS ~' 17721 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t fi Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Notifies; Pitway Corp. Div. Installed by Electronic Communications Systems, Inc. (BCSn. Contact Richard Hanson at b51-735-7470. 2. Seirnens: Installed by Seimens Building Technologies, Inc. Contact Andre Audette at 651-255 2708. 3. FC[ -Fire Control Instruments as installed by Firenet Systems, Inc. Contact Mark Thompson at 763-536-3950, ext. 14. 2.02 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. Include the following system functions and operating features plus those additional functions and features required by the authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Priority of Signals: Accomp]ish automatic respa~nse functions by the first zone initiated. Alarm functions resulting from initiation by the first zone are not altered by subsegpent alarms. The hiShest priority is an alarm signal. Supervisory and trouble signals have second, and third-level priority. Higher- priority signals take precedence over signals of lower priority, eves though the lower-priority condition occurred first. Annunciate all alarm signals regardless of priority or order received. 2. Noninterfering: Zone, power, wire, and supervise the system so a signal on one zone does not prevent the receipt of signals from any other zone. All zones are manually resettable from the FACP after the initiating device or devices are restored to normal. Systems that require batteries or battery back up for the programming function are unacceptable. 3. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) Response: The manual or automatic operation of an alarm-initiating orsupervisory-operating device causes the FACP to transmit an appropriate signal including the following: a. General alarm. b. Fire-suppression system operation alarm. c. Smoke or heat detector alarm. d. Valve tamper supervisory. e. Door release. f. System trouble. 4. Transmission to Remote Central Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals to a remote central station service. 5. Silencing at the FACP: Switches provide capability for aclrnowledgment of alarm, supervisory, trouble, and other specified signals at the FACP; and capability to silence the local audible signal and light alight-emitting diode FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 17721 - 4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 (LB~D). Subsequent zone alarms cause the audr~le signal to sound again until silenced by switch operation. Restoring alarm, supervisory, and trouble ' conditions to nonmal extinguishes the associated LED and causes the audible signal to sound again until restoration is ackndwledgecl ~by nwitch opFradon. ' 6. Loss of primary power at the FACP sounds a trouble signal at the 1?ACP and the annunciator. An emergency power light is illuminated at both locations when the system is operating on an alternate .power supply. . 7. Annunciation: Manual and automatic operation of alarm and sgpervisory- ' initiating devices is annunciated both on the FACF and on the annunciator, indicating location and~type of dcviee. 8. FACP and Remote Annunciatar Alphanu~ria Display: Displays plain-Bnglish- language descriptions and addresses of initiating devices, alarms, trouble signals, ' supervisory signals, mpnitoring actions, system and component states, and system commands. ' 9. General Alarm: A system general alarm includes the following: a. Indicating the general alarm condition at.the FACP and the annunciator. b. Identifying the device that is the source of the alarm (or its zone) at the ' FACT and the annunciator. c. Initiating addible and visible alarm signals throughout the.l;uilding. d. Closing fire and smoke doors normally held open by magnetic doar holders. ' e. Stopping supply and return fans serving zone Where alarm is initiated. f. Closing smoke dampers on system serving zone where alarm is initiated. g. Initiating transmission of alarm signal to remote central station. ' h. Recording the event in FAC~P memory. ' 10. 11. Manual station alarm operation initiates a general alarm. Water-flow alarm switch operation: a. Initiates a general alarm. ' b. Causes flashing of the device location-indicating lamp for the device that has operated. 12. Smoke detection initiates a general alarm. 13. Sprinkler valve tamper switch operation causes or initiates the following: a. A supervisory, audible, and visible "valve tamper" signal indication at ' the FRCP and the annunciator. b. The location-indicating light to flash for the device that has operated. c. A record of the event on the FACP memory. ' d. Transmission of supervisory signal to remote central station. 14. Remote Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Manipulation of controls at the FRCP ;' causes the selection of specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display of their current status and sensitivity settings, and control of changes in those settings. The same controls can be used to program repetitive, scheduled, Fp'F !~.1.ARM SYSTEMS 17721 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 automated changes in sensitivity of specific detectors. Sensitivity.adjustments and sensitivity adjustment schedule changes axe recorded by the system printer. B. Recording of Events: Record all alarm, supervisory, and troubie eve~ats on the FACP memory. Records include zone, device, and function. When the FACP xeceives a sigoal, the alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions are recorded. The records include the type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or trouble) the zone ide~ification, date, and the time of the occunence. The records differentiate alarm signals. from all other printed~indioations. When the system is reset, this event is also n~cgrded, including the same i~ormation for device, location, date, and time. A command initiates the printout of a list of existing alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in the system to a networkprinter. 1. Permissible Signal Time Elapse: The maximum permissible elapsed time between the actuation of any fire alarm~~or fire-detection system alarm-initiating device and its indication at the FACP is 2 seconds. 2. Independent System Monitoring: Supervise each independent smoloe- or heat detection system, duct detector, and elevator smoker-detection system for both normal operation and trouble. 3. Circuit Supervision: Indicate circuit faults by both a zone and a trouble signal at the FACP. Provide a distinctive indicating audible tone and LBD-indicating light. The maximum permissible elapsed time between the occurrence of the . trouble condition and its indication at the FACP~is 200 seconds. 2.03 ADDRBSSABLE DBVICES A. Alarm Initiating Devices: Classified as addressable devices according to NFPA 72. 1. Communication Transmitter and Receiver: Integral to device. Provides each device with a unique identification and capability for status reporting to the FACP. 2. External Addressable Interface Unit: May be used where specified devices are not manufactured and labeled with integral multiplex transmitter and receiver. Arrange to monitor status of each device individually. 2.04 MANUAL PULL STATIONS A. Description: Double-action type, fabricated of metal or plastic, and finished in red with molded, raised-letter operating instructions of contrasting color. 1. Break-Glass Feature: Stations requiring the breaking of a glass panel are unacceptable. Stations requiring the breaking of a concealed glass rod are acceptable. 2. Station Reset: Key or wrench operated, double pole, double throw, switch rated for the voltage and current at which it operates. Stations have screw terminals for connections. 2.05 SMOKE DETECTORS FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 17721- 6 ' ^~ r~ .' f1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 General: Comply with UL 268. Include the following features: 1. Factory Nameplate: Serial number and type identification. 2. Operating Voltage: 2A-V dc, nominal 3. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resettipEg ar readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 4. Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated encapsulated electronic components are mounted in a nwdule that connects to a fixed base with atwist- locking plug cormection. The Plug cannaFtion requires no springs for seeu~ mounting and contact maintenance. Terminals in the fixed base accept building wiring. 5. Integral Visual Indicating Light: Connect to indicate detecoar has operated. 6. RBmote Controllability: Individually monitor detectors at the FACP for calibration, sensitivity, and .alarm condition, and individually adjust for sensitivity from the FACP. l3. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: Include the following features: 1. Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5- and 3.5 percent per-foot (0.008- and 0.011- percent-per-mm) smoke obscuration when tested according to UL 268. 2. Sensor. An infirared detectar light source with matching silicon-cell receiver. C. Ionization-Type Smoke Deteator. Multiple-chamber type operating on the ionization principle and actuated by the presence of invisible products of combustion. ... _~~ act Smoke Detectar: Photoelectric type. ' 1. Sampling Tube: Design and dimensions as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific duct size and installation conditions where applied. 2. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit. 2.06 OTHER DETECTORS A. Thermal Detector: Combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise unit with mounting plate arranged for outlet box mounting; 135 deg F (57 deg C) fixed-temperature setting, except as indicated. 2.07 ALARM-IlJDICATING DEVICES A. General: Equip alarm-indicating devices for mounting as indicated. Provide terminal blocks for system connections. F'°r ALARM SYSTEMS 17721 - 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B. Bells: Electric-vibrating, 24-V dc, under-dome type, with provision for housing the operating mechanism behind the bell. When operating, bells provide a Sound-pressure level of 94 dB, measured 10 feet (3 m) from the bell. l0-inch (254-nun) size, except as indicated. Bells are weatherproof where indicated. C. Horns: Electriavibrating polarised type, operating on 24V dc, with provision for housing the operating mechanism behind a grille. Horns produce a sopnd-pressure level of 90 dB, measured 10 feet (3 m) from the source. D. Visual Alarm Devices: Xenon strobe lights with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens..Mount lenses on an aluminum faceplate. The word "PYRE" is engraved in minimum 1 inch (25-mm) high letters on the lens. 1. Devices have a minimum light output of 115 candela. 2. Strobe Leads: Factory cgnnected to screw terminals. . 3. Combination devices consist offactory-combined, and;'bla and visual alarnn units in a single mounting assembly. E. Remote Alarm Indicator: LED type, mounted flush in a single gang wall plate. 1. Connected to indicate the alarm operation of a single detector or other device. 2. Legend: "Alarm." 2.08 REMOTB DEVICE LOCATION-INDICATING LIGHTS AND IDENTIFICATION PLATES A. Description: An LED-indicating light in the vicinity of each sprinkler water-flow switch and valve tamper switch denotes the associated device is in an abnormal or trouble mode. Lamp is flush mounted in a single gang wall plate. A red, laminated, phenolio-resin identification plate at the indicating light identifies, in engraved white letters, the room where the valve is located or the protected spaces downstream from the water-flow switch. 2.09 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS A. Description: Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are complete with matching door plate. Electromagnet operates from a 24-V ac source and requires no more than 3 W to develop 25-lbf (1 l 1-N) holding force furnished with door hardware. 2.10 CENTRAL FII2E ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FRCP) A. General: Comply with UL 864. B. Cabinet: Lockable steel enclosure. Arrange panel so all operations required for testing or for normal care and maintenance of the system are performed from the front of the enclosure. If more than a single unit is required to form a complete control panel, provide exactly matching modular unit enclosures. Accommodate all components and FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 1772] - 8 ' Ciry of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 €:~low ample gutter space for interconnection of panels and field wiring. Identify~each ' enclosure by an engraved, red, laminated, phenolic-resin nameplate. Lettering on the enclosure's nameplate shall not be less than 1 inch (25 mm) high.. Identify individual components and modules within the cabinets with permanent labels. G Systems: 1~larm and supervisory systems~are separate and independent 1n the FACP. The alarm-initiating zone boards in the FRCP consist of plug in cards. Construction ' requiring removal of field wiring fair module replacement is unacceptable. D. Control Modules: Types and capacities required to perform all functions of the fire alarm systems. Local, visible, and audible signals announce alarm, supervisory, and ' trouble conditions. Each type of audible alarm has a different sound E. Zones: Provide for all alarm and supervisory zones indicated. Ala~q zones accomplished by software prog~raxpming of system. Alarm coning done by wiring each ' zone separately. There will be three alarm zones, one for each building section (3 total). See Key Plan on drawings. ' h. R; setting: Provide the necessary controls to ~xevent the resetting of any alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal while the alarm or trouble condition still exists. ' G. Alphanumeric Display and Systegt Controls: Arrange to provide the basic intert~ between human operator at the FACP and addressable system components, iuacluding annunciation, supe,KvisioA, and control. A display with a minimum of 32 characters ' shows alarm, supervisory, and component status messages and indicates control rnmmands to be entered into the system for control of smoke detector sensitivity and other parameters. Arrange keypad for use in entering and executing control commands. 1 ., r• i' H. Instructions: Printed or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a ]exan plastic or glass cover in astainless-steel or aluminum frame. Install the frame in a location observable from the FACP. Include interpretation and appropriate response for displays and signals, and briefly describe the functional operation of the system under normal, alarm, and trouble conditions. I. Automatic Dialer: Include in FACP a programmable automatic dialer to connect with central station and other telephone numbers as programmed into system. Minimum of 5 total telephone numbers, with priority assignments. Z.11 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR A. Annunciator Panel: Flush mounting panel with alphanumeric display and control system to match FACP display and control. B. Indicating lights include individual LED indicators for each type of alarm and supervisory device and an LED to indicate trouble. The actuation of any alarm or supervisory signal causes the illumination of a light. System trouble causes the illumination of all of these lights and also the trouble light. Additional LEDs indicate ?~? A.T_ A RM a7Y-STF.MS 17721- 9 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M di E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 normal and emergency power modes for the system. A toggle orposh-button switch tests the LEDs mounted on the panel. The test switch does not require key operation. 2.12 SYSTEM MEMORY A. General: Provide FRCP with sufficient memory to record 250 events. System capable of being downloaded to a memory card ox disk then printed at a remote computer. Data shall be stored in a text file (.txt). 2.13 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY A. General: Components include nickel-cadnriumtype battery, charger, and an automatic transfer switch. Battery nonrinal life expectancy is 20 years, minimum B. Battery capacity is adequate to operate the complete alarm system in normal or supervisory (nonalarm) mode for a period of 24 hours. At the end of this period, the battery has sufficient capacity to operate the system, incluc#ir~g alarm~indicati~ag devices in either alarm or supervisory mode, for a period of 15 minutes. 1. Magnetic door holders ate not served by em~°gency power. Magnetic door holders are released when normal power fails. C. Battery Charger: Solid-state, fully automatic, variable-charging-rate type. Provide capacity for 150 percent of the connected system load while maintaining the batteries at full charge. In the event batteries are fully discharged, the charger recharges them completely within 4 hours. Charger output is supervised as part of system power supply supervision. D. Integral Automatic Transfer Switch: Transfers the load to the battery without Ices of signals or status indications when normal power fails. 2.14 WIRE A. Wire: Solid-copper conductors with G00-V rated, 75 deg C, color-coded insulation. 1. Low Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum 2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install system according to NFPA standards referenced in Parts 1 and 2 of this Section. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 17721 - 10 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 ~ B. Fire Alarm Power Supply Circuit Breaker: Panelboard mounted. Paint red and Iabel ' "FIRE ALARM." Provide with lockable handle or cover. ' 3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Manual Pull Stations: Mount semiflush in recessed back boxes with operating handles 48 inches (1220 mm) above the finished floor or lower as•indicated. ' B. Water-Flow Detectors, Valve Supervisory Swiivohes, and Standpipe Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler valve station required to be supervised. C. Smoke Detectors: Install ceiling-mounted detectors not less than 4 inches (100.mm) from a side wall to the near edge. Install detectors located on the wall at least 4 inches (100 mm), but not more than 12 inches (300 mm), below the ceiling. For exposed solid- ' joist construction, mount detectors on the bottom of the joists. ~On swooth ceilings, install detectors not over 30 feet (9 m) apart in any directiorn. Install detectors no closer than 60 inches (1520 mm) from air registers. D. lluct Smoke Detectors: Install duct smoke detectors in ductwork for HVAC system . where indicated on drawings and/or noted on Motar/Equipment Schedule on drawings. :' Wire auxiliary relay on smoke detector to fan controller on rooftop unit control p~~ to shut down unit upon alarm and/or to fire/smoke dampers where indicated. Relay is reset only upon activation of reset at FACP or remote annunciator. ' Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 90 inches (2280 mm) above the finished floor nor less than 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling. Install bells and horns . on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a ' grille or as indicated. Combine audible and visual alarms at the same location into a single unit. ~' F. Visual Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell ar alarm horn and not more than 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finished floor and at least 6 inches (150 mm) below the ceiling. ' G I di D i L i Li h i i L bli h d i i th . ocat n ev ce on- cat ng g ocate c space near t ev tor. ts: n pu e ce ey mon : H. FACP: Surface mount with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches (1830 mm) above ' the finished floor. `' I. Remote Annunciatar: Locate where indicated, with the top of the panel no more than 72 inches (1830 mm) above the finished floor. Wire to FACP and system. 3.03 WIRING INSTALLATION ~' A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in~metal raceway according to Division 16 Section Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets. Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated. ~~ sr F~?tr .4t.ARM SYSTEMS 17721 -11 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 B. Wiring within Enclosures: Install conductorg parailel witha ar at right angles tp the sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train the conductors to terntirysl points with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, ar interrupted in any enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark~each.terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approvedcrimp- on tensninal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, ar plug connectors. C. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in juncticm, pull ar outlet boxes, cabinets, or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made. D. Colar Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color code for supervisory circuits. Colar-code audible alarm indicating circuits differently from alarminitiating circuits. Use different colors far visual alarmindicatirtg devices. Paint fire alarm system junction boxe$ and covers red. B. Risers: Install at least 2 vertical cable risers to serve the fib alarm system. Separate risers in close proximity to each other with aminimumone-hour-rated wall, so the loss of one riser does not prevent the receipt ar transmission of Signal from other floors or zones. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.05 GROUNDING A. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's instructions to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. B. Signal Ground Terminal: Locate at main equipment rack or cabinet. Isolate from power system and equipment grounding. C. Install grounding electrodes of type, size, location, and quantity as indicated. Comply with installation requirements of Division 16 Section "Grounding." 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of afactory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components and the pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the system. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 17721-12 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 ' :8. Pretesting: After installation, align, adjust, and balance the system and perforat complete pretesting. Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system to the requirements of the Drawings and Specificat4ons. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning or damaged. items with new ones and retest until d ' satisfactory performance and conditions are achieve : Prepare forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results. C. Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying the installation is ~P~ and fully operable, including the names and titles of the witnesses to the preliminary tests. ' D. Final Test Notice: Provide a 10-day minimum notice in writing when the system is ready for final acceptance testing. ' E. Minimum System Tests: Test the system according to the procedures outlined in NFPA 72. Minimum required tests are as follows: _' ? . Verify tbe absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. 2. Test all conductors for short~circuits using an insulation testing device. 3. With each circuit pair, short circuit a# the far end of the circuit and measure the ' circuit resistance with an ohmmeter. Recgrd the circuit resistance of each circuit on the record drawings. 4. Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the manufachuer's operation and mairnenance manual. ' Test initiating and indicating circuitts far proper signal transmission under open circuit conditions. One connection each should be opened at not less than 10 percent of the initiating and indicating devices. Observe proper signal transmission according to class of wiring used. 6. Test each initiating and indicating device far alarm operation and proper response at the control unit. Test smoke detectors and beam type smoke detectors with actual products of combustion. 7. Test the system for all specified functions according to the approved operation and maintenance manual. Systematically initiate specified functional ~, performance items at each station, including making all possible alarm and monitoring initiations and using all communications options. For each item, observe related performance at all devices required to be affected by the item under all system sequences. Observe indicating lights, displays, signal tones, ' and annunciatar indications. Observe all voice audio for routing, clarity, quality, freedom from noise and distortion, and proper volume level. ' 8. Test Both Primary and Secondary Power: Verify by test that the secondary power system is capable of operating the system for the period and in the manner specified. F. Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets the Specifications and complies with applicable standards. € ~ T'?RE ??.ARM SYSTEMS 17721 - 13 ~' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 G. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results in the form of a test log. Submit log upon the satisfactory completion of tests. H. Tag all equipment, stations, and other components at which tests have been satisfactorily completed. 3.07 CLEANING AND AD]USTING A. Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and maned finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Startup Services: Engage afactory-autha~ized service representative to provide startup service and to demonstrate and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below. 1. Train Owner's maintenance per~nnel on procedures and schedules related to . startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting; and preventive maintenance. Provide a~miniimum of 8 hours' training. 2. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of the operation and maintenance manual as a training aid. 3. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. 3.09 ON-S1TE ASSISTANCE A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date~of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls, and sensitivities to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to 3 requested adjustment visits to the site for this purpose. END OF SECTION 17721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 17721 - ]4 ~' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN :, M dt S Engineering, Inc. Comtpission #07308 OcGOber 30, 2008 ~' :~~:iION 17724 SECURITY .' PART 1 - GENER AT . ~, 1.01 RELATED DOCUbIEN'fS A. Geneaal prrovisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes access control systems and spepifies sensors, signal equipment, ' system controls, and alarm displays. t 03 SUBST1TiJTIONS/APFROVI3D EQUALS t h. The Contr~ctgr may sulasti~#ute.equipmen~t ~rovidin~ tie substiturted item is equal in quality and meets the appFOVaI of the.B~igipee;. Any cost change to -other trades as a . result of the substitution sfiall be considered and paid for by this Contractor. ~' ~ S. Prior approval of substituted equipment will~be required. ~' C. Products receiving prior approval will be listed in written addendum. Any cost change to ether trades as a result of the substitution shall be considered and paid ftir by this contractor. 1.04 EXANIINATION OF DOCUMENTS a i A. The contractor shall carefully read the Plans and Specifications before submitting bids on the work to be done. if any Contractor contemplating submitting ~ bid for the proposed Contracx is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Specifications or other proposed Contract Documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. B. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only in writing dully issued, a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each bidder receiving a copy of the Plans and.Specifications and to such other prospective bidders as have requested that they be furnished with a copy of each. C. These Specifications and the correspoading Drawings form a complete set of Plans for the work of this project and neither shall be considered complete without the other. Where an item is mentioned in one and not in the other, it shall be considered as binding to this Contract as though mentioned in both. ~Z.C'.LiRPfY 17724 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8c E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. It is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to form a guide far a complete installation. Everything necessary for the completion and successful operatipn of the installation, whether or not herein definitely specified ar indicated on the Drawings, shall be furnished and installed as well as faithfully as if so specif ed ar indicated without additional cost to the Owner. These Drawings shall not be scaled to obtain exact dimensions. Reference shall be made to the Architectural Drawings where dimensions are noted. E. Should the Drawings disagree in themselves, ar with the Specifications, the better quality ar greater quantity of work ar materials shall be provided. If any errors, discrepancies ar omissions appear in the Drawings, Specifications ar other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of arch errors ar omissions. In the event of the Contractor failing to give such notice before constriction and/or fabrication ~of the work, he will be held responsible for the results of any such errors, discrepancies ar omissions and the cost of rectifying same. 1.05 DP.F11vTiTONS A. Multiplex System: A communications link using. a signaling method characterized by the simultaneous ar sequential transmission, ar both, and the reception of multigle signals in a communication channel, including means for positively identifying each signal. B. Zone: Zoning will be accomplished by programming at the central computer associated with the intrusion detection system 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Description: System uses a central microprocessor, remote door position sensors, door strikes and detection devices, and a communications link to perform monitoring and alarm functions. System is physically and electronically modular and has provision for field expansion. System is self-monitoring and self-diagnostic. B. Communication Link: Multiplexed and dedicated to security, alarm service, and control of security related functions. C. Each device is individually addressable, thus allowing zoning to be accomplished through software programming. D. Provide bmlding detection using door switches, etc. 1. Door switches on all exterior doors, including overhead doors, and some interior doors. E. Keypads and proximity sensing card readers allow access to the building and to interior spaces in the building. Keypads activate and deactivate the system. SECURITY 17724 - 2 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ' M 8t B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 Provide keypads and card proximity detectors at exterior doors indicted and interior doors indicated. F. Electric strikes unlock doors. 1.07 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE ' A. Alarm Indication: Audible signal. sounds and aplain-language identification of the zone originating an alarm appears on an LED or ligmd crystal display at the system control panel. Control system includes one or mare~remote~addressable ndcroprocessor c®ntrol units operating in a multiplexed distributed control system or as part of a network under the control of a central microcomputer. Comrol units receive programming by multiplexed signal transmission from a central microprocessor or microcomputer and hold data in nonvolatile memory. System reboots program automatically without error or ' loss of status or alarm data after a power outage. An alarm light is displayed at the annunciator with an audible tone. B. Controls include a solid state, programmable, 3G5-day timing unit that receives ingots ' from indicated sensors and som~es. Control features include: ' 1. Astronomic Control: For automatic adjustment of light switching at dawn and dusk. .,. Confirnnation: Relays, contactors, and other control devices have auxiliary contacts connected to provide confirmation signals to the system of the on or off f th i ' status o e equ pment controlled. Software interprets such signals, displays equipment status, and initiates failure signals. ~. Override Capability: Progranuned shutdown of lighting and other items can be ' ~ overridden by using override pushbuttons or by entering a command over a L telephone data link. : C. Recording of Events: Alarm, supervisory, and trouble events are recoxded iq the system ' memory. Information is saved by zone, device, and function. When the system control panel receives a signal, the alarm, supervisory, or trouble condition is recorded in ~ memory. The saved information includes the type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or ' trouble), zone description, date, and time of the occurrence. The system differentiates alarm signals from other printed indications. When the system is reset, the reset event is recorded with the same information concerning device, location, date, and time. A .' command initiates the printing of a list of current alarm, supervisory, and trouble '~ conditions in the system to a disk or memory stick for printing at a computer. Data is to be in text file form (.txt). :' D. Permissible Signal Time Elapse: The maximum permissible elapsed time between the actuation of any alarm or detection and its indication at the system control panel is 20 ~' seconds. s E. Independent System Monitoring: Supervise each intrusion detection device for both ~• ~~' normal operation and trouble. ~; ST'~_'i TRI'1'Y 17724 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & fi Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 F. Circuit Supervision: Indicate circuit faults with both zone and trouble signals at the alarm control panel. Provide a distinctive audible tone and LED indicating light. The maximum elapsed time between the occur ence of a trouble condition and indication at the control panel is 20 seconds. G. Secure-Access Control: System may be programmed to change the status of various combinations of zones automatically from "secure" to "access" at any scheduled times. Schedules for status changes may be preset for repetitive daily and weekly operation and for special scheduled operation up to a year in advance. H. Manual status control by cure-access comrol station overrides programm~ed settings. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for system components, ancludipg 'Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) listing data and list of materials, dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations showing minimum clearances, mounting arrangements, and installed features and devices. C. Wiring diagrams for system, including all devices, components, and amriliary equipment. System diagram is unique to the Project system; a manufacturer's generic system diagram is not acceptable. Diagrams differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field- installed wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for system with all terminals and interconnections identified. D. System operation description, including method of operation and supervision of each component and each type of circuit, and sequence of operations for all manually and automatically initiated system inputs. Description must cover this specific Project; manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable. E. Operation and maintenance data for inclusion in "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1. Include data for each type product, including all features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. include user's software data and recommendations for spare parts to be stocked at the site. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of service organizations that stock repair parts for the system. F. Product certifications signed by the manufacturers of system components certifying that their products comply with the referenced standards. G. Separate Qualification Data for Manufacturers and Installers: Demonstrate their capabilities and experience as specified in Quality Assurance Article. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names of Engineers and Owners, plus other information specified. SECURITY 17724 - 4 ii ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 _ i~~. ;~°cord of field tests of system. 1.09 QUAL.YI'Y ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing egtupment of the types and capacities indicated that have a record of successful in-service Performance. The prime system manufacturer andmanufacturers of major system components are ' required to qualify separately. 1. Service Center: Prime system mam~aatureX maintains a service seater capable ' ~ of providing training, parts, and erpergency maintenance and repairs for the overall system~at the Project site with $ hours maximum response time. B. Installer Qualifications: Experience with systems of the type and scope indicated and ' authorized as a service representative of the prime system manufacturer. C. Comply with NPPA 70, "National Electrical Code." .' ?.~. Listing sand Labeling: Provide system and components that are listed and labeled for their indicated use and location on the Project. ~, 1. The Terms "Lasted" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code," Article 100. ;' F. Comply with UL Standard 609, "Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems." ,~. imply with UL Standard 1076, "Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems." ' G. FM Compliance: Provide FM-approved intrusion detection systems and components. '' H. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain system components from a single sourc~~(the prime system manufacturer) that assumes responsibility for system components and for their compatibility. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the . following: `~ 1. Compass Technologies 6E Access ControUSecurity System as installed by IIectronic Communications Systems, Inc. (ECSn -Contact Richard Hansen at 651-735-7470. Provide system complete with all connections, devices, service software, hardware, and training. CF:'.~?!c'f'F'Y 17724 - 5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M d~ fi fingineering, Inc. Commission # 073p8 October 30, 2008 2. Andover Controls Corporation as installed by VTI Security Integrators; contact Timothy Bolling, 952-707-9508. Provide a Continum Security Management System, complete with all connections, devices, service software, hardware, and training. 2.02 SYSTEM SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: System withstands the following envirom~ntal conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability. 1. Altitude: Sea level to 4000 feet (1220'm). 2. Ambient Temperature for Interior Elements: 0 deg C to plus 40 deg C. 3. Relative Humidity far Interior Elements: 5 to 95 percent, noncondensing. 4. Ambiern Temperature for Exterior Elements: Minus 25 deg C to plus 50 deg C. 5. Relative •Humidity for Bxteriar Elements: 0 to 100 percent: 2.03 SYSTEM BQUTPNIDSV'I', GfiNBRAL A. Surge Protection: Comply with minimum requirements of UL Standard 1449, "Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors," for each component gsing solid=state devices and having a line voltage power source connection or an exterior underground signal connection. B. Interference Resistance: Systems and equipment and their aperatiot: are not affected by radiated radio frequency interference and electrical induction of 15 V/m over a frequency range of 10 to 10,000 MHz and conducted interference signals up to 0.25 V rms injected into power supply lines at 10 to 10,000 MHz. C. Tamper Protection: Equip detection devices; control, annunciator, and data-gathering panels; and other system components indicated with tamper switches. Arrange tamper switches to provide an alarm signal when the unit is opened or partially disassembled. 2.04 ELECTRICAL POWER A. Normal System Power Supply: 120 V 60 Hz from locked disconnect device. System components are supplied with power through the system control panel. B. Power Source Transfer: When normal power is interrupted, system is automatically switched to backup supply without degradation of critical system function or loss of signals or status data. 1. Backup Source: Batteries in power supplies of individual system components. Such batteries are an integral part of power supplies of the components. 2. Annunciation: Switching of the system or any system component to backup power is indicated on the system control panel as a change in system condition. SECURITY 17724 - 6 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 ~'.~.;'~ ~LVICES, GBNERAL A. Types, features, accessories, and mountin conditions of individual devices are as g indicated. ' B. Alarm Contact Arrangement: Contact-making detection devices are single-pole, dpuble- throw type. ' 2.06 DOOR SWITCI~S ' A. Comply with UL Standard 634, "Connectors and Switches Far Use With Burglar E11arm Systems." B. Description: Balanced magic type. Magnet part is desig4ed fpr installation or4 the. ' door; the magnetically operated switch is.installed on the door frame. Unit employs a bias magnet and a sensitive reed switch to resist compromise by introduction of foreign magnetic fields. Provided by door hardware supplier. ' 1. Flush-Mounted Units; Unobtrasive, flush with snrface-of doorframe and door. '' C. Door Switch for Overhead Door: Balanced magnetic type with door-mounted magnet and floor-mounted switch. Unit is listed for outdoor locations. Gl3 Mode12202A~or 2202AU as required for the application. . t 2.07 PROXIMITY CARD READERS .. t~roximity type, activated by card withi- 24" of sensor. Red LBD light indicates system -' not active, green LED light indicates system is active. Weatherproof housing. B. HID Prox Pro II reader, except where located on mullions, provide HID mini prox reader. .' 2.08 SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL x' A. Comply with UL Standard 609, "Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems." B. Comply with UL Standard 1076, "Proprietary Burglar-Alarm Units and Systems." ,' i:. Cabinet: Lockable steel enclosure. Arrange panel so all operations required for testing ` or for normal operation and maintenance are performed from the front of the enclosure. If more than a single unit is required to form a complete control panel, provide exactly ' matching modular unit enclosures. Accommodate all components and allow ample ` gutter space for interconnection of panels as well as field wiring. Identify each enclosure by an engraved, laminated, phenolic resin nameplate. Lettering on the enclosure ' nameplate shall not be less than 1 inch (25 mm) high. Identify individual components ~' and modules within the cabinets with permanent labels. !~ "EC'.i ~~' 17724 - 7 :.~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Bngineering, Inc. Conmoission #07308 October 30, 2008 D. Systems: Alarm and supervisory systems are separate and independent in the control panel. The alarminitiating zone boards in the panel consist of plug-in cards. Arrangement requiring removal of field wiring for nnodule replacement is not acceptable. E. Control Modules: Types and capacities as required to perform all functions of the system. Visible and audible signals in the control panel indicate alarmm, supervisory, and trouble conditions for each zone. Each type of audible alarm has a distinct sound. F. Zones: Zoning accomplished by software programming. Coordinate with owner final zoning. Each device is individually addressable. G. Power Supply Circuits: Panel provides power for remote power-consuming detection devices. Provide adequate circuit sagacity for at least a 25 percent increase in load. H. Resetting: Controls permit silencing audible signals but prevent the resetting of alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals while the condition still exists. I. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arrange for basic interface between human operator at the control panel and system components, including annunciation, supervision, and control. A display with a minimum of 32 characters displays alarm, supervisory, and component status messages and indicates control commends to be entered into the system. Atrmoge keypad to enter and execute comrol commands. 2.09 ANNUNCIATOR A. Computer terminal wired via ethernet network to system control cabinet. 2.10 SECURUACCESS CONTROL STATIONS (I~YPADS) A. Keypad and display module is arranged for entering and executing commands for system-status changes and for displaying system status and command-related data. B. Key-operated switch changes system between "secure" and "access" modes. C. DMP 793 series. 2.11 WIRE AND CABLE A. General: Stranded copper. Size conductors as indicated but not less than recommended by system manufacturer. B. Comply with Division 16 Section "Wires and Cahles" except as indicated. C. Cable forLow-Voltage Control and Signal Circuits: Unshielded, twisted-pair cable, except where manufacturer recommends shielded cable. Comply with Division 17 Section "Voice and Data Cabling Systems." SECURITY 17724 - 8 1 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 ~_. ' . xl.ACEWAY ' A_ Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways." t 2.13 MISCELLANBOUS HARDWARE A. General: System includes supports, mounting brackets, and installation hardware for components. Metal hardware is ofcorrosion-resistant material. ' B. Provide nal c tens (PC) with monitors, accessories, software, etc., as aired per3o ompu req for programming and operating system. ' 1sART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTA1rLATTON A. General: Install system according to NFPA 70, applicable codes, and manufacturer's ' printed instnuxions. B. Comply with UL Standard 681, "Installation and Classification of Mercantile and Bank Burglar-Alarm Systems:' ~. ' '~ Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceways when located outside, where indicated, and from devices to accessible ceiling space. Use cable in ceilings. Conceal raceways and ' wiring except in unfinished spaces. _.. vNiring Within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train the conductors to tenminal points with ' no excess. Provide and use lacing bars and distnbution spools. E. Number of Conductors: As recommended by system manufacturer for functions ~. indicated. F. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make splices, taps, and terminations on numbered .' terminal strips injunction, pull and outlet boxes, terrmnal cabinets, and equipment enclosures. G. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A. ', H. Identification of Conductors and Cables: Color-code conductors and apply wire and . cable marking tape to designate wires and cables so media are identif ed and coordinated ,t with system wiring diagrams. I. Install power supplies and other auxiliary components for detection devices at the alarm '' control panel or at adata-gathering panel except as otherwise indicated. Do not install such items in the vicinity of the devices they serve. Provide tamper switches where mounted separately from control panels. e' SrCT'?'""~' 17724 - 9 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 J. Install card readers and connect to system. Surface mount on recesssed outlet boxes. K. Provide interface and communication with detention area door access control system. Coordinate doors to be opened and when. L. Provide coordination with detention area door access control system. M. Locate headend computer, system control panel in data rack. N. Install door switches for overhead doors. Other door switches provided by door hardware supplier. Make connections to all door switches. O. Coordinate with door access control system and door hardware supplier. P. Provide 300 proximity cards. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Ground system components and conductor and cable shields to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide services of afactory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components and system pretesting, testing, adjustment, and programming. B. Iuspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. C. Pretesting: Align and adjust the system and perform pretesting of all components, wiring, and functions to verify conformance with specified requirements. Correct deficiencies by replacing malfunctioning or damaged items with new items. Retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. D. Testing: Provide at least 10 days' notice of acceptance test performance schedule. E. Operational Tests: Perform operational system tests to verify conformance with specifications. Test all modes of system operation and intrusion detection. Methodically test for false alarms in each zone of space intrusion detection devices by simulating activities outside indicated detection patterns. SECURITY 1?724 -10 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 ~~eiesting: Correct deficiencies and retest until the total system meets the requirements ' of the Specifications and complies with applicable standards. O. Prepare test and inspection reports. 1 x,04 ADJUSTMENT ' A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 1 year of date of substantial completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting and reprogramming to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to 2 visits to the site for this purpose without additional cost. .4.":11 17EMONSTI2ATION r~. Train Owner's operating personnel in the programming and operation of the system. Train Owner's maintenance personnel in the procedures and schedules involved in preventive maintenance and in programming, operating, adjusting, troubleshooting, and ' servicing of the system. Provide a minimum of 8 hours of training. 13. Schedule training with advance notice of at least 7 days. -_' ' .' ~:~.P SECTION 17724 ' `T~Elvl#~l There t~prc~~u~,~c.rcac~er~d)~eads~iv~at~csi~:~~T1~~i~~yS~~~~; ~~~$; ~3 doorsfo oF~~n by erthtr the pro~iEttriy ~artfi r>raclct ~sctrv~tz~;t~~t~~attJ~~~~~'~, i~, ~(~ ,,~~~~ ~ ~owner~rray re~uue both the and r~~d rp~us'the prut~t~ h,~~~,c~t~~ n~~~~a4~~~s+ r.~ ~~~~ ~keypad rspresu~tl~if> open the drier. '['tris-sha}i be~ rccoml%~is~ii.d'::bv~o`tt `a~gltxo`~iu ,,~ x ~-• hardtvareevrsion) ~ ,~,i~,~FQ,~~~~ ~~ 1TEIvf #2; In:the.deient`ion ate=there any v;irious man-tra s~: C~r~it.dck,« arc ngt;to o ~ ~ in}le «z ~~~ ~;' P ~~. p~~door5 air} Clasecl. Examj~le:°'e Sally fort garaga ~3oors dc~ riot o~~rturiless ell.rivoc~ #rv,~t`^tl~`~Sa~t~'ltesti`~ulr ace closed. Coordinate with O~~~nEr: ' ELEGTRICAL,,I'RI~R APPR~YAI VlY~1DORfiNSTAI~LE1~ SPEGIE,tC~~'ION: SIC"F1QJ Apollo Systems ~~ ~~~~ ;I 7724; 27941, 1777Ei; 17780, ' Scott Esirem ~' ~\~ '17781 '763-42:4-93Q2 `' ''~' -~ ~''~ 17724 - 11 u •' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN •' M 8t B Engineering, Inc. Commissian #07308 October 30, 2008 ' ~].;C'TION 17741 VOICE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEMS ' PART I -GENERAL 1.01 RB1'rATED DOCU1VffNTS ~' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 2.02 SU1VIluIARY A. This Section includes the wire, cable, connecting devices, installatian, and testing for wiring systems to be.u$ed as signal pathways for voice aid hig>#-speedrlata transmission. ' R. Related sections: The following Division 16 sections contain requirements that re]ate . to the section: ' 1. "Voice and Data 1?istnbutaan Systems" fo;raceway, boxes an$ backboards, 1.03 uS1JBMITTALS :' A. General: Submit each item iri this Article according to the Conditians of the Contract and Division 1 Specificatian Sections. ", B. Product Data for each counponent specified, including detailed manufactmei's specifications. Include data an features, ratings, and performance. Include dimensioned glen and elevation views of components. Show access and working-space ;' requirements. C. Samples of outlet connectors, jacks, jack assemblies, and faceplates for color selection •' and evaluation of technical features. D. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Provide evidence of applicable registration or certification. E. Field test and observation reports from a qualified independent inspecting and testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with performance :' requirements of the installed systems. ' F. Maintenance data for products to include in the operation and maintenance manual i' specified in Division 1. G. Final schedule of cables using identification system as specified in Part 3 of this ~~ specification. '' s; s'r''r '~.`dD DATA CABLING SYSTEMS 17741-1 City'of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Bngineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 H. Bvidence of listing of products specified to be listed in the "Quality Assurance" Article. I. Provide a diskette copy of final comprehensive schedules for the Project in the software and format selected by Owner. 1.04 QUAI,TI'Y ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is a registered communications distribution designer, certified by the Bufiding Industry Consulting Service International (BICSn. B. Manufacxurer Qualifications: Bngage firms experienced in manufacturing components listed and labeled under EIAITIA-568 and who comply with these Specifications. C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Listing and Labeling. Provide products specifi®d itYtlus Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National $lectrical Code, Article 100. B. Work Coordination: Coordinate Work of this Section with Owner's telephone switch, telephone instruments, workstations, and local area network (LAN) equipment suppliers. Coordinate the service entrance arrangement with the local exchange carrier. 1. Meet jointly with representatives of the above prganizations and Owner's representatives to exchange information and agree on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces. 2. Record agreements reached in meetings and distribute record to other participants. 3. Adjust the arrangements and locations of distribution frames, patch panels, and cross connects in equipment rooms and wiring closets to accommodate and optimize the arrangement and space requirements of the telephone switch and LAN equipment. 1.05 SYSTBM DESCRIPTION A. General 1. Provide a complete premises distribution and local area network cabling system to support the telephone system and the local area network. Include outlets, jacks, racks, patch panels and punch down blocks. Coordinate interface with telephone service cables. System is to be category 6E of EIA/TIA-568 compliant. VOICB AND DATA CABLING SYSTBMS 17741-2 1 1 1 1 ;~ J City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 k !~i?T 2 -PRODUCTS 2A1 ACCEPTABLE CONTRACTORS A. Cabling Services Corporation; contact Andy Copeland,.T - 763-463-6370, ext. 102. B. Allsystems, Inc.; contact Mark Broadwater, T - 763-593-1330. C. US Intertech; contact Paul Holme, T - 651-450-7414. D. All State Communications; cantact.Michael Zawatzke, T - 320-203-1511. E. TRiCOM Communications; contact Diane.Evans, T - 651-686-9000. F. ABCom; contact Diane Smith, T - 651-643-6619. A Aoc.~.o c~ ~4dd ~3 ~~ f~sl~ x.02 MANUFA s A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cable: a. Lucent Technologies. b. Belden Wire 8t Cable Company. c. CommlScope, Inc. d. General Cable e. Panduit f. Hitachi . g. Superior Essex 2. Terminal and Connector Components and Distribution Racks: a. AMP, Inc. b. Lucent Technologies. c. Hubbel Premise Wiring, Inc. d. Mod Tap. e. Panduit Corp. f. Leviton Network Solutions -terminal and connector components g. Chatsworth Products, Inc. -cabinets, enclousures, and racks 2.03 SYSTEM REQU11tEMENTS A. General: Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system. Match components and interconnections for optimum future performance. '=%~'?C'F' '~'~D DATA CABLING SYSTEMS 17741-3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ fi Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 2.04 WIIiII~TG PATHWAY AND EQUIPMENT MOUNTING ELEMENTS A. Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets: Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets." B. Backboards: 3/4-inch (14-mm) marine grade, fire-resistarn-treated plywood. C. Distribution Racks: Freestanding and wall mounted modular steel units designed for telecommunications terminal support and coardinatied with dimensions of the unit& to be supported. 1. Approximate Module Dimensions: 84 inches high by 22 inches wide (2130 nun .high by 560 mm wide) overall. 2. Finish: Baked-polyester powder coat. 2.05 TWISTBD PAIR CABLBS, CONNEC'PORS, AND TB,RiV!>riAL EQLTIPMI;NT A. Listed as complying with Category 6E of EiAfI'IA-568: Provide evidence of listing for all products specified in this Article. B. Conductors: Solid copper. C. Unshielded Twisted Pair (CTI'P) Cable: Comply with EIA/TIA-568, TSB 53. Four individually twisted pairs of conductors; No. 24 AWG, colar-coded, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation; No. 22 AWGtinned-copper drain wire; PVC jacket. Provide cables with low emission characteristics, approved for use in a return~air plenum ceiling without raceway. D. UTP Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with EIA/TIA-568, TSB 53 far connectors, plugs, and jack assemblies. E. Cross-Connect Panel: A modular array of IDC terminal blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit irnerconnection between cables. 1. Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables. 2. Mounting: Rack. F. Patch Panel: A modular panel mounting multiple, numbered jack units. Connectors of the IDC type at each jack provide permanent termination of conductor pair groups of installed cables. 1. Number of Jacks per Field: 1 for each UTP cable, plus spares and spare positions adequate to satisfy specified expansion criteria. 2. Mounting: Rack. G. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: Modular, color-coded, RJ-45 receptacle units with integral IDC-type terminals. Use different colors for data and telephone, category 6E compliant. Gray for telephone and white for data. VOICE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEMS 17741,4 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN • M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 '• L~TP Patch Cords: 4~air cables in 48-inch (1200-mm) lengths, tierminated with STP ' plug connectors at both ends. Plug connectors match and mate with patch panel connectors and RJ-45 jacks. i. Data and Voice Outlets: Dual jaclc%onnector assembly mounted in a single or multigang faoephues. 1. Faceplate: Type 302, satin-finished stainless steel to match wiring devices ' coverplate. 2. Mounting: Flush, except as otherwise indicated. ' 2.06 IDBNTIFICATION PRODUCTS . A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" and the followrng: 1. Cable Labels: Self-adhesive vinyl arvinyl-cloth wraparound tape markers , machine printed with alphanumeric cabie designations. ' r1:~F.T 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 1 A. l~camine pathway elements to receive cable. Check raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, hazards to cable installation, and other conditions affecting installation. Do not proceed with installation '' until unsatisfactary conditions have been corrected. :.+.:r% t~TSTALLATION -' A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway except in accessible ceiling. Conceal raceway and wiring except in unfinished spaces. ,' B. Install components as indicated, according to manufacturers' written instructions. Use techniques, practices, and methods that are consistent with the Category 6E rating of the components and that assure Category 6E performance of completed and linked signal paths, end-to-end. C. Install cable without damaging conductors, shield, or jacket. ~~' D. Do not bend cable in handling or installation to smaller radii than minunums recommended by manufacturers. E. Pull cables without exceeding cable manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions. 1. Pull cables simultaneously where more than one is being installed in the same raceway. 2. Use pulling compound or lubricant where necessary. Use compounds that will not damage conductor or insulation. r' "'~ ~~'~~ :'~.tiIDDATA CABLING SYSTEMS 17741-5 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips that will not damage media or raceway. F. Wiring within Wiring Closets and Enclosures: Provide adequate length of conductors. Train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. Use lacing bars to restrain cables, to prevent straining connections, and to pnvent bending cables to radii smaller than allowed. G. Separation of Wires: Comply with EIAIZ'IA-569 rules for separation of unshielded copper voice and data system cables from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment. H. Make splices, taps, and terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and cross- connect and patch panels. I. Use splice and tap connectors compatible with media types. J. For each data and voice outlet indicated on the Drawings, provide wall jack (RJ~S), and one UTP cable back to data/voice rack terminated on patch panel mou~nt~d in rack. Provide additional cables where indicated on Drawings. Where combination data/voice outlet is indicated on Drawing, provide wall jack for each (RJ-45) and one UTP: cable for each back to data/telephone rack terminated on patch panel mounted in rack (two cables and two jacks). For F..mergency Dispatch outlets, provide the same cables and jacks as for data outlets. K. Provide 4 free standing racks. One for data cables, one for voice cables, and two for other miscellaneous systems to be mounted in lack (closed circuit TV, public address, security, etc.). L. Provide separate patch panel for voice, in voice rack, and for data, in data rack. M. Provide a sepeaate patch panel for Emergency Dispatch (P,D) in separate rack. 3.03 GROUNDING A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Crrounding." B. Ground cable shields, drain conductors, and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. C. Bond shields and drain conductors to ground at only one point in each circuit. D. Signal Ground Terminal: Locate at each equipment room. 3.04 INSTALLATION AT EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND WIRING CLOSETS A. Mount patch panels, terminal strips, and other connecting hardware in racks, except as otherwise indicated. VOICE AND DATA CABLWG SYSTEMS 17741-6 1 1 1 1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 Clroup connecxing hardware for cables into separate logical fields. C. Use patch panels to terminate cables entering the space, except as otherwise indicated. D. Provide punch down blocks for telephone company conductors terminations. :i.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components incompliance with the appropriate requirements of Division 16 Section 'Electrical Identification" and the following specifu~tions. ~ I3. System: Use a unique 3~yllable alphanumeric designation foX each cable, and label the cable and the jacks, connectors, and terminals to which it connects with.the same designation. Use logical and systematic designations related to the architecwural . arrangement of the facility. 1 i 1. First syllable is to identify and locate the wiring olQSet.a~r.equipment room.where the cable originates. 2. Second syllable is to identify and locate thecross-connect or patch panel field in which the cable terminates. 3. Third syllable is to designate the type of media (copper or fiber) and the position occupied by the cable pairs or fibezs in the field. C. Label cables within outlet boxes. Distribution Racks and Frames: Label each unit and field within that unit. E. Within Connector Fields, in Wiring Closets and Equipment Rooms: Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and.coimecting hardware. Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both voice and data service, use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service. White for data and gray for telephone. F. Cables, Generally: Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mtn) of each termination and tap, where it is accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated. G. Cable Schedule: Post at a prominent location in each wiring closet and equipment room. List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins, and destinations. Protect with a rigid frame and clear plastic cover. Provide a diskette copy of final comprehensive schedules for the Project in the software and format selected by Owner. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Upon installation of cable and connectors, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. Test each signal path for end-to-end performance. Remove temporary connections when tests have been satisfactorily completed. ~'taiCF '~.1~*D DATA CABLING SYSTEMS 17741-7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 1. Copper Cable Procedures: Inspect for physical damage and test each conductor signal path for continuity and shorts. Use time-domain reflectometer with strip chart recording capability and anomaly resolution to within 12 inches (300 mm) in runs up to 1000 feet (300 m) in length. Test far faulty connectors, splices, and terminations. Link performance for UTP cables must meet minimum criteria of EIAIITA-568. B. Correct malfunctioning units at site, where possible, and r~e~ to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest. 3.07 CLEANING A. On completion of system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair~damaged finish, including chips, scratches, and abrasions. 3.08 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshpoting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. Train designated persormel in cable plant management operarions, including changing signal pathways for different workstations, rerouting signals in failed cables, and extending wiring and establishing new workstation outlets. B. Conduct a minimum of one day's training (8 hours) as specified in Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout." Include both classroom training and hands-on experience. C. Training Aid: Use operation and maintenance manual material as an instructional aid. Provide copies of this material for use in the instruction. D. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advanced notice. END OF SECTION 17741 VOICE AND DATA CABLING SYSTFIVIS 17741-8 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ' SECTION 17770 ' PART 1- Gi'tytiR AT . PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 1.01 RELATED DOC[JMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, iacludin~g General and Supplenaentaiy Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. '' i.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes a system for amplifying sound sigp~ls from sources such as telephone system, police radio, fire radio, door bells, ar micephones and distributing and reproducing them on loudspeakers at various locations. 1?. Provide tone generating ec}uipment to geneFate door bell'and alarm signals over the loudspeaker. C. The fire station area of the building will receive paging, sterna and door bell and 8U0 , MHZ radio calls. ' D. The police area of the building will receive paging, alarm and door bell. ._ :separate the police area from the fire station such that fire station pages, door bells and alarms are heard oNy in the fire station and police pages and alarms are heard only in the police area. :, F. Provide an all page which will be heard in both the police area and the fire station area. 1.03 DFsF1NII'IONS A. Channels: Separate parallel signal paths, from sources to loudspeakers or loudspeaker zones, with separate amplification and switching that permit selection between paths for speaker alternative program signals. °, B. Zone: A s ate o of loads spar gr up peakers and associated supply wiring that may be arranged for selective switching between different channels. -' 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of product specified. ~'' ''?? : r ~lDDR1iSS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 -1 f :. City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. Shop Drawings detailing public address and music systems including, but not lin4ited to, the following: 1. Console layouts. 2. Control panels. 3. Rack arrangements. D. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiating clearly between mannfacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. ' Identify terminals to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance. E. Calculations for sizing system back up battery. F. Product certificates signed by equipment manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. G. Installer certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that Installers comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. Upon request, submit evidence of experience and of relationship with system manufacturer. H. Manufacturer certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that manufacturers comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. Upon request, submit evidence of manufacturing experience. I. Report of field tests and observations, including record of final tap settings of speal~er line matching transformers and signal ground-resistance measurement certified by Installer. J. Maintenance data for system to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 1. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is an authorized representative of the system manufacturer to perform Work of this Section. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing public address and music systems complying with the requirements of these Specifications and experienced with at least 5 projects of similar size and scope that have been in operation for 3 years or more. ' C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. l . The Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 2 1 `:~. ':amply with NFPA 70. E. Comply with UL 50. 2.01 MANUFACT[TRi3RS PART 2 -PRODUCTS City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M dt E Engineering, Inc: Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. TOA Electronics, Inc. 2. Quam-Nichols Company 3. Atlas-Soundolier; American Trading & Pmdnction Corp. Div. 4. Dukane Corp.; Communications Systems Div. 5. r~ well Manufacturing Company N~il~o Sysr~rns Add ~.~ ~~hx 1.~ B. Installers: Subject to complainance with requirements, the following are approved installers: ' l . SCSI -Contact Richard Hanson at 651-735-770. ~ Po wo s Ys~rns ode. +~ t ~ its 108' `.~a SYSTEM REQiJIltEMEN'i'S ' A. Coordinate the features of materials and equipment to form an integrated system. Match ::omponents and interconnections for optimum performance of specified functions. ' B. Functional Performance: System functions include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Multizone Operation: A switch or switches maybe operated for selective connection of separate zones to different signal channels. Two zones required. One for police and one for fire station. 2. Selectability of sources for amplifying sound between various nricrophone outlets and other inputs. ~ 3. All-Call Operation: A single switch maybe used to make an announcement to , aI1 zones simultaneously, regardless of zone or channel switch settings. When switch is released, system returns to original operating mode. 4. Telephone Paging: Ability to use the all-call function by dialing an extension from any local telephone instrument and speaking into the telephone. The system returns to original operating mode when telephone is hung up. S. High-Quality Sound Reproduction: Sound is free from noises, such as pops, .' clicks, hisses, and hums at all loudspeakers at all times during system operation, including standby mode with inputs off. System output is free from distortion and nonuniform coverage of amplified sound. 6. Local volume control for speakers in room with volume control device. 2.03 EQUIPMENT P?_n3I .Fr 4DDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS ~ 17770 - 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 A. General: Use all solid-state components, fully rated for continuous duty at the ratings indicated. Select equipment for normal operation on input power usually supplied at 105 to 130 V, 60 Hz. 2.04 CENTRAL EQUIPMPNT A. Preamplifiers: Comply with EIA-SE-101. Provide preamplifiers with the following minimum features, either separately mounted ar as an integral part of the power amplifier. 1. Output Power: Plus 4 dB above 1 mW at matched power amplifier load. 2. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than one pet+cent. 3. Frequency Response: Within plus or minus 2 dB from 20 to 20,000 Hz ~4. Input Jacks: Minimum of 2. One matched for low impedance microphone; other matchable to cassette deck, CD player, ar radio tuner signals without external adapters. 5. Noise Level: Minus 55 dB minimum, below rated ont~ut. 6. Controls: ON=OFF, input levels, master gain. B. Power Amplifiers: Comply with EIA-SE-101. Provide the following minimum features: 1. Mounting: Rack mounted. 2. Output Power: 70-V balanced line. 3. Output Regulation: Less than 2 dB from zero to full load. 4. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 3 percent, at rated power output from 50 to 12,000 Hz. 5. Signal-to Noise Ratio: 60 dB, ar greater, at rated output. 6. Frequency Response: Within plus or minus 2 dB from 50 to 12,000 Hz. 7. Input Sensitivity: Matched to the preamplifier and providing full rated output with a sound pressure level of less than 10 dynes/sq. cm on microphone. 8. Output Power Ratings: As indicated. 9: Controls: ON-0FF, input levels, low-cut filter. C. Microphone: Comply with EIA-SE-105. Provide microphone with features as follows: ] . Type: Dynamic, with cardioid polar or omnidirectional characteristic. 2. Impedance: 150 ohms. 3. Frequency Response: Uniform, 60 to ] 2,000 Hz. 4. Output Level: Minus 58 dB minimum. 5. Finish: Satin chrome. 6. Mounting: Desk stand with integral-locking, PRESS-TO-TALK switch. 7. Quantity of Microphones: 3, including 1 spare. 8. Quantity of Desk Stands: 3. PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 4 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 )~ _ Volume Iamiter/Compressor: Equip each zone with a volume limiter/compressor. ' Install in the central equipment cabinet. Arrange to provide a constant input to the power amplifiers. Provide the following features: ~' 1. Frequency Response: 45 to 15,000 Hz, plus or minus 1 dB minimum. Z. Signal Reduction Ratio: At least a 10:1 and 5:1 selectable capability. 3. Distortion: One percent, maximum. . ~ 4. Rated Output: Minimum of plus 14 dB. 5. Inputs: Minimum of 2 inputs with variable front panel gain controls and a ., volume unit (W) or decibel (dB) mefier for ingot adjustment. ., E. Telephone Paging Adapter: Arranged to accept voice signals from telephone extension dialing access and to automatically provide ampl~ier input and program override for preselected zones. Features include the following: 1. Frequency Response: Flat, 20~ tq 2500 Hz, minimum. 2. Impedance Matching: Adapter snatches telephone line to public address system ' input. 3. Three separate inputs; one for police, one for fire station and ape for both (all Pa~)• F. Equipme~ Rack: Comply with EIA-310. House amplifiiers and auxiliary equipment in standard EIA 19-inch (483-mm) racks. Comply with the following: :, 1. Group items of the same function together, either vertically or side by side, and arrange controls symmetrically. _ L. Power-Supply Connections: Approved plugs and receptacles. 3. Arrange all inputs, outputs, interconnections, and test points so -they are accessible at the rear of the rack for maintenance and testing, with each item removable from the rack without disturbing other items or connections. : 4. Cover empty space in equipment racks with blank panels so the entire front of ' the rack is occupied by panels. 5. Enclosure Panels: Ventilated rear and sides and solid top. Use louvers in panels to assure adequate ventilation. ' •' 6. Finish: Uniform, baked-enamel factory finish over rust-inln biting primer. 7. Power Control Panel: Install the front of the equipment housing. Include a master power ON-0FF switch and pilot light, and a socket fora 5-A indicating cartridge fuse for rack equipment power. ` 8. Vertical Plug Strip: Grounded receptacles, l2 inches (305 mm} o.c. the full height of the rack, to supply rack-mounted equipment. ; 9. ~ Maintenance Receptacles: Duplex convenience outlets supplied independently , of the equipment plug strip and located in the front and bottom rear of the rack. ~, G. Monitor Panel: Provide a monitor panel mounted above amplifiers. ~' C } "?'~' F~ ?.nDRESS .AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 5 ~~ City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 H. L J. ]. Equip with a VU or dB meter, a speaker with volume control, and amultiple- position rotary selector switch. 2. Connect the selector switch and volume control to permit selective monitoring of output of each separate power amplifier via a VU or dB meter and speaker. Cone-Type Loudspeakers: Comply with EIA-Sir]03. Provide units with the.followimg minimum features: 1. Axial Sensitivity: 45 dB minimum per EIA standard. 2. Frequency Response: Within plus or minus 3 dB from 50 to 15,000 Hz. 3. Size: 8 inches (203 mm) with 1-inch (25-mm) voice coil and minimum S-oz. (]42-g) ceramic magnet, except as otherwise indicated. 4. Dispersion Angle: 100 degrees. 5. Rated Output Level: 10 W. 6. Matching Transformer: Comply with El;A~160. Full~ower rated with 4 EIA standard.taps. Maximum inserton loss of 0.5 dB. 7. Surface Mounting Units: Ceiling; wall, or pendant mowing, as indicated, in steel back boxes, acoustically dampened, with provision fpr meelief of back pressure. Front face of at least 0:0478-inch (1.2-mm) steel and toe whole assembly rust proofed and shop primed for field painting. 8. Flush-Ceiling Mounting Units: In steel back boxes, acoustically dampened, with provision for relief of back pressure. Metal ceiling grille with lialaed, white- enamelfinish. 9. Provide screw adjustable volume control on speakers indicated on drawings. Screw located in face of grille. Horn Type Loudspeakers: Comply with EIA-5103. Provide weatherproof units with the following features: 1. Type: Single-horn units, double reentrant design, with minimum full-range power rating of ] 5 W. 2. Matching Transformer: Comply with EIA-160. Full-power rated with 4 EIA standard taps. Maximum insertion loss of 0.5 dB. 3. Frequency Response: Within plus or minus 3 dB from 250 to 12,000 Hz. 4. Dispersion Angle: 130 degrees by 110 degrees. 5. Mounting: Integral bracket. 6. Units in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Listed and labeled for the environment in which they are located. Volume Attenuator Stations: Wall plate-mounted autotransformer type with paging priority feature. 1. Wattage Rating: 10 W, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Attenuation per Step: 3 dB, with positive OFF position. 3. Insertion Loss: 0.4 dB maximum. PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 6 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 -~. Attenuation Bypass Relay: SPDT. Connected to operate and bypass atepuation ' when all-call, paging, program signal, or prerecorded message features are used. Relay returns to normal position at end of priority transmission. 5. Label: 'TA Volume." ' K Microphone Outlets: 3-pole, polarized, locking-type, female microphone receptacles in single-gang boxes. Equip wall outlets with a brushed stainless-steel device plate. Equip floor outlets with grey tapered rnbber or plastic cable nozzles and fixed outlet covers. ' L. Wire and Cable: Jacketed, twisted-pair and twisted-multi air, uatinned, solid co P PPS' conductors. 1. Insulation for Wire in Conduit: Thermoplastic, not less than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) thick. ' 2. Microphone Cables: Neoprene jacketed, not less than2/64 inch (0.8 mm) thick over shield with filled interstices. Shield No. 34 AWG tiam~, soft-capper strands formed into a braid or approved equivalent foil. Shielding covera8e on ' the conductors not.less than 60 percent. 3. Cable for Use in Plenums: Listed and labeled for plenum installation. ' M. Pushbuttons: Provide single contact pusilbuttons suitable for wiriutg with the system. I~F,itT t -EXECUTION 3.01. INSTAI I.ATION r~. ieneral: Install equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway except within consoles, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces where cable wiring method may b~e used. Use plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal cable and raceway wiring except in unfinished spaces. Provide raceway above gypsum board ceiling. ' C. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed stntctural members, and follow surface contours. Secure and support cables by straps, staples, or similar fittings so designed and installed as not to damage the cables. Secure cable at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (762 mm) and not more than 6 inches (152 mm) from ' cabinets, boxes, or fittings. D. Wiring Within Enclosures: Provide adequate length of conductors. Bundle, lace, and train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. Provide and use lacing bars. ` E. Control Circuit Wiring: Provide number of conductors as recommended by system ;' manufacturer for control functions indicated. ~' ' ' ~ • '''' ` '^ ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 F. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make splices, taps, and ternoinations on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet bodes, terminal cabinets, and equipment enclosures. G. Impedance and Level Matching: Carefully match input and output impedances and signal levels at audio signal interfaces. Provide matching networks where required. H. Provide physical isolation from each other for microphone, lime-level, speaker, and power wiring. Run in separate raceways or provide 12-inch (305-mm) minimum separation where exposed or in same enclosure. Provide additional physical separation as recommended by equipment manufacturer. I. Microphone Outlets: Install as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. Wall Outlets: Flush mounted. J. Conductor Sizing: Except as otherwise indicated, size speaker circuit conductors from racks to loudspeaker outlets not smaller than No.18 AWG and conductors from microphone receptacles to amplifiers not smaller than No. 22 ARtG. K. Identification of Conductors and Cables: Use color coding of conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to designate wires and cables so all media are identified in coordination with system wiring diagrams. L. Provide devices where indicated on Drawings and provide all intenrounccting wiring. M. Provide door bell and alarm, pushbuttons where indicated and connect to system to generate distinct tones (5 tones required). 3.02 GROUNDING A. Ground cable shields and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. B. Signal Ground Terminal: Locate at main equipment rack or cabinet. Isolate from power system and equipment grounding. C. Comply with installation requirements of Division 16 Section "Grounding." 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of afactory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components and the testing and adjustment of the system. B. Testing Procedure: Conform to the following: 1. Schedule tests a minimum of 7 days in advance of performance. PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 8 1 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN t M ~ S Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 ~.. Report: Subnut a written record of test results. ' 3. Operational Test: Perform operational system test to verify confprmanca o~ system to these Specifications. Perform tests that include origimating.pmgtam. and page material at microphone outlets, presinplifier program inputs, and other ' inputs. Verify proper volume levels and freedom from noise and distortion. 4. Signal-to-Noise Ratio Test: Measure the ratio of signal to noise of the complete system at normal gain settings, using the following proeediire: ' a. Disconnect a microphone at the cormector or jack closest to it and replace it in the circuit with a signal generator using a 1000-Hz signal. ' Replace all other n4iclgghones at tin} corresporiding.connectors with dummy loads, each equal in impedance to the microphone it replaces. Measure the ratio of sig~val to noise. b. Repeat the test for each separately controlled zone of loudspeakers. ' c. The minimum acceptance ratio is 50 dB. 5. Distortion Test: Measure distortion at normal gain settings; and rated power. Feed signals.at frequencies of 50, 200, 4A0, 1000, 3000, 8000; and 12,000 Hz into each preamp channel and measure the distrntion in.the amplifier output. The maximum acceptable distortion at any frequency is 3 percent total ~ harmonics. '~ 1 1 6. Acoustic Coverage Test: Feed pink noise into the system using octaves centered at 500 and 4000 Hz. Use asound-level meter with octave band filters to .measure the level at S locations in each zone. For spaces with seated audiences, the maximum permissible variation id level is plus or minus 2 dB. In addition, the levels between locations in the same zone and between locations in adjacent zones must not vary more than plus or minus 3 dB. 7. Power Output Test: Measure the electrical power output of each power amplifier at normal gain setting at 50,1000, and 12,000 Hz. The maximum variation in power output at these frequencies must not exceed plus or minus 1 dB. 8. Ground Test: Measure ground resistance at pubic address system signal ground terminal using method specified in Division lb Section "Grounding." Submit report of measurement. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. D. Retesting: Rectify deficiencies indicated by tests and observations. Include revising tap settings of speaker line matching transformers where necessary to optimize volume and uniformity of sound levels. Completely retest work affected by such deficiencies at the Contractor's expense. Verify by the system tests that the total system meets the Specifications and complies with applicable standards. Provide a written record of all retest results. ?'~' `? ~ '_:' '~?~DRFSS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 9 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M do E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3.04 CLEAI~TING A. Priar to final acceptance, clean system components and protect from damage-and deteaioration. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstration and Training: Obtain and pay for the services of a factozyy-authorized service representative to demonstrate the system in all operating modes and functions and to train~Ownefs maintenance personnel. B. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. C. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. Provide a minimnrn of 3 hours' training. D. Training Aid: Use the approved operation and maintenannce manual as an instructional aid. Refer to' Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout." Provide copies of pertinent excerpts firm the manual far use in the instnzction. 3.06 ON-SITS ASSISTANCE --- - - --~ - ~ - -- - - - - - - A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, resetting matching transformer taps, adjusting controls, and investigating possible need far any system revisions required to meet actual occupancy conditions. Provide up to 3 visits to the site for this purpose. END OF SECTION 17770 PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MUSIC SYSTEMS 17770 - 10 --1 1 ' ~1f.'TION 17780 1 1 .~ a 's_' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 CABLE TELEVLSION SYSTEMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. i .42 SUMMARY A. This Section includes a cable television system including connectors, cables and accessories. Components provided by cable television service provider. Coordinate work with Iocal cable television serivce provider. C:. Related Section: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes" for raceways and outlet boxes. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ~~ ~ ' : ('OMPONENTS A. Raceways and Boxes: Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes:' PART 3 - E7II~CIJTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cable Service: Comply with and coordinate with local cable television service provider requirements as to the detail of service. B. Coordinate raceways and box locations so cables and jacks can be installed by cable television service provider. C. For each cable television outlet location indicated on drawings, provide two gang box, single gang mud ring and ~" raceway to accessible ceiling space. i~endarl Zr~-~ ~ti' J END OF SECTION 17780 ~(~ # 3 ~Qa{ Slag ~po I(o sys ' :%~~T '~'s'ELEVISION SYSTEMS 17780-1 :' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 ' St_~~'TIGN 17781 CLOSED CIRC[JYr TELEVISION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GR11iF?R AT _ ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMBNTS . A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' I.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes a closed circuit television system including cameras, monitors, control equipme~pt, cables and accessories. ' B. Provide two separate CCTV systems, interconnected for monitoring of cameras on each system. One system for the police detention area and one for the remainder of the cameras. Both will monitor selected cameras in both areas. C. Provide audio and audio recording for all cameras in detention area and all intervienr :Y+ooms. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS ..__ General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract ' and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each component specified, including detailed manufacturer's specifications. Include data on features, ratings, and performance. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of components and enclosures, and details of control panels. Show access and work space requirements. `' C. Wiring diagrams detailing internal and interconnecting wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiating clearly between manufacturer-installed and field- installed wiring. ;' " " D. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the Quality Assurance Article. Describe capabilities and experience, and provide references.when requested. ~' E. Field test reports for tests specified in Part 3. F. Maintenance data for products to include in the operation and maintenance manual i' specified in Division l . Include the following: i~~ ,~;.~n CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 -1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 1. Detailed operating instructions covering operation under both normal and abnormal conditions. 2. Routine maintenance requirements for system compmnents. 3. Lists of spare parts and replacement components recommended to be stored at the site for ready access. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is an authorized representative of the television system manufacturer to supervise installation of the system. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage firms experienced in manufacturing systems and equipment similar to those indicated for this Project and that have a record of successful in-service performance. C. Service Center: Select a system manufacturer who maintaias a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project site with a 24-hour maximum response time. D. Comply with NFPA 70. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide listed and labeled items for system components of types covered by listing or labeling services. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. F. Comply with FCC regulations, including Parts 15,17, 25, and 76. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Closed Circuit Television System and Components: Submit a written warranty signed by the manufacturer and Installer agreeing to con-ect system deficiencies and replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period when installed and used according to the manufacturer's written instnictions. This warranty shall be in addition to, and not limiting, other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty Period for Closed Circuit Television System Components: 3 years from date of Substantial Completion. CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 2 ~' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN ~, M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 i'?,kT ~ -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CCTV Systems: ' a. Philips Comununicabions, Security ,and Imaging. b. General Electric. c. American Dynamics, Tyco. d. J VC Professional Products. p e. N~allo ~S~S~~-.s ~dd. ~3 ~~~zs bpi B. Installers: Subject to complainance with requirements, the following are approved installers: 1. ECSI-Contact Richard Hanlson at 6~I 735-7470. ~ Pot to .~ys~la~s fddc~, '+~ g ~ ~ h~tloa 2.02 CLOSED CIRCUIT TEGEVISZON SYSTEMS ' A. Products and Equiprrtent: Standard products Qf manufa~urer$ regularly engaged in maimfacturing components of the type indicated. Components are modular plug-in, heavy-duty, industrial- or commercial-grade units. Equipment uses silicon-based solid- ' state integrated circuit devices rather than electromechanical devices w~ere.the former sue commercially available. All systems components may not be indicated. Provide .;omponents where.required to achieve the specified performance. ' B. Power Supply Characteristics: Power-0perated devices operate within specified parameters for ac supply voltages within the range of 105 to 130 V. ' C. Protection from Power-Line Surges: The ac power-operated devices are protected against transient voltage surges by integral surge suppressors specified in UL 1449. ' D. Protection from Signal-Line Surges: Signal cables and connected components are protected against transient voltage surges by suppressors and absorbers designed _ specifically for the purpose. E. Environmental Conditions: System components are equipped and rated for the environments where installed. ~ 1. Service Conditions for Outdoor Equipment: Equipment is rated for continuous operation under the following environmental conditions, except as otherwise ' indicated: ,., a. Temperature: Minus 30 deg C to plus 50 deg C. b. Relative Humidity: 5 to 100 percent. }' r~. ` . -,S r D CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781- 3 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 c. Weather: Enclosure housings prevent entry of moisture due to melting ice build-up or driven rain or snow. 2. Service Conditions for Indoor Equipmem: Equipment ratings include examples below, except as otherwise indicated: a. Temperature: 0 deg C to plus 50 deg C. b. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. F. RF and Video Impedance Matching: Signal-handling system components, including connecting cable, provide end-to-end impedance-matched signal paths. Matching and balancing devices are used at connections where it is impossible to avoid impedance mismatch or mismatch of balanced circuits to unbalanced circuits. 2.03 CCTV SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. CCTV system consists of video cameras, camera outlets, camera controls, monitors, video switches, signal-processing equipment, control stations, microphones, distribution components, videotape and audio recorders, and accessories. B. CCTV System Functional Description: System generates video images, processes them, stores them and distributes them. System displays images on monitors and provides fqr remote control of video-cameaa equipment. Generates audio from selected locations, processes, stores and distributes audio. 2.04 CCTV SYSTEM PRODUCTS A. Cameras: Silicon-target, monochrome, charge-coupled device (CCD) imaging type with 0.5-inch (13-mm) gickup tube, capable of producing useable video images, when used with a f/1.4 lens with subject illumination ranging from 0.5 to 100,0001x. Unit includes the features and meets the performance requirements listed below. 1. Automatic Gain Control: Switchable on or off. 2. Lens Attachment: C- or CS-mount. 3. Image Elements: 250,000 pixels, minimum. This quantity does not vary by more than 50 after 5000 hours of operation. 4. Nominal Impedance: Composite video signal termination is 75 ohms. 5. Scanning Synchronization: Determined by external synch source with 2:1 interlace at the EIA standard of 525 lines. Camera reverts to internally generated synchronization on loss of external synch signal. 6. Scanning failure, horizontal or vertical, automatically toms off scan. 7. Horizontal Resolution: 4001ines, nominal. 8. Electrical Connections: Single cable and cable connector connect power and signal. 9. Sensitivity: Camera has 1-V peak-to-peak output when used with a f/1.41ens, viewing a standard EIA test chart with 0.5-foot-lambert {1.72-cd/sq. m) CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 4 ii .' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & B Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 illuminance, while full bandwidth signal to-noise ratio (peak to-peals video versus RMS noise) is greater than 40 dB. 10. Pelco ISC 300 Series, color, high resolution, fixed auto iris, far indoar/outdoor, wall or ceiling mounted. Switches to black and white when light level drops. Functions at low light levels down to 0.1 Lux. 11. Pelco ISC 150 Series, color, high resolution, variable, auto iris, for indoor finished spaces, flush in lay-in ceilings. Functions at light levels down to 1.0 ' Lux. B. Lenses, General: High-quality coated optics, matched to the camera and designed specifically for TV camera application. Units have neutral-density spot filters and ' automatic iris control that prevent image-bleaching effects, regardless of the light conditions within the scene. ' C. Fixed Lenses: F/1.4 adjastable to ff22, with calibrated focus ring. Features include the following: 1. Focal Length: As indicated. 2. 5.9mm Lenses: Rectangular-format image type, f/1.8. D. Zoom Lenses: Motorized, remote-controlled units, rated $s "quiet operating." Features ' include the following: 1. Electrical Leads: Filtered to minimize video signal interference. t 2, Motor Speed: Variable. Zoom and Focusing Ranges: As indicated. ' E. Camera-Supporting Equipment, General: Rated for loadm excess of the total weight supported times a minimum safety factor of 2. 1. Outdoor Units: Rated far a wind load of 100 miJh (160 km/h). ' F. Pan Units: Motorized automatic-scanning units arranged to provide remote-controlled manual and automatic camera panning action and equipped with matching mounting brackets. Features include the following: 1. Scanning Operation: Silent, smooth, and positive. 2. Stops: Adjustable without disassembly, to limit the scanning arc. ' 3. Mounting Bracket: Type indicated. Where not indicated, bracket is a type compatible with the mounting conditions indicated. :' G. Pan and Tilt Units: Motorized units arranged to provide remote~ontrolled aiming of cameras. Units operate smoothly and silently and include a matching mounting bracket. Units have.the following characteristics: s , 1. Panning Rotation: 0 to 355 degrees (6.2 radians), with adjustable stops. 2. Tilt Movement: 90 degrees (1.6 radians), plus or minus 5 degrees (.087 radians) with adjustable stops. i' r .. ~ ~" ~ C1RCIl1T TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 5 .1 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M 8t E Bngineering, Ina Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 3. Speed: 12 degrees (0.209 radians) per second in both horizontal and vertical planes. 4. Wiring: Factory prewired for camera and zoom lens functions and pan and tilt power and control. H. Mounting Brackets Far Fixed Cameras: Type matched to the items supposed and to the indicated mounting conditions. Include manual pan and tilt adjustmem. L Protective Housings for Fixed Cameras: Steel dnstproof enclosures with internal camera mounting and cx»mection provisions that are matched tothe camera/lens combination and the mounting and installation arrangement of the camera to be housed. Each unit includes the following: 1. Access Cover: Protected by a tumbler lock and a tamper switch. Tamq~er switch complies with Division 16 Section "Intrusion Detection Systems." 2. Camera Viewing'Window: Polycarbonate lens lined up with camera lens. 3. Duplex Receptacle: Internally mounted. 4. Alignment Provisions: Camera mounting provides for easy camera aiming and permits removal and reinstalling camera/lens unit without disturbing camera alignment. 3. Monitors: Monochrome, metal cabinet units designed for continuous operation "end rated for a mean time between failures of 15,000 hours, minimum. Diagonal screen sizes are as indicated. Features include the following: 1. Horizontal Resolution: 6001ines, minimum, at center. ?._ Minimum Front Panel Devices and Controls: Power switch, power-on indicator, and brightness, horizontal hold, vertical hold, and contrast controls. 3. Startup: Quick start with no preheating. 4. Mounting: Adjustable tilting and training. K. Digital Recorder and Multiglexer: Industrial time-lapse type designed for continuous operation. Features include the following: 1. Horizontal Resolution: 4001ines, minimum. 2. Recording Heads: Rotary-scan type. 3. Integral Timer: Permits programming of recording operation for adjustable daily and weekly periods. 4. Timo-Lapse Operating Modes: Multiple, covering 24 to 240 hours, minimum. 5. Other Operating Modes: Include manual play and recording at 2- and 6-hour speeds. Also include forward and reverse high-speed search, and reverse, slow, and single-frame play. 6. Alarm Retarding: Operating mode is automatically switchedfromtime-lapse to 2- or 6-hour recording mode when an externally generated alarm signal is received. 7. RF Converter: Permits playing through a conventional television set. CLOSED ClRC1JTf TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 6 ' City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M d~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 n. Time and Date Generator: Records time and date legend in corner of recorded ' scenes. 9. Manual Recording Lock: Key or keypad operated. Prevents unapthorized tampering or control changes during preset operation. 10. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 45 dB for video output in the standard plug mode. ' 11. Mounting: Standard 19~-inch (483-mm) rack and fieestanding desktop. One of each required. t 12. Multiplexer. Automatically sequence outputs of multiple cameras to single monitors and videotape recorder as indicated Features include the followin : . g a. Switching Time Interval: Continuously adjustable, S- to 20-seconds ' minimum, with manual override. b. Skip-Sequential.-Hold Switch: One for each camera, with indicating LED to indicate active c~nera. ' c. Camera Identification Legend: Either on-screen massage or label at skip- sequential switch. d. Alarm Switching: Unit accepts zoned alarm signals and anComatically switches the monitor and VCR input to the aam~ra coveting the al$rmed zone. - L. Manual Switch Bank: Low-loss, high-isolation multiple video switches: Press button- ' fight on, press again-light off action. M. Pan-Tilt Zoom (PTZ) Controls: Arranged for multiple-camera control, with selector ' switches to select the camera to be controlled. Features and operation include. the ~.."ollowing: 1. Pan and Tilt Control: Joy-stick type. ' 2. Zoom Control: Momentary-contact "in-out" push button. 3. Automatic Scan Control: A push button for each camera with pan capability ' places that camera in the automatic-,scanning mode. N. CCTV Master Control Station: Heavy-dut , freestandin ,modular metal funaiture units Y g arranged to house standard rack-mounting electronic equipment. Configuration and ' arrangement of monitors, CCTV controls, and equipment of other systems as indicated. Coordinate CCTV component arrangement and wiring with components and wiring of other systems, including the following: ~' 1. Telephone. 2. Intercommunications. 3. Fire alarm. ;' 4. Sprinkler alarm. 5. Building control panel. 6. Building automation. ' 7. Two-way radio. 8. Access control. 9. Door operator. i.' :' "'.:'~`~ ``^ ~IR!:GTIT : ELFVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 7 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 10. Door release. I1. Blevatar. O. Microphones: Concealed in camera housing. 2.05 SIGNAL TRANSMLSSION COMPONENTS A. Cable, General: Coaxial cables have 75-ohms morainal impedance and are 100 percent factory sweep tested, 5 to 450 MHz, by the structural rettarn~ loss methpd. Cables run in environmental. air spaces are listed for use in plenums. The following types are included: 1. CCTV Camera Cable: Siamese type, including power and sigq~al elements. Coaxial portign has stranded center conductar, cellular polyethylene dielectric, 95 percent copper braid shield, and PVC jacket. ContrQUsignal. elements are shielded pairs, No. 22.AWG. Each camera cable run~includes at least one spare pair of controUsignal conductors. Except for all exterior cameras, obtain power locally and use fiber optic cables to send signal back to head end equipment and to control pan, tilt, zoom. 2. CCTV' Video Distribution: RG-59/U, cellular polyethylene dielectric, bare copper braid shield with 95 percent miinimum shielding factor, No. 22 AWG stranded copper conductor, and PYC jacket. B. CCTV Coaxial Cable Connectors: Type BNC, 75 ohms. PART 3 - BXEC[JTTON 3.01 Il~iSTALLATION A. Outdoor Installation: Conform to ANSI C2, "National Electrical Safety Code." B. Installing Surge Suppressors: Where ACpower-operated devices are not protected against voltage transients by integral surge suppressars specified in UL 1449, install surge suppressors at the devices' power-line terminals. C. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceways, except in accessible indoor ceiling spaces and attics, in hollow gypsum board partitions, and as otherwise indicated Conceal raceways and wiring except in unfinished spaces. In police detention area, all wiring to be in raceway. D. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train the conductars to tera-inal points with no excess. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. E. Pulling Cable: Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between indicated termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable where damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 8 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Bngineering, Tnc. Commission #07308 ' October 30, 2008 i=. bqualizing Video Signals: Where system performance may be degraded in certain ' operating modes because of varying connections of multiple devices from triode to,mode, revise component connections and install video distribution amplifiers and attenuators as required to provide consistent high-level performance. ' G. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Far power and control ~-iring use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, aml outlet boxes, terminal cabinets, and, equipment enclosures. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torque requirements specified in ' UL 486A. H. Grounding: Provide independent signal circuit grounding recommended by manufacturer. I. Make final connections to equipment in the presence of the equipment manufacturer's ' representative. 3.02 G'G"TV SYSTEM INSTALLATION ' A. Camera Mounting: Install cameras in the general vicinity of locations indicated on Drawings at final locations defined by camera location tests. Provide 84-inch (2134- ' mm) minimum headroom below cameras and their mountings. Where necessary change the type of mounting to achieve this . B. Pan Unit and Pan and Tilt Unit Stops: Set to suit final camera position and to obtain the ' field of view required far the camera. i:. Install power supplies and other auxiliary components at control stations. Do not install ' such items in the vicinity of the devices they serve, except as otherwise indicated. D. Tamper Switches: Arrange to detect unautharized entry into system component enclosures and mount in self-protected, inconspicuous positions. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION ' A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 16 Section "Blectrical Identification." ' 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of afactory-authorized service .' representative to supervise the field assembly and components connection and the pretesting, testing, and adjusting of the system. B. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. i' ' ' ~ . "_'.•' ~ ~ ~ ~~ ; ~tiC'i1TT TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 9 a City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M ~ E Engineering, Inc. Commission #07308 October 30, 2008 C. Pretesting: Align and adjust the system and pretest all components, wiring, and functions to verify they conform to specified requirements. Replace mal~unctigniag or damaged items with new items. Retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. D. Acceptance Test Schedule: Schedule tests after pretesting has been successfully completed and system has been in normal functional operation~for at least 2 weeks. Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice of acceptance test performance schedule. E. Operational Acceptance Tests: Perform operational system tests to verify system conforms to Specifications. Include all modes of system operation. Methodically test for proper system operation in all functional modes. F. CCTV Camera Location Test: Support each camera temporarily at the approximate location indicated on the Drawings and connect to monitor. AdjusCCamera location and mounting and substitute fixed lenses to provide required performance at manitar. Adjust locations within 15 feet (5 m) of those indicated. Make adjustments and substitutions with no change in contaract cost. G. Record results of tests. H. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests sand observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean installed items using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Clean CCTV system components, including camera-housing windows, lenses, and monitor screens. 3.06 DEMONSTRATION A. Training: Arrange and pay for the services of afactory-authorized service representative to demonstrate adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the system and to train Owner's personnel. ] . Demonstrate methods of determining optimum alignment and adjustment of components and settings for system controls. 2. Demonstrate programming and tuning of satellite receivers. B. Conduct a minimum of 6 hours' training as specified under instructions to Owner's employees in Division l Section "Contract Closeout." C. Schedule demonstration, training, and adjustment with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEMS 1778] -10 City of Columbia Heights Public Safety Center Columbia Heights, MN M & E Engineering, Inc. Commission # 07308 October 30, 2008 fit`-SITE ASSISTANCE r~, Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 1 year of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in tuning and adjusting the system to suit actual occupied conditions and to optimize performance. Provide up to 2 requested adjustment periods at the site for this purpose without additional cost. I~;~ OF SECTION 16781 ~T70N 17' ~'~;[v] ~i?' `~T~ Tt4 # i ~:. af°~ ~_':~~?.CU1T TELEVISION SYSTEMS 17781 - 11